2 - Schneider Electric CZ, s.r.o.

Hoisting Control Solutions
Catalogue
2012

All technical information about products listed in
this catalogue are now available on:
www.schneider-electric.com
1
2
3
Browse the “product data sheet” to check out :
pp
characteristics,
pp
dimensions,
pp
curves, ...
pp
and also the links to the user guides and
the CAD files.
1 From the home page, type the model number* into the
“Search” box.
4
5
6
* type the model
number without any
blank, replace “p”
by “
* ”
7
2 Under ”All” tab, click the model number that interests you.
8
9
10

U
3 The product data sheet displays.
Example : Zelio Time
data sheet
1
Discover this product
pp
Characteritics
pp
Functions
pp
Connection
pp
Dimensions
pp
Download & Documents
Other products
pp
Help me to choose
Accessories
pp
Plug
pp
Sockets
2
3
4
Example : Zelio Time
data sheet
5
80
6
78
89,5
82
22,5
7
Example : Zelio Time
data sheet
8
U
C
G
R
t1
t2
t'1
t'2
C
G
R
t1
t2
t'1
t'2
9
You can get this information in one single pdf file.
10

Improve your cranes &
business performance
In order to increase customer satisfaction you must supply machines with shorter
lead-times that are more safe, efficient, productive and reliable, at a reduced cost.
Your choice of Control Solutions is now, more than ever, a determining factor in
distinguishing yourself at each stage, from the design and development to
implementation and maintenance of the machine
Your cranes must be:
> > Safe
> > Reliable
> > Productive
> > Environment compliant
The requirements of a competitive market:
> > Quicker time to market
> > Optimized machines
> > Reduce maintenance requirement
> > Compliance with worldwide standards
> > Worldwide assistance
To meet this demand, Schneider Electric offers MachineStruxure TM , automation
solutions, which help OEMs to quickly design machines that are optimized
regarding costs and energy efficiency, whilst maximising their performance
throughout the service life of the machine. MachineStruxure TM solutions for
hoisting applications allow you to:
> > Reduce your machine’s time-to-market with predefined “Tested, Validated, and
Documented Architectures” and a comprehensive set of hoisting software libraries
> > Improve machine safety and performance with innovative automation technology and
expert hoisting application functions, supplemented by advanced drive technology,
regenerative systems in order to increase speed, safety, and energy efficiency while
reducing maintenance and improving reliability
> > Gain a competitive advantage and optimize the global cost of your machine: from design
to maintenance, we are ready to help you wherever you are through our worldwide
network of training, solution design and delivery centers, after-sales services, and
hoisting control experts
3

4
General contents

Contents
Hoisting Control Solutions
Solution Overview.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
SoMachine software &
Application Function Blocks library.. . . . . . . .
2
Controllers .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
Communication .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
Motor control.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5
Variable speed drives.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6
Machine Safety .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7
Operator dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8
Detection.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9
Associated offers.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10
5

chapter 1
Hoisting Control
Solutions
Solution overview
b b Hoisting Control Solutions information are available on:
www.schneider-electric.com/hoisting

Contents
Hoisting Control Solutions
Solution Overview
bb
Reduce your crane’s time-to-market
vv
Reach 100 % of flexibility and optimisation using an innovative flexible
control system................................................................................................. 1/2
1
vv
Use the solid base of Tested, Validated and Documented Architectures
and function blocks dedicated to hoisting applications............................ 1/3
vv
Reduce the complexity of your program design and implementation times
with SoMachine software suite...................................................................... 1/3
vv
Customize your machines and upgrade them without increasing the
design phases or costs................................................................................... 1/3
vv
Overview of Tested, Validated, Documented automation Architectures
used in the most frequent industrial crane applications
> > Industrial cranes
Standard cranes (< 10 t)............................................................................... 1/4
Standard cranes (< 50 t) or Special cranes (> 50t)....................................... 1/5
> > Construction cranes
Self erecting cranes (up to 2 t)...................................................................... 1/6
Tower cranes (> 2 t) or Special cranes.......................................................... 1/7
bb
Improve the performance and safety b
of your hoisting equipment
vv
Improve reliability and maintenance by using our safety offers and
prevention functions....................................................................................... 1/8
vv
Improve productivity by up to 25% with dedicated application function
blocks and drive technology.......................................................................... 1/9
2
3
4
5
vv
Insure a perfect control of the load on the hoist.......................................... 1/9
vv
Increase energy efficiency........................................................................... 1/10
bb
Develop your business
6
vv
Gain a competitive advantage in each stage of your machine..................1/11
vv
Service and support that are behind you all the way................................. 1/12
v v Your one-stop shop from simple control systems to global automation
solutions......................................................................................................... 1/13
7
8
9
10
1/1

Presentation
Hoisting Control Solutions
Solution Overview
Reduce your crane’s time-to-market
1
2
3
How can you reduce your crane’s
time-to-market?
Reach 100 % of flexibility and Optimization using an innovative
flexible control system
Cranes and hoisting equipment today need to be ever more safe, efficient and
reliable.
To enjoy a much more smart control, traditional relays and electronic boards are
being replaced by Controllers or PLC based solutions. As a consequence the mix
in development costs have changed, demanding an even greater emphasis on
design efficiency.
Flexibility is the key in providing a control solution that meets perfectly your
requirements whilst reducing your costs.
That’s why MachineStruxure TM solution incorporates a Flexible Machine Control
Platform system that focuses on embedded intelligence in its products and a
unique software platform that provides a single, easy to use environment for
developing, programming and commissioning the machines.
4
5
1 software environment + hoisting
application function blocks library
> > Simplify machine programming &
commissioning with SoMachine suite
6
SoMachine
Hoisting Library
7
Multiple hardware control platforms
> > Embedded Intelligence
where it is needed
8
9
10
Drive controller
> > Efficient
Logic controllers
> > Flexibility
With MachineStruxure TM achieve 100% flexibility and optimization
of your machines
1/2

Presentation
Hoisting Control Solutions
Solution Overview
Reduce your crane’s time-to-market
Use the solid base of Tested, Validated and Documented
Architectures and function blocks dedicated to hoisting
applications
Based upon flexible and scalable hardware platforms and a comprehensive single
software suite, MachineStruxure TM proposes Tested, Validated and Documented
Architectures (TVDA) with dedicated application function block (AFB) libraries.
1
2
> > Suggested equipment lists
>
> Tested: to ensure that they function in each
possible configuration
> > Validated: full functional compatibility of devices
> > Documented: a complete System User Guide
3
4
System User Guide
Our pre-programmed function blocks offer speed in
development for your applications. they can be configured with
a simple copy and paste.
They can be quickly implemented in the machine programs,
reducing the effort required to create an application and
reducing the risk of errors.
Wi-Fi
Bluetooth
MachineStruxure TM solutions use open standards through IEC
languages, open networks and transparency through FDT/
DTM technology, providing you time savings.
Reduce the complexity of your program design and
implementation times with SoMachine software suite
Due to a rich set of templates and libraries:
> > Programming and automation architectures templates
> > Graphical libraries
> > Logic libraries
> > Hoisting Application function blocks
Due to a variety of integrated expert functions:
> > Variable indexing and tracing
> > Fast and easy sharing of variables between control and HMI
> > Smart coding
> > Commissioning screens
Customize your machines and upgrade them without increasing
the design phases or costs
Simple customization and integration
> > With our existing function blocks you can simply modify, reuse or create your
own
> > Easily integrate your own systems into our architectures utilizing FDT/DTM
technology
Compliance with global standards for maximum flexibility and durability
> > SoMachine and the control platforms support the 6 programming languages
(FBD, ST, SFC, LD, IL, CFC) and is compliant with IEC 61131-3
> > Integrated open and standard networks in devices
> > SoMachine software combined with our control platforms allow you simply
upgrade your architectures
Remote connection
> > Ethernet connection allows remote connection between the crane and the
ground with Wi-Fi
> > Bluetooth connection available as well on Controller port
5
6
7
8
9
10
Save up 50% of design and implementation time
1/3

Presentation
Hoisting Control Solutions
Solution Overview
Reduce your crane’s time-to-market
1
Industrial cranes
Tested, Validated, Documented automation
Architectures used in the most frequent
industrial crane applications
Standard cranes (< 10 t)
2
2
3
1
3
4
4 Related functions
1 Monitoring data storage
2 Load overspeed control
3 Limit switches management
4 Overload control
5
Simple hoisting
Compact / Hardwired or CANopen / Logic controller / Modicon M238
6
7
Translation Trolleying
Hoisting
8
9
10
For others applications,
consult your Customer Care
Centre
Solution breakdown
1 Switch disconnector TeSys Vario, See chapter 7
2 Circuit breaker Compact NSX, See chapter 10
3 Contactor TeSys D, See chapter 5
4 Circuit breaker TeSys GV2p, See chapter 5
5 Switch mode power supply Phaseo, See chapter 10
6 Magnetic circuit breaker TeSys GV2L, See chapter 5
7 Safety module (1) Preventa XPS, See chapter 7
8 Logic controller Modicon M238, See chapter 3
9 Variable speed drive Altivar 32, See chapter 6
10 Pendant control station Harmony XAC, See chapter 8
11 Photoelectric sensor, proximity sensor, limit switch, screw selector OsiSense, See chapter 9
12 Enclosure Spacial 3D ACM & AP, See chapter 10
(1) Optional/recommended
1/4

Presentation
Hoisting Control Solutions
Solution Overview
Reduce your crane’s time-to-market
1
Standard cranes (> 10 t) or Special cranes
1
2
3
2
4
6
3
5
Related functions
1 Monitoring data storage
2 Hoisting position synchronization
3 Load overspeed control
4 Anti-crab
5 Overload control
6 Anti-sway (sensorless)
4
Optimized hoisting (< 60 I/Os)
Compact / CANopen / Drive controller / Altivar IMC
1 2 3 4 5
10
Performance hoisting (> 60 I/Os)
Distributed / CANopen / Logic controller / Modicon M258
1 2 3 4 5
6
11
5
16
6
7
11
12
7
8
12
15
13
14
6
8 8 9
13
20
10
17
9
Translation Trolleying
Hoisting
14
Trolleying
Translation
Translation Trolleying
Hoisting
16
18
19
7
Hoisting
Solution breakdown
1 Switch disconnector TeSys Vario, See chapter 7
2 Circuit breaker Compact NSX, See chapter 10
3 Contactor TeSys D, See chapter 5
4 Circuit breaker TeSys GV2p, See chapter 5
5 Switch mode power supply Phaseo, See chapter 10
6 Magnetic circuit breaker TeSys GV2L, See chapter 5
7 Safety module (1) Preventa XPS, See chapter 7
8 Variable speed drive Altivar 32, See chapter 6
9 Drive controller Altivar IMC, See chapter 3
10 Remote connection Wi-Fi (2)
11 Remote control device (2)
12 Emergency stop Harmony XALK, See chapter 8
13 Proximity sensor, photoelectric sensor, screw selector, limit switch,
encoder OsiSense, See chapter 9 + Load cell (2)
14 Signalling unit Harmony XVB, See chapter 8
15 Enclosure Spacial 3D ACM & AP, See chapter 10
(1) Optional/recommended
(2) Partner offers
Solution breakdown
1 Switch disconnector TeSys Vario, See chapter 7
2 Circuit breaker Compact NSX, See chapter 10
3 Contactor TeSys D, See chapter 5
4 Circuit breaker TeSys GV2p, See chapter 5
5 Switch mode power supply Phaseo, See chapter 10
6 Logic controller Modicon M258, See chapter 3
7 Magnetic circuit breaker TeSys GV2L, See chapter 5
8 Safety module (1) Preventa XPS, See chapter 7
9 Variable speed drive Altivar 32, See chapter 6
10 Variable speed drive Altivar 71, See chapter 6
11 Remote connection Wi-Fi (2)
12 Start stop / Buzzer-alarm enclosure Harmony XALD, See chapter 8
13 Emergency stop Harmony XALK, See chapter 8
14 Joystick Harmony XK, See chapter 8
15 Display HMI Magelis XBTGT, See chapter 8
16 Proximity sensor, photoelectric sensor, screw selector, limit switch, encoder
OsiSense, See chapter 9 + Load cell (2)
17 Signalling unit Harmony XVB, See chapter 8
18 Modicon TM5 CANopen interface module, See chapter 3
19 Modicon TM7 CANopen interface blocks, See chapter 3
20 Enclosure Spacial 3D ACM & AP, See chapter 10
8
9
10
1/5

Presentation
Hoisting Control Solutions
Solution Overview
Reduce your crane’s time-to-market
1
2
Construction cranes
Tested, Validated, Documented automation
Architectures used in the most frequent
construction crane applications
Self erecting cranes (up to 2 t)
2
3
3
1
2
4
4
Related functions
1 Monitoring data storage
2 Smooth slewing control
3 Overload control
4 Wind speed control
5
Simple hoisting
Compact / Hardwired or CANopen / Logic controller / Modicon M238
6
7
Translation
Trolleying
8
9
10
For others applications,
consult your Customer Care
Centre
Hoisting
Solution breakdown
1 Switch disconnector TeSys Vario, See chapter 7
2 Circuit breaker Compact NSX, See chapter 10
3 Contactor TeSys D, See chapter 5
4 Circuit breaker TeSys GV2p, See chapter 5
5 Switch mode power supply Phaseo, See chapter 10
6 Safety module (1) Preventa XPS, See chapter 7
7 Magnetic circuit breaker TeSys GV2L, See chapter 5
8 Logic controller Modicon M238, See chapter 3
9 Variable speed drive Altivar 32, See chapter 6
10 Signalling unit Harmony XVB, See chapter 8
11 Remote control device (2)
12 Proximity sensor, photoelectric sensor, screw selector, limit switch, encoder OsiSense,
See chapter 9+ Load cell (2)
13 Emergency stop Harmony XALK, See chapter 8
14 Enclosure Spacial 3D ACM & AP, See chapter 10
1/6
(1) Optional/recommended
(2) Partner offers

Presentation
Hoisting Control Solutions
Solution Overview
Reduce your crane’s time-to-market
1
1
Tower cranes (> 2 t) or Special cranes
2
2
3
7
3
6
5
4
Related functions
1 Monitoring data storage
2 Rope slack
3 Advanced slewing control
4 Wind speed control
5 Overload control
6 Speed Optimization
7 Load overspeed control
4
Optimized hoisting (< 60 I/Os)
Compact / CANopen / Drive controller / Altivar IMC
Performance hoisting (> 60 I/Os)
Distributed / CANopen / Logic controller / Modicon M258
5
6
7
Translation Trolleying Hoisting
Solution breakdown
1 Switch disconnector TeSys Vario, See chapter 7
2 Circuit breaker Compact NSX, See chapter 10
3 Contactor TeSys D, See chapter 5
4 Circuit breaker TeSys GV2p, See chapter 5
5 Switch mode power supply Phaseo, See chapter 10
6 Magnetic circuit breaker TeSys GV2L, See chapter 5
7 Safety module (1) Preventa XPS, See chapter 7
8 Variable speed drive Altivar 71, See chapter 6
9 Variable speed drive Altivar 32, See chapter 6
10 Drive controller Altivar IMC, See chapter 3
11 Start stop / Buzzer-alarm enclosure Harmony XALD, See chapter 8
12 Emergency stop Harmony XALK, See chapter 8
13 Joystick Harmony XK, See chapter 8
14 Display HMI Magelis STO/STU, See chapter 8
15 Proximity sensor, photoelectric sensor, screw selector, limit switch, encoder
OsiSense, See chapter 9+ Load cell (2)
16 Signalling unit Harmony XVB, See chapter 8
17 Enclosure Spacial 3D ACM & AP, See chapter 10
Translation Trolleying Hoisting
Solution breakdown
1 Switch disconnector TeSys Vario, See chapter 7
2 Circuit breaker Compact NSX, See chapter 10
3 Contactor TeSys D, See chapter 5
4 Circuit breaker TeSys GV2p, See chapter 5
5 Switch mode power supply Phaseo, See chapter 10
6 Magnetic circuit breaker TeSys GV2L, See chapter 5
7 Safety module (1) Preventa XPS, See chapter 7
8 Variable speed drive Altivar 71, See chapter 6
9 Logic controller Modicon M258, See chapter 3
10 Start stop / Buzzer-alarm enclosure Harmony XALD, See chapter 8
11 Emergency stop Harmony XALK, See chapter 8
12 Joystick Harmony XK, See chapter 8
13 Display HMI Magelis STO/STU, See chapter 8
14 Proximity sensor, photoelectric sensor, screw selector, limit switch, encoder
OsiSense, See chapter 9+ Load cell (2)
15 Signalling unit Harmony XVB, See chapter 8
16 Enclosure Spacial 3D ACM & AP, See chapter 10
8
9
10
(1) Optional/recommended
(2) Partner offers
1/7

Presentation
Hoisting Control Solutions
Solution Overview
Improve the performance and safety of your hoisting
equipment
1
2
3
4
5
6
How to improve the performance
and safety of your hoisting
equipment while reducing your
costs?
Complete safety offer to achieve the safety level required
Improve reliability and maintenance by using our safety offers and
prevention functions
Hoisting is considered as a dangerous machine. As machine builder, since 2010
you have to implement the new European Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC.
As expert in automation, as well as safety, Schneider Electric defines solutions
combining security and performance. In this way, the safety approach becomes an
asset to the machine manufacturer.
Comply with safety standards
> > Simplify and optimize the implementation of the machine safety chain with the
Preventa safety offers. We supply a complete and upgraded safety offer to
realize a safety function:
> > Acquire the information: enabling switches, emergency stop…
> > Monitor and processing: safety relays, safety controllers…
> > Stop the machine: contactors, rotary switch disconnectors, variable speed
drives
> > Increase protection with embedded safety functions in the Variable speed drive
(Safe torque off (STO), Safe Stop 1 (SS1), Performance Level ( PLc to e), safety
integrity level (SIL1, 2 or 3), etc.
Early detection for enhanced safety and longer crane life through dedicated
functions
> > Over-loading with Overload control EN15011
> > Over-travelling with Limit switch management
> > Load-slipping with Load overspeed control
> > Over-lapping with Speed optimization and rope slack control
> > Prevent risks caused by violent winds with Wind speed control function
Effectively manage risks
> > Avoid dangerous load sway and reduce operator stress/ fatigue with anti-sway
control
Improve preventive maintenance
> > Acquire and record warnings on all relevant and critical issues with the data
storage monitoring function
7
The Application function blocks contribute to the prevention
and risk reduction
8
9
10
With MachineStruxure TM architecture, increase safety and crane’s
speed, all while reducing cost and complexity
1/8

Presentation
Hoisting Control Solutions
Solution Overview
Improve the performance and safety of your hoisting
equipment
Improve productivity by up to 25% with dedicated Application
Function Blocks and drive technology
1
Combine your know-how with our innovative automation solutions and
increase the productivity of your cranes and hoisting equipment!
Load management
> > Improve load positioning accuracy and efficiency by preventing load sway with
the Anti-sway open loop function (sensorless)
Speed optimization
> > Reduce production time on hoisting operations through constant motor power
with the Speed optimization and rope slack function
Highly accurate alignment
> > Maintain parallelism between bogies independently of load with a position
accuracy of +/- 5 mm thanks to the Anti-crab function
Fluid movement
> > Ensure smooth and accurate movement on slewing cranes and position loads
precisely on target with the Smooth slewing function
Enhanced stability
> > Save production time by synchronizing automatically the hoisting movement of
trolleys with the Hoisting position synchronization function
2
3
4
The Application Function Blocks
contribute to improve accuracy
and speed of your cranes
5
Insure a perfect control of the load on the hoist
Achieve perfect load control
Using Altivar 71, a heavy duty drive designed for hoisting applications
> > Up to 220% overtorque
> > Flux vector control with or without sensor for asynchronous motors
> > Speed or Torque control
> > Brake control suited to travelling, hoisting and slewing movements
6
7
8
Benefit from the latest technological developments to enable
the durable commercial success
9
With MachineStruxure TM and innovative function blocks
save up to 25 % in productivity
10
1/9

Presentation
Hoisting Control Solutions
Solution Overview
Improve the performance and safety of your hoisting
equipment
1
2
How to improve the performance
and safety of your hoisting
equipment while reducing your
costs?
Increase energy efficiency
Energy efficiency is an increasing concern in the global strategy of your
customers. By offering them machines that save energy you will have a
definite advantage over your competition.
As a global specialist in energy management, Schneider Electric has already
developed a broad portfolio of proven solutions for improving energy efficiency.
1 Measure
Energy audit
and measuring
Energy optimization in four sustainability steps that are compliant with the
ISO50001 standard.
3
4
5
Compliant with the ISO50001 standard
Passive energy efficiency Active energy efficiency
2 Fix the basics 3 Optimize 4 Monitor,
maintain,
improve
Machine energy optimization in 4 sustainability steps that are
compliant with the ISO50001 standard
1 Measure energy use with expert auditing to identify potential savings on the
machine
2 Fix the basics: Reduce energy consumption by choosing the right motors,
variable speed drives, and using a thermal solution for enclosures
3 Optimize your machine’s power consumption with energy operation modes or
application function blocks designed for energy-efficiency
4 Monitor: Track relevant information with power meters and correlate energy
consumption with machine production data using a machine energy dashboard
6
60%
Regenerative solutions reduce energy requirements by up to 60%
7
8
AFE
4Q
Altivar TM
Active
Front End
AFE
4Q
PLC
Humanmachine
dialogue
> > Variable speed drives with regenerative feedback cut the energy requirement
considerably in hoisting applications where large loads have to be frequently
decelerated
> > When adding an Active Front End to a standard drive the arising energy (e.g.
when lowering a load) is returned to the mains
> > Harmonic mitigation to increase power quality: state-of-the-art components, a
new control concept, as well as a topquality filter module all serve to reduce the
total current distortion factor THD(i)
Variable
speed drive
No. 1
Variable
speed drive
No. 2
Variable
speed drive
No. 3
9
Communication networks
Electrical networks
10
MachineStruxure TM architecture and its regenerative solutions can reduce
energy consumption by up to 60%
1/10

Presentation
Hoisting Control Solutions
Solution Overview
Develop your business
How can you develop your
business?
Gain a competitive advantage in each stage of your machine
MachineStruxure TM solutions offer more than just products and
architectures, you also get complete service and support at every stage of
the product life cycle. Our unparalleled hoisting and control experts will help
you minimise your global machine costs, increase sales and profitability,
and deliver total customer satisfaction.
From design to commissioning to maintenance, we’re ready to help you wherever
you are with our worldwide network of training, solution design centres, distribution,
and after-sales services.
1
2
3
MachineStruxure TM
keeps you one step ahead
Design
Build
Your
machine
Operate
4
5
Improve
6
7
Connect with the experts
8
9
www.schneider-electric.com/hoisting
10
Increase your efficiency and competitiveness
1/11

Presentation
Hoisting Control Solutions
Solution Overview
Develop your business
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
How can you develop your
business?
Design
Build
Operate
Improve
Service and support that are behind you all the way
We find the best solution for your needs
> > Based on your needs, our Solution Application Experts and Application Design
Experts (SAE/ADE) work out innovative technical solutions including
> > co-engineering
> > tests
> > validation
We understand your pain points
> > Consulting
We execute the solution with a full service agreement
> > Our solution design and delivery centers (Flex-Centres) are committed to quality
and results and provide:
> > Project and program management
> > Software and hardware engineering
> > Tests, validation, and commissioning
We improve your team’s competencies
> > In class training and on site training
We ensure the delivery of your solution
> > Availability of components through a large worldwide network of distributors
> Collaboration, management, and delivery through local partners
> > With Schneider Electric as your turnkey solution partner we include in our solutions:
> > Project management and responsibility
> > Engineered systems
> > Third-party components management
We provide on-site services and support
> > Secondment of qualified personnel to deliver on-site engineering and technical
services
We improve your service team’s competencies
> > Service and commissioning training
We provide international sales and after-sales services for you and your
customers
> > Maintenance contracts
Spares parts
> > Repairs
Normal and express deliveries
> > Return of goods
> > Service expertise:
> > Error diagnosis and repair
> > Environmental measurements ( EMC, field bus, thermography, power quality
analyses, etc.)
> > Customer International Support (CIS) as a single point of contact:
> > A network of 190 dedicated local country experts
> > A web-based collaborative platform for efficient communication
We improve your customers’ competencies
> > In-class customer training and on-site training
> > Customer service and commissioning training
Improve your machine ranges
> > Consulting
We improve your customer’s machines in their production line
Audits
> > Services Expertises:
> > Consultancy
> > Retrofitting
> > Migration and upgrade
> > Training
1/12

Presentation
Hoisting Control Solutions
Solution Overview
Develop your business
Alliance Partners
Building on our open
automation platforms and
strategies, we work with
strategic partners who
compliment our capabilities
in order to provide you with
solutions that fully meet
your business objectives.
Within this collaboration
partnership that can deliver
the most complete and
effective solution for your
applications.
Your one-stop shop from simple control systems to global
automation solutions
From machine to plant, Schneider Electric provides a single,
open and fully coherent system.
PlantStruxure architecture is Schneider Electric’s comprehensive
solution for industrial process control, whereas MachineStruxure TM
architecture is dedicated to machine control.
Because both architectures are based on open standards and designed to be
fully compatible, your machines can easily be integrated into your customers’
factory processes. In addition, open standards allow your machines to evolve
with your customers’ changing requirements.
1
2
3
4
System Software
System Software
System Software
System Software
System Software
System Software
System Software
5
Remote IO
6
7
MachineStruxure TM architecture, one of the mainstays of
EcoStruxure architecture
EcoStruxure TM system architecture enables
the convergence of five key domains of our
expertise: management of Power,
Processes and Machines, the IT Room,
Buildings, and Security.
EcoStruxure TM architecture takes multiple,
siloed systems and adapts them to an
integrated solution, reducing redundancy in
equipment, software, and personnel.
Process &
Machine
Management
Power
Management
White Space
Management
Building Comfort
Management
8
9
Security
Management
From machine to plant, Schneider Electric provides a single, fully coherent
system
10
1/13

chapter 2
SoMachine software
&
Application Function
Blocks library
All technical information about products listed in this
catalogue are available on: www.schneider-electric.com

Contents
SoMachine software &
Application Function Blocks library
bb
SoMachine software
vv
Presentation.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/2
vv
Characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/4
1
vv
Reference.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/5
bb
Hoisting Application Function Blocks library
2
vv
Improve reliability and maintenance
Overload control
Prevent risk conditions due to overloading................................................... 2/6
Limit switches management
Increase protection of crane equipment and reduce risks............................ 2/7
3
Load overspeed control
Increase protection of crane equipment and reduce risks............................ 2/8
Wind speed control
Detect high wind events............................................................................... 2/9
Monitoring data storage
Preventive maintenance and monitoring data logging of .
operating parameters................................................................................. 2/10
Anti-crab
Protect equipment and increase efficiency and crane service life............... 2/11
vv
Improve performance
Speed optimization and rope slack
Increase productivity, protect equipment and reduce risk........................... 2/12
Anti-sway (sensorless)
Improve load positioning accuracy and increase crane efficiency while
reducing risk............................................................................................... 2/13
Hoisting position synchronization
Increase production and equipment protection while reducing risk............ 2/14
Smooth slewing
Improve load positioning accuracy and increase crane efficiency while
reducing risk............................................................................................... 2/15
Advanced Slewing
Optimize cycle of operation of Tower cranes.............................................. 2/16
4
5
6
7
Grab Control
Improve efficiency of your grab while reducing stress on mechanics.......... 2/17
b b Hoisting Application Template
vv
For industrial crane
Build your own Parametric Crane controller without effort.............. 2/18 & 2/19
8
9
10
2/1

Presentation
SoMachine software &
Application Function Blocks library
SoMachine software suite
Simplify machine programming and commissioning
1
2
3
4
5
SoMachine software platform
PC
Controller
Presentation
SoMachine is the OEM solution software for developing, configuring and
commissioning the entire machine in a single software environment, including logic,
motion control, HMI and related network automation functions.
SoMachine allows you to program and commission all the elements in
Schneider Electric’s Flexible and Scalable Control platform, the comprehensive
solution-oriented offer for OEMs, which helps you achieve the most optimized
control solution for each machine’s requirements.
Flexible and Scalable Control platforms include:
Controllers:
bbHMI controllers: XBT GC, XBT GT/GK CANopen
bbLogic controllers: Modicon M238, Modicon M258
bbMotion Controller Modicon LMC 058
bbIntegrated Controller Card Altivar IMC
bbModicon TM2, Modicon TM5 and Modicon TM7 offers
HMI:
bbHMI Magelis graphic panels: XBT GT, XBT GK
SoMachine is a professional, efficient, and open software solution integrating
Vijeo-Designer.
It integrates also the configuring and commissioning tool for motion control devices.
It features all IEC 61131-3 languages, integrated field bus configurators, expert
diagnostics and debugging, as well as outstanding capabilities for maintenance and
visualisation.
SoMachine integrates tested, validated, documented and supported expert
application libraries dedicated to applications in Packaging, Hoisting and Conveying.
SoMachine provides you:
bbOne software package
bbOne project file
bbOne cable connection
bbOne download operation
6
7
8
9
Software solution
Sensors
Variable speed drive
HMI
Visual graphic user interface
Navigation within SoMachine is intuitive and highly visual. Presentation is optimized
in such a way that selecting the development stage of the desired project makes the
appropriate tools available. The user interface ensures nothing is overlooked and
suggests the tasks to be performed throughout the project development cycle. The
workspace has been streamlined, so that only that which is necessary and relevant
to the current task is featured, without any superfluous information..
Learning centre
From the home menu, the learning centre provides several tools to get started with
SoMachine. An animated file explains briefly the SoMachine interface and concept.
An e-learning allows to run a self-training about SoMachine. A third section gives
access to several documented examples of simple coding with SoMachine.
Projects management
The implemented project management principle allows to browse quickly through
the existing projects getting the relevant information without the need to open
them before selection.
The user can create a new project, starting from several means: using Tested
Validated and Documented Architectures, using the provided examples, using an
existing project or start with an empty project..There is quick access to the most
recently-used projects.
Project management
10
2/2

Presentation (continued)
SoMachine software &
Application Function Blocks library
SoMachine software suite
Simplify machine programming and commissioning
Configuration
Commissioning
Transparency
Application Function Blocks
Project properties
For each project, the user has the option to define additional information, through
simple forms. It’s also possible to attach documents, a customer picture and
a configuration picture.
Configuration
From the graphic user interface, the user can easily build his architecture and
configure the devices of the architecture.
Description of the architecture
A graphic editor can be used to assemble the various elements easily by a simple
drag & drop. A devices catalogue is displayed on the left of the screen. It is split into
several sections: controllers, HMI, Miscellaneous and search.
Configuration of the device
Directly from the topologic view of the user interface, a simple click drives the user to
the configuration screen of the selected device.
Programming and debug
Programming is an essential step, and the user has to carefully design it to be as
efficient as possible. Advanced control and HMI functions cover all the needs of an
OEM engineer in terms of creating the control and visualisation system.
Powerful tools allow debug and functional tests such as simulation, step by step
execution, break points and trace.
Commissioning
For an easy and fast diagnostic, the menu commissioning allows the user to check
the online state of his architecture.Through the topologic view of the configuration,
the devices display if you are logged in or not, as well as if they are in run or stop
mode.
Documentation
Because a printed file of the project is an important element, it is possible to build
and customize the project report:
--
select the items to be included in the report
--
organize the sections
--
define the page layout
--
and then launch the printing
Transparency
SoMachine supports Device Type manager (DTM) because it is a field device tool
(FDT) container.
With DTM’s representing field device in SoMachine, direct communications are
possible to every single device via SoMachine, the controller and the field bus
CANopen, thus avoiding the individual cable connections to each device for
configuration.
From the SoMachine unique environment, the remote devices can be set-up off-line
and tuned on-line.
Dedicated OEM application libraries (AFB libraries)
SoMachine can be extended through its solution extension DVD. It integrates tested,
validated, documented and supported expert application libraries dedicated to many
OEM applications. Their simple configuration speeds up design, commissioning,
installation and troubleshooting.
These libraries cover the following applications:
bbPackaging
bbHoisting
bbConveying
Tested Validated Documented Architectures (TVDA)
SoMachine provides a variety of preset projects with ready-to-use architectures you
can adapt to individual requirements. Some of them are generic TVDA, they are
based on controllers configuration. The solution extension DVD brings specific
application solutions oriented TVDA’s to SoMachine.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2/3

Characteristics
SoMachine software &
Application Function Blocks library
SoMachine software suite
Simplify machine programming and commissioning
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
SoMachine characteristics
Overview
IEC 61131-3
programming languages
Controller programming services
HMI-based services
Motion services
Global services
Integrated fieldbus configurators
Expert and solutions libraries
bb
IL (Instruction List)
bb
LD (Ladder Diagram)
bb
SFC (Sequential Function Chart)
bb
ST (Structured Text)
bb
FBD (Function Block Diagram)
bb
CFC (Continous Function Chart)
bb
Multi-tasking: Mast, Fast, Event
bb
Functions (Func) and Function Blocks (FBs)
bb
Data Unit Type (DUTs)
bb
On-line changes
bb
Watch windows
bb
Graphical monitoring of variables (trace)
bb
Breakpoints, step-by-step execution
bb
Simulation
bb
Visualization for application and machine set-up
bb
Graphics libraries containing more than 4000 2D and 3D objects.
bb
Simple drawing objects (points, line, rectangles, ellipses, etc …)
bb
Preconfigured objects (button, switch, bar graph, etc …)
bb
Recipes (32 groups of 256 recipes with max. 1024 ingredients)
bb
Action tables
bb
Alarms
bb
Printing
bb
Java scripts
bb
Multimedia file support: wav, png, jpg, emf, bmp
bb
Variable trending
bb
Embeded devices configuration and commissioning
bb
CAM profile editor
bb
Sample application trace
bb
Motion and drive function blocks libraries for inverters, servos and steppers
bb
Visualization screens .
bb
User access and profile
bb
Project documentation printing
bb
Project comparison (control)
bb
Variable sharing based on publish/subscribe mechanism
bb
Library version management
bb
Control network:
vv
Modbus Serial Line
vv
Modbus TCP
bb
Field bus:
vv
CANopen
vv
CANmotion
vv
AS-interface
bb
Connectivity:
vv
Profibus-DP
vv
Ethernet UDP
bb
PLCopen function blocks for Motion control
vv
Exemple: MC_MoveAbsolute, MC_CamIn, ServoDrive, ...
bb
Packaging function blocks
vv
Example: Analog film tension control, rotary knife, lateral film position control, ...
bb
Conveying function blocks
vv
Exemple: tracking, turntable, conveyor , ...
bb
Hoisting function blocks
vv
Exemple: anti-sway, anti-crab, hoisting position synchronization, ...
9
10
2/4

References
SoMachine software &
Application Function Blocks library
SoMachine software suite
Simplify machine programming and commissioning
Product offer
SoMachine software is delivered on a DVD, it is a product oriented version that includes all SoMachine features
related to generic hardware (M238, M258, LMC058, XBT GC, Altivar IMC), as well as generic Tested and
Validated Documented Architecture (TVDA)
The solution features are added to SoMachine by installing its solution extension DVD.
It includes all SoMachine solutions hardware, plus all the dedicated application libraries and Tested and Validated
Documented Architecture (TVDA).
References
bbSoMachine is available in 6 languages:
vvEnglish
vvFrench
vvGerman
vvItalian
vvSpanish
vvSimplified Chinese..
bbSystem Requirements:
vvProcessor: Pentium 3 - 1.2 GHz or higher
vvRAM Memory: 2 GByte; recommended: 3 GByte
vvHard Disk: 3.5 GB, recommended: 4 GB
vvOS: Windows XP Professional, Windows 7 32 bits
vvDrive: DVD reader
vvDisplay: 1024 × 786 pixel resolution or higher
vvPeripherals: a Mouse or compatible pointing device
vvPeripherals: USB interface
vvWeb Access: Web registration requires Internet access
bbThe documentation is supplied in electronic format: complete on-line help plus pdf version.
SoMachine software for generic controllers
Supported controllers TVDA Nb.
of licence
Reference
Weight
kg
bb
Logic controllers Modicon Optimized HW XBT GC,
Trial . MSD CHNSFNV30 –
M238 & M258
Optimized HW M238,
(30 days)
bb
Motion controller Modicon Optimized CANopen M238,
1 . MSD CHNLMUA –
LMC058
Optimized AS-Interface M238,
(Single)
bb
HMI controllers : XBT GC and Optimized CANopen XBT GC/GT/GK,
XBT GT/GK with control function Performance HW M258,
10 . MSD CHNLMTA –
bb
Drive controller: integrated Performance CANopen M258,
(Team)
controller card Altivar IMC Performance CANmotion LMC058
SoMachine solution extension for Solution controllers (1)
Supported
controllers
Added TVDA
Added
libraries
bb
Logic controllers: Modicon
M238 type S & M258 type S
bb
Motion controller LMC058
type S
bb
HMI controllers: XBT GC with
CANopen module type S and
XBT GT/GK with control function
type S
bb
Drive controller: ATV IMC
integrated controller card type S
solutions
Optimized CANopen Altivar IMC,
Performance CANmotion LMC058,
Hoisting Optimized CANopen M238,
Conveying Performance CANmotion
LMC058
Hoisting
Conveying
Packaging
Nb. Reference
of licence
Weight
kg
1 (Single) MSD CHLLMUV30S0 –
10 (Team) MSD CHLLMTV30S0 –
SoMachine software compatibility and hardware control platforms
Product type
Version
Logic controller Modicon M238 ≥ V1.0
HMI controller XBT GC
Logic controller Modicon M238S ≥ V2.0
Logic controller Modicon M258
Logic controller Modicon M258S
Motion controller Modicon LMC058
Motion controller Modicon LMC058S
HMI controller XBT GT/GK with control function type S, XBT GC with CANopen module type S
Altivar IMC integrated controller card type S solutions
TM5 CANopen Interface ≥ V3.0
TM7 CANopen Interface block
Altivar IMC integrated controller card (with patch)
(1) For this offer, please contact Schneider electric.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2/5

Presentation
SoMachine software &
Application Function Blocks library
Improving reliability and maintenance
1
2
3
4
5
6
Overload control
> > Construction cranes > > Industrial cranes
Typical applications
> > Self-erecting cranes
> > Tower cranes
Typical applications
> > Overhead travelling
cranes
> > Gantry cranes
Prevent risk conditions due to overloading
The overload function prevents mechanical overload for machine safety and
durability. Taking into account the weight of the load through the hoisting drive’s
current level, this function is able to stop the ascending movement in the event of an
overload and lowers it until the load reaches the floor.
Benefits
Reduce risks
> > Prevent the load from falling and/or the crane from toppling over.
Increase equipments protection
> > Prevents damage to the gearbox and motor.
Save production time
> > Event reset is automatically generated by torque measurement or by calculation
of travel distance.
Easy to install and adjust
> > No additional sensors or external devices are needed.
Operating principle
The overload function is based on two sub-functions: the first detects the overload
and the second resets the alarm.
> > Each time an upward movement is started, the overload supervision function
block determines the maximum load limit that corresponds to an equivalent
torque level in the hoist drive.
> > When an overload is detected, the reset function is triggered according to the
selected reset mode using torque measurement or by calculated travel distance.
Characteristics
Up movement is disabled until the condition is reset
> > Error detection using torque measurement takes into account an adjustable filter
time
> > No sensors or external devices are needed
> > The reset function is automatically triggered by selecting from one of two reset
modes:
> > Torque measurement .
or
> > Distance travel using an Encoder or Estimating the distance traveled.
7
Hz
Hz
Hz
Fn
Fn
Overload alarm
8
Ref
Ref
0
t 0
Allow Movement
t 0
t
9
M/Mn M/Mn M/Mn
1
1,1
1
1
10
0,45
0,1
HT
0
t 0
t 0
t
t Acc x Ref Acc
t
Acc
1 s
Fn
No Alarm Alarm Reset by torque measurement
2/6

Presentation
SoMachine software &
Application Function Blocks library
Improving reliability and maintenance
Limit switches management
> > Industrial cranes
Typical applications
> > Overhead travelling
cranes
> > Gantry cranes
Increase protection of crane equipment and reduce risks
This function manages the motion of the bridge or trolley of an industrial crane along
an axis with a cross stick limit switch using two points of detection on each side. It
defines the stop and slow point by setting up the distance parameter. You can also
use it as an anti-collision function by using a photoelectric sensor instead of limit
switch.
Benefits
Reduce risks
Limit the working zone
> > Prevent breakdown or load dropping.
Increase equipment protection
> > Prevent damage to crane equipment.
Easy to install
> > Save commissioning time.
Diagnostic display
> > The limit switch status can be displayed on the HMI.
Operating principle
> > This function manages the motion movement along an axis with low speed and
stop sensors.
Positioning can be performed in one or both directions.
> > The sensors can be disabled so the object can pass the stop sensor and
proceed further, if required.
> > When the moving object is stopped on the stop sensor of one direction, it can be
moved in the opposite direction.
The positioning can be performed based on distance.
> > For testing purposes, the stop position can be disabled within software so the
object can pass by the slow sensor and the crane will be stopped by the buffer.
Characteristics
The limit switch function is based on a cross stick limit switch and smart relay or drive
controller.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2/7

Presentation
SoMachine software &
Application Function Blocks library
Improving reliability and maintenance
1
2
3
4
Load overspeed control
> > Construction cranes
Typical application
> > Tower cranes
> > Industrial cranes
Typical applications
> > Overhead travelling
cranes
> > Gantry cranes
Increase protection of crane equipment and reduce risks
Internal faults can generate load slipping which can lead to an increase in load speed
too and associated risk. Load overspeed control is based on a sensor and a
controller. When the nominal speed is exceeded, the controller must trigger an
emergency stop and the function sends an alarm to control the situation.
Benefits
Reduce risks
> > Prevent the load from falling.
Increase equipment protection
> > Prevent damage to the gear box and motor.
Optimized and compact installation
> > A dedicated device is not required;.
the same controller can be used for several functions.
Complete diagnostic
> > The most recent overspeed events, with time and date, are recorded as part of
the preventive maintenance and monitoring.
Operating principle
The objective is to control the nominal speed of the load. The controller must initiate
an emergency stop when the speed value is over 110% of threshold speed selected
in each movement direction.
5
6
Characteristics
> > The motor speed signal comes from a proximity sensor. It detects the metal cam
wheel linked to the drum of the hoisting rotation axis
> > An encoder can be used instead of a proximity sensor; it should be installed in
the drum of the hoisting rotation axis
> > Time and date of the most recent events are recorded for maintenance
diagnostic.
7
8
9
10
2/8

Presentation
SoMachine software &
Application Function Blocks library
Improving reliability and maintenance
Wind speed control
> > Construction cranes
Typical applications
> > Self-erecting cranes
> > Tower cranes
Detect high wind events
The wind speed control function constitutes a preventive measure against risk
associated with strong winds. It is based on an anemometer and a controller that
detects and sends an output signal to inform operators that maximum wind speed
has been exceeded to continue operations.
Benefits
Reduce risks
> > Prevents the crane from toppling over.
Reliable control system
> > Detection of lock or failure of the anemometer
> > Crane control is restricted to prevent the risk of unauthorised operation.
Flexible and customized
> > Adjustable filter time to prevent gusts of very short duration from triggering false
alarms
Warning and alarm setpoints configurable according to local regulations
> > Anemometer with analogue output or pulsed output is allowed.
Optimized and compact installation
> > A dedicated monitoring device is not required; the same controller can be used
for several functions.
Complete diagnostic
> > The most recent excessive wind speed events, with time and date, are recorded
as part of the preventive maintenance and monitoring.
Operating principle
The anemometer detects the speed of the wind by generating an analogue or pulsed
output and the controller sends a pre-alarm by activating a flashing light (orange)
and intermittent audible signals when wind speed is higher than 50 km/h. .
At the same time the function sends a maximum wind overspeed warning (72 km/h in
standard cranes, configurable according to local regulations) with a steady light (red)
and continuous audible signal indicating to the operator that crane could be parked
on a free slewing jib. The system registers and resets this alarm when the crane is
out of service or after a preset time configurable by user.
Characteristics
The wind speed control function is based on an anemometer and a controller. Two
beacons, an orange and a red light with an audible signal, are needed. At the same
time the operator can view the wind speed information on a display, including the
dates and times of the most recent speed events, on a display.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2/9

Presentation
SoMachine software &
Application Function Blocks library
Improving reliability and maintenance
1
2
3
Monitoring data storage
Preventive maintenance and monitoring data logging of operating
parameters
The monitoring data storage function is based on a controller device for acquiring,
recording and providing warnings on relevant and critical issues for preventive
maintenance purposes. It provides information on the Working Safety Period (WSP)
of the gear box, improper crane operations and important occurances such as
overload and overspeed.
Benefits
Optimization of safety equipment service life
> > Maximum use of critical equipment such as the gearbox via automatic
calculation of the Working Safety Period (WSP).
Prevent problems from becoming maintenance issues
> > Reliable and up-to-date crane diagnostics through historical data maintenance.
Save maintenance time
> > By determining the origin of the problem before solving it.
4
5
> > Construction cranes
Typical applications
> > Self-erecting cranes
> > Tower cranes
> > Industrial cranes
Typical applications
> > Overhead travelling
cranes
> > Gantry cranes
Operating principle
Maintenance data storage:
For acquiring, warning and recording the most relevant maintenance data. The goal
is to provide efficient maintenance information coordinated with the crane’s
operations. This function calculates the Working Safety Period by counting the
working hours and taking into account the load weight which was hoisted during
these working hours.
Event warning and recording:
Notification and recording of critical events such as overload, overspeed, load
slipping and encoder faults to enable the complete diagnostic of the crane.
Improper crane operations data register: this detects operations such as pulsating or
backtracking that can impact the service life of the equipment and increase
maintenance service time.
6
7
Characteristics
All movements are controlled:
While the main movement controlled is hoisting, these function blocks can control all
movements simultaneously.
Maintenance data storing:
Working hours and number of operations by movement
> > Working hours at 300 and 600 operations per hour
> > Working Safety Period (WSP) by using load cell or drive estimation.
Event warning and recording:
Overload and overspeed recording: last 20 events, including, date and duration
> > Load slipping (accumulated events)
Encoder fault (accumulated events)
> > Configurable alarm for all these events.
Improper crane operations data register:
> > Pulsating and backtracking register for all movements selected.
8
9
10
2/10

Presentation
SoMachine software &
Application Function Blocks library
Improving reliability and maintenance
Anti-crab
> > Industrial cranes
Typical applications
> > Overhead travelling
cranes
> > Gantry cranes
Protect equipment and increase efficiency and crane service life
The anti-crab function is an automatic realignment system which help prevent crane
skew and crab drift related to cranes with long spans. It maintains the path and the
track parallel between the two bogies independent of load position or initial crane
assembly.
Benefits
Increase efficiency and crane service life
> > Reduce wear and tear on rollers
Reduce mechanical vibrations
> > Prevent ample on plates and damaged welding.
A complete solution
> > Keep crane axis path in the same direction as the track axis path (anti-skew)
> > Prevent the crane from moving away from its track (anti-drift).
Consideration of internal and external factors
Absence of undercarriage motor synchronization on start/stop operations
> > Incorrect initial position of wheel mounting
> > Bridge motion with no centred load
> > Transversal load sway.
Easy to install
> > Use of only two proximity analogue sensors in one of the bogies and controller
card integrated in the drive
> > Encoders or others more sophisticated sensors are not needed.
Operating principle
> > Anti-skew: when the crane is perfectly aligned with the track, both sensors have
a similar output value because they are at the same distance. When the crane
starts moving, its crosses the track and detects output with different values. With
these new values and movement direction, the system determines which drive
must be reduced in speed. The speed is reduced until both sensors have the
same value, then the system recognises the crane path is now parallel to the
track.
> > Anti-drift: some drift incidences can arise such as badly adjusted sensor due to a
posterior crash, or if a screw grows weak or due to wheel slippage. Also the
cause can be some wheel slipping. In these cases, the crane may shift laterally,
thus increasing both detector values. When this happens the system generates a
skew to move crane to right position, correcting it after to be realigned.
Characteristics
> > A bidirectional regulation master-slave provides choice and changes which drive
must reduce speed of translation motor to maintain the parallelism of the
undercarriages on the track rails during bridge translation movement, thus
preventing crossover of the crane
> > An intensity control on acceleration and deceleration ramp is performed to
reduce the sway of the suspended load: this function is based on drive controller
or logic controller: ATV 71 + Integrated Machine Control (Altivar IMC) used on the
hoisting movement or M238 logic controller managing the complete crane. It
communicates with both Altivar drives using on translation bridge via CANopen
field bus.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2/11

Presentation
SoMachine software &
Application Function Blocks library
Improving performance
1
2
3
4
5
6
Speed Optimization and rope
slack
> > Construction cranes
Typical applications
> > Tower cranes
Increase productivity, protect equipment and reduce risk
The speed Optimization function reduces the work cycle time on the hoisting
movement. It allows operation at constant power in order to reach a higher speed.
The rope slack function is used to prevent high speeds on the hoisting motor when
the rope is slack. At the same time, it prevents overlapping of the rope on the motor
drum when the handling tool has been set down and the rope is too slack to be
unrolled properly.
Benefits
Save production time
> > Reduce working cycle time for hoisting movements according to the weight of the
load.
Reduce risks
> > Avoid startup or shutdown at high speed when the rope is slack.
Increase equipment protection
> > Protect the equipment by preventing overlapping of rope on the hoisting motor
drum.
Easy to install
> > No additional sensors or external devices are needed.
Operating principle
Speed Optimization
The maximum permissible speed is calculated by the drive during a speed step that
is set.
The drive can measure the weight of the load by torque measurement and define the
new speed reference. Following the measurement, the drive enters Speed
Optimization mode. During the Speed Optimization, the drive monitors the torque
cyclically. If the torque value exceeds a certain set value in percentage, the drive
returns to a nominal predefined speed value.
Rope Slack
If the torque falls below a certain set value (less weight than handle tool) the rope
slackens. In this case, the drive changes to measure speed of both up and down
movement. It allows unrolling the rope for maintenance reasons. At the same time, it
helps to prevent against rope rolling at high speed when it is still slack and helps
prevent shocks to the load that can lead to unsafe conditions.
Characteristics
The Speed Optimization and Rope Slack function is based on the flexible control
ATVIMC or M238 with ATV71 drive and/or an ATV312 by CANopen field bus. No
extra sensors or external devices are needed.
7
Torque
8
Transient overtorque
Cn
Nominal torque
9
Constant torque
C = k U/F
10
Constant power
C = k FrS/F
Frequency
HSP FRS FrS HSP
Normal frequency
Maximum frequency
2/12

Presentation
SoMachine software &
Application Function Blocks library
Improving performance
Anti-sway (sensorless)
> > Industrial cranes
Typical applications
> > Overhead travelling
cranes
> > Gantry cranes
Improve load positioning accuracy and increase crane efficiency
while reducing risk
The anti-sway function prevents load sway on the crane due to acceleration and
deceleration of the trolley and the bridge. Through the operator assistance function
and the predefined parameter, dynamic correction is automatically carried out with
readjustment.
Benefits
Save production time
> > Reduce working cycle time and increase positioning precision by preventing load
sway.
Increase crane service life
> > Reduce mechanical shocks and stress on the crane mechanism and structures
due to over-correction and pulsating during positioning.
Reduce risks
> > Avoid an excessive and dangerous load swaying
> > Reduce operator stress and fatigue as a source of error.
Easy to install
> > No additional sensors or external devices are needed.
Operating principle
The main object is to control the load sway without additional sensors (use of
encoder only when higher accuracy is needed). This function works simultaneously
on 2 axis (including trolley, bridge of crane and hoisting for position feedback).
It uses the same electrical operator interface without modification to wiring and takes
control to manage the entire system via an CANopen field bus.
Characteristics
> > Estimator:.
Load sway estimation based on an adaptive model using drive speed, internal
signals and cable length
> > Controller:.
Adaptive continuous controller providing anti-sway correction to the operator
command
> > Working area control:.
Deactivation of anti-sway function when leaving working area.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2/13

Presentation
SoMachine software &
Application Function Blocks library
Improving performance
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Hoisting position
synchronization
> > Industrial cranes
Typical applications
> > Overhead travelling
cranes
> > Gantry cranes
Increase production and equipment protection while reducing risk
The goal of the hoisting position synchronization function is to provide the same
positioning of the two handling tools that are hoisting the load simultaneously. This
hoisting synchronization is managed by the master-slave function that keeps an
initial master slave position difference at a constant value.
The master-drive is used as the reference and the coordinated action is sent to the
slave drive over the CANopen field bus.
Benefits
Save production time
> > Reduce working cycle time by automatically synchronizing the hoisting
movement of trolleys.
Reduce risks
Prevent breakdown or the load from falling
> > Avoid excessive and dangerous load unbalancing.
Easy to install
> > No additional devices are needed.
Operating principle
There are three operating modes:
Independent operation
> > Synchronous operation
> > Slave stand alone operation
When in synchronous operation mode, the application will run the position
synchronization function.
The slave handling tool will follow the master hoist in electronic gearing mode
keeping an initial master-slave position difference at a constant value (this can be
zero).
Synchronization is triggered by activation of the synchronization command.
Synchronization of lifts is managed by the controller inside card. The master drive
uses a frequency reference. This coordinated action is sent as a reference to the
slave drive over the CANopen field bus.
Characteristics
> > The Hoisting position synchronization is based on the flexible control Drive
controller or Logic controller
> > Using a Drive controller you can display all information required by using either
an integrated Keypad display of ATV71 drive or with a Magelis XBT connected to
the with ATV71 over a Modbus link
> > Using a logic controller you can display all information required by using a
Magelis XBT connected on the logic controller.
8
9
10
2/14

Presentation
SoMachine software &
Application Function Blocks library
Improving performance
Smooth slewing control
> > Construction cranes
Typical applications
> > Self-erecting cranes
Motor Speed (Hz)
HSP
Speed 3
Speed 2
Speed 1
Speed based method
Improve load positioning accuracy and increase crane efficiency
while reducing risk
This function provides smooth and accurate movements on crane slewing to position
the load precisely on the target. This function avoids jerking due to overtorque and
inertia throughout the slewing movement.
Benefits
Save production time
> > Reduce working cycle time and increase positioning precision by avoiding load
sway.
Increase crane service life
> > Reduce mechanical shocks and stress on the crane mechanism and structures
thanks to torque adaptation on slewing movement.
Reduce risks
> > Prevent excessive and dangerous load swaying
> > Reduce operator stress and fatigue that could lead to errors
Easy to install
> > No additional sensors or external devices are needed.
Operating principle
On starting a slewing movement of the jib, it is necessary to overcome the inertia of
the jib. There is always a chance of an overtorque (during start) or over-speed
(during stop). To prevent this overtorque or over-speed, it is necessary to control the
acceleration and deceleration ramps.
The function influences the acceleration and deceleration of a slewing drive using
two methods:
> > Frequency based method: the acceleration and deceleration time is adjusted
based on the varying frequency level during the acceleration and deceleration
> > Torque based method: the acceleration and deceleration time based is adjusted
on the varying torque level during the acceleration and deceleration.
Characteristics
Smooth slewing is based on controller inside integrated on ATV71 drive.
> > Acceleration: during acceleration, the acceleration parameter is selected from
three pre-defined acceleration values (ACC1, ACC2 & ACC3) as the actual
frequency reaches threshold frequency1, frequency2 and frequency3
respectively for frequency based method or as the actual torque reaches the
thresholds torque1, torque2 and torque3 respectively for torque based method.
> > Deceleration: during deceleration, the deceleration parameter is selected from
three pre-defined deceleration values (DEC1, DEC2 & DEC3), as the actual
frequency reaches threshold frequency4, frequency5 and frequency6
respectively for frequency based method or as the actual torque reaches the
thresholds torque4, torque5 and torque6 respectively for torque based method.
Motor Torque (%)
Max Torque
Torque 3
Torque 2
Torque 1
Torque based method
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
LSP
ACC1
ACC2
ACC3
ACC4
Time (s)
0
ACC1
ACC2
ACC3
ACC4
Time (s)
Max Speed (Hz)
HSP
Deceleration
Motor Torque (%)
Max Torque
Deceleration
9
Frequency4
Torque 4
Frequency5
Torque 5
Frequency6
Torque 6
10
LSP
DEC1
DEC2
DEC3
DEC4
Time (s)
0
DEC1
DEC2
DEC3
DEC4
Time (s)
2/15

Presentation
SoMachine software &
Application Function Blocks library
Improving performance
1
2
3
4
5
6
Advanced slewing control
> > Construction cranes
Typical applications
> > Tower Cranes with
Jib > 40 m
Optimize cycle of operation of Tower cranes
This innovative function controls the rotation of the crane taking into account the
flexibility of the mechanical structure.
This function generates outstanding smooth and accurate movements on crane
slewing leading to precise positioning on target.
Benefits
Save production time
> > Reduce working cycle time and increase precision
> > Very efficient on big cranes where other algorithm are failing due to huge
flexibility of crane structure..
Increase crane service life
> > Reduce mechanical shocks and stress on the crane mechanism an structure.
Reduce risk
> > Reduce operator stress and fatigue
> > Reduce oscillation of the jib
Easy to install
> > Simple settings, at the commissioning the controller performs self tuning
sequence
> > No additional sensor.
Operating principle
> > During commissioning analysis of the natural frequency on the crane is
performed, in order to get the automatic setting of the correction
> > This function block generates optimum speed profile for the Slewing motor on
the fly
> > At any time a dynamic correction is performed, leading to the optimized rotation
control with the maximum of speed and accuracy.
Characteristics
This control has been specially designed mainly for big cranes (Tall Tower and Long
jib).
This control is available with Drive series ATV 312, ATV 32, ATV 71.
This function is compatible with all others functions developed for Construction cranes
(Speed Optimization, Wind control, Overload control, etc )
7
Controller
8
Estimator
9
10
2/16

Close
Presentation
SoMachine software &
Application Function Blocks library
Improving performance
Grab control
> > Industrial cranes
Typical applications
> > Industrial cranes.
Improve efficiency of your grab while reducing stress on
mechanics
This ready to use dedicated function block realizes the grab function controlling the 2
drives of the hoisting system (Hold and Close).
The best regulation mode is automatically applied according to requested Operation:
Closing, hoisting with synchronization, opening/closing the grab, etc
Benefits
Save production time
> > Efficient closing operation on material with less fatigue for the operator
(operation control with a single joystick).
Increase crane life
> > Reduce mechanical shocks and stress on the crane mechanism and structure
(by virtual limit switches)
> > Less wearing of cable and gearbox due to optimized control.
Save design time
Ready & Easy to use full Grab function dealing with the complexity of your crane
> > Only some parameters to set.
Reduce your cost
> > Drive I/Os are used as remote I/Os of the controller
> > Optimize sizing of motors and drives due to torque sharing during lifting
> > Short commissioning time.
Operating principle
The main objective is to control all working modes of the Grab function.
The Controller gets all information needed to achieve the control either through I/Os
connected to the drives either through onboard I/Os.
The controller is applying automatically at any time the relevant control to the drives.
No rope slack during closing on material due to torque monitoring.
> > Speed Control + Synchronization of up and down movement during empty or
closing and opening in the air.
> > Speed Control + torque balance when lifting with a load.
Characteristics
This Function block is designed to control Altivar 71 drives serie.
No extra encoder needed, The controller can get access to Encoder feedback
information connected to the drive.
> > For a more accurate control a load cell or a strain gauge can be used for closing
on material and slack detection
This function block can be used on controller type S of MachineStruxure TM
> > HMI function can be handle by Drive Keypad or Magelis Touch screen panel.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Close Hold
8
Set point Hold Speed Set point
Set point Close
Position Hold
Position Close
Grab
Control
Torque Hold
Torque close
Grab
Control
FW
RV
Speed Set point
Torque control
Torque control
FW
RV
Drive
hold
Hold
9
Drive
close
M DI
M DI
10
2/17

Presentation
SoMachine software &
Application Function Blocks library
Application Template for industrial crane
1
Application Template for
industrial crane
Build your own Parametric Crane controller without effort
2
3
4
5
6
7
> > Industrial cranes
Typical applications
> > Industrial cranes
With the Application template, save up to 90% in programming!
If the Application Function Blocks help speed up tasks, an Application
Template helps control the whole application.
An Application Template is a predefined program structure dedicated to a
machine type (e.g standard industrial crane). It’s a package of basic
functionalities (diagnostics, error handling, operating mode...) and Application
Function Blocks which can be used as an example (Anti-sway...).
They can be easily adapted to your own machine by performing the
appropriate configuration.
Your benefit:
> > No control expertise is required
> > Easy to configure and commissioning the machine (directly on graphic
display, without PC)
This application template dedicated to Industrial cranes includes all functions
needed to handle a standard industrial crane.
Without any modification this template will already match to most of applications.
Starting from this program documented you will be able to customize easily this
ready to use example to your crane if needed.
Benefits
Enjoy the benefit of all embedded functions
Trolley, Translation & Hoisting Control
> > Limit switches management
Overload detection
> > Data monitoring storage
> > Speed Optimization
> > Anti-sway
Simple to install
> > Solution based on Drive controller / Altivar IMC (option board of Altivar 71)
Easy to program
No Programming for most of the cases
> > Simple to customize to match 100% your need
Easy to use
> > All necessary parameters are available on Altivar 71 keypad
8
9
10
2/18

Presentation
SoMachine software &
Application Function Blocks library
Application Template for industrial crane
(continued)
Build your own Parametric Crane controller without effort (continued)
Operating principle
The main objective is to control a full crane, with key application functions in an
optimized way.
Standard I/Os as Forward, Reverse and End Limit switches, Speed setpoint are
wired directly to drives terminal.
All these I/Os are seen as remote I/Os through CANopen by the controller.
As a back-up, it is possible to use the crane without Controller & Field bus
Additional I/Os as Low limit switches, selection mode, alarms are connected to the
controller.
All setting are done through Altivar 71 keypad.
Programming tool needed only for customization.
Characteristics
Functions for trolley & Translation
Limit switch, Speed Select
> > Anti-sway OpenLoop
> > Monitoring Data Storage
> > Drive control: Altivar 71, Altivar 32 and Altivar 312.
Functions for Hoisting
Limit switch, Speed Select
Monitoring Data Storage for Hoisting
> > Speed Optimization & Rope slack
Overload EN15011
> > Drive control: Altivar IMC (Altivar 71).
Programming
> > SoMachine software.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Trolley Crane
7
Hoist
8
Crane
Card
9
10
2/19

chapter 3
Controllers
All technical information about products listed in this
catalogue are available on: www.schneider-electric.com

Contents
Controllers
bb
Controllers Selection guide
vv
Controllers for hoisting solutions with Application Function Blocks.. . . 3/2
bb
Drive controller: Altivar IMC drive controller card type S
solutions with pre-defined AFB, for Altivar 71 variable speed drive
vv
Presentation.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/4
vv
Configuration, description.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/5
vv
References.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/8
bb
Modicon M238 logic controller, compact base for solutions
with pre-defined AFB
vv
Selection guide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/10
vv
Presentation.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/12
vv
Description.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/14
vv
References.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/15
bb
Modicon M258 logic controller, compact base for solutions
with pre-defined AFB
vv
Selection guide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/16
vv
Presentation.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/18
vv
Description.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/25
vv
References.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/26
bb
Controllers I/O expansion modules Selection guide
vv
Local and remote I/O expansion modules.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/28
vv
Distributed I/O expansion modules.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/30
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/1

Selection guide
Controllers
ATV IMC drive controller card type S,
Modicon M238 and Modicon M258 logic
controllers type S
For Hoisting solutions with AFB
1
Recommanded
applications
Construction
crane
Industrial
crane
Self erecting crane
Tower crane
Tower crane (> 60 I/Os)
Standard crane (< 10 t)
Standard crane (> 10 t)
Special crane
2
Special crane (> 60 I/Os)
3
4
Configuration software
Power supply
SoMachine software
24 V c
Embedded inputs (depending on model)
vv
10 digital inputs including 4 available for 2 HSC inputs or 2 incremental encoders
vv
2 analog inputs
5
6
Embedded outputs (depending on model)
vv
6 transistor outputs
vv
2 analog outputs
I/O expansion With expansion card VW3A320p (1):
vv
Digital
vv
analog
vv
relay
vv
frequency control and probe I/O (1)
Integrated functions
vv
HSC
vv
Analog
vv
Position control
7
8
Communication Embedded vv
CANopen Master
vv
Ethernet TCP
vv
FTP server
vv
Web server
vv
Modbus slave
Optional
vv
ModbusPlus
vv
Uni-Telway
vv
InterBus-S
vv
Profibus DP
vv
DeviceNet
vv
Fipio
vv
EtherNet IP
vv
CC-Link
User memory RAM 2 MB
9
Dedicated controller type
Flash
2 MB
ATV IMC integrated controller card type S solutions
Control by integration of automation functions on Altivar 71 variable speed
drives
10
Page 3/9
(1) Consult our web site www.schneider-electric.com
3/2

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
1
2
3
SoMachine software
24 V c and 100/240 V a 24 V c
SoMachine software
4
vv
14 digital inputs, 8 of which can be configured as fast inputs
vv
4 transistor outputs + 6 relay outputs or 10 transistor outputs, 4 of which can
be configured as fast outputs
With Modicon TM2 modules (1):
vv
Digital I/O
vv
Analog I/O
vv
Counter I/O
vv
HSC
vv
PTO
vv
PWM
vv
PID control
vv
Event processing
vv
CANopen master
vv
Master/slave type isolated serial link
vv
Modbus master/slave RTU/ASCII, ASCII
vv
26 to 38 digital inputs including 8 counter inputs (100 kHz)
vv
4 analog inputs
vv
16 to 28 transistor outputs including 4 reflex outputs
vv
Up to 12 relay outputs
With Modicon TM5 compact blocks (1):
vv
Digital and analog I/O
With Modicon TM5 modules (1):
vv
Digital
vv
Analog
vv
Expert
vv
HSC
vv
Analog
vv
Position control
vv
PWM
vv
CANopen master
vv
Ethernet Serial links: RS232/RS485
vv
Web/FTP servers
vv
Modbus master/slave RTU/ASCII, ASCII
5
6
7
vv
Ethernet
vv
Profibus
vv
DeviceNet
vv
Modbus RS232 serial link
vv
Modbus RS485 serial link
8
500 or 1000 KB (depending on model) 64 MB (program + data)
2 or 16 MB (depending on model) 128 MB
M238 logic controller type S,
compact base for solutions with AFB
M258 logic controllertype S,
compact base for solutions with AFB
9
3/10 3/18
10
3/3

Presentation
description
Controllers
Drive controller
Altivar IMC drive controller card type S solutions with
AFB, for Altivar 71 variable speed drive
1
2
3
4
Altivar IMC drive controller card type
S solutions
Presentation
The Altivar IMC drive controller card type S solutions forms a part of Flexible
Machine Control approach, a key component of MachineStruxure TM , which brings
you maximum flexibility and ensures the most optimised control solution.
The Altivar IMC drive controller card type S solutions VW3 A3521S0 is a compact
optimised solution developed for Altivar 71 variable speed drives. When equipped
with the ATV IMC card type S solutions, Altivar 71 drives become controllers capable
of meeting the needs of machine manufacturers (OEMs) in applications such as
textiles, hoisting, pumping or woodworking, etc.
The Altivar IMC drive controller card type S solutions VW3 A3521S0 is configured
and programmed using SoMachine software (see page 2/5).
The Altivar IMC card type S solutions boosts the expansion capability of machines
and allows us to meet the OEM market's requirements in terms of performance,
simplicity of use and openness.
Installation
The Altivar IMC card type S solutions is designed for integration on Altivar 71
variable speed drives in conjunction with other Altivar 71-specific cards, such as I/O
expansion cards and communication cards.
5
1
2
3
1 Altivar 71 drive and graphic display
terminal
2 Altivar IMC card VW3 A3521S0
3 I/O expansion card VW3 A32pp or
communication card VW3 A33pp
1
6
7
8
9
10
Note: Only one I/O expansion card or communication card can be mounted simultaneously with
the Altivar IMC card type S solutions on an Altivar 71 drive.
Special features
User memory RAM 2 MB
Flash
Data storage memory FRAM
(Ferroelectric RAM)
2 MB
64 KB
Typical time (for 1000 Boolean instructions) 942 µs
User program size
Power supply
1 MB
24 V c
Inputs Digital 10 x 24 V c inputs, 4 of which can be used for
2 high-speed counter inputs (100 kHz) or
2 incremental encoders (A/B) (100 kHz)
Analog
2 x 0…20 mA inputs
Outputs Digital 6 transistor outputs (2 A) - source
Built-in
communication
ports
Real-time clock
Analog
RJ45 port
SUB-D connector
(male 9-way)
USB Mini-B port
2 x 0…20 mA outputs
Ethernet Modbus TCP, Web/FTP Server
Master CANopen bus (16 slaves)
SoMachine software programming
Integrated
3/4

Presentation
Controllers
Drive controller
Altivar IMC drive controller card type S solutions with
AFB, for Altivar 71 variable speed drive
SoMachine software platform
Performance
Reduce the time it takes to develop your machines
bb
The use of a single SoMachine programming software environment offers a
number of advantages:
vv
A single project file
vv
A single software program
vv
A single download for the whole application
bb
The ease of use of PLCopen function blocks significantly reduces the time
needed to program motion control and independent axis control on machines.
A more powerful machine
The Altivar IMC drive controller card type S solutions has 8 tasks to suit different
machine requirements (cyclic, event-triggered, free).
A task can be synchronized with the task of the drive in which it is embedded. This
task manages the speed reference, the torque reference, the speed feedback, the
torque feedback, the number of encoder pulses feedback in order to increase
machine performance.
A more intelligent drive
vv
Performs more complex operations (2 MB memory)
vv
Reduces program loading time (Mini-B USB connectors)
vv
Communication with all the other system devices (built-in Ethernet and CANopen
connection ports)
Transparency of your machines
Access to all the other devices in the system architecture via CANopen is totally
transparent due to FDT/DTM technology.
Development and technology
The Altivar IMC drive controller card type S solutions has been developed with two
criteria in mind: low cost and practicality.
bb
Low cost because the standard equipment for the Altivar IMC card type S
solutions comprises:
vv
Sixteen discrete I/O
vv
A built-in Ethernet port
vv
Two analog inputs
vv
Two analog outputs
vv
And a CANopen master
bb
Practicality because the Altivar IMC card type S solutions is ideal for integration in
Altivar 71 drives, and can therefore use:
vv
Their inputs/outputs
vv
Their communication cards
vv
Their parameters: speed, current, torque, etc.
vv
Their remote graphic display terminal
vv
And also the inputs/outputs in their I/O expansion cards
vv
Plus the speed feedback counter in the encoder interface cards
Software configuration
Configuration and programming of the Altivar IMC drive controller card type S
solutions and equipment in Schneider Electric's “Flexible Machine Control” concept
are both designed to cut costs and optimize your machine performance.
The SoMachine software offers six IEC 61131-3 programming languages:
bb
Instruction List (IL)
bb
Ladder (LD)
bb
Function Block Diagrams (FBD)
bb
Grafcet (SFC)
bb
Structured Text (ST)
bb
CFC: Continuous Function Chart
As well as PLCopen function blocks, for handling motion control and axis control on
your machines.
Access to the hoisting libraries including all the specialised AFB, see page 2/5.
Integration in the Schneider Electric product offer
Combined with other dedicated OEM products in the Schneider Electric offer, such
as Altivar variable speed drives, Lexium servo drives, Magelis HMI terminals, TeSys
motor starters and contactors, the Altivar IMC drive controller card type S solutions
can be integrated transparently in a number of architectures.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/5

Functions
Controllers
Drive controller
Altivar IMC drive controller card type S solutions with
AFB, for Altivar 71 variable speed drive
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Altivar 71
+ Altivar IMC drive
controller card
up to 2
high-speed
counters (100
kHz)
CANopen (1 Mbps)
High-speed counter function (one-phase or two-phase)
Machine with CANopen architecture:
- Lifting motion: Altivar 71
- Translatory motion: Altivar 312
- Carriage motion: Altivar 312
Menu 1.14
Functions
HSC high-speed counting and/or incremental encoder function
In order to meet requirements for machine productivity, the Altivar IMC has 2 embedded
high-speed counters with a counting frequency of 100 kHz for each channel as well as 4
reflex outputs.
The availability of these embedded counters and also the presence of the master
CANopen link makes it quick and easy to create low-cost, high-performance
multi-axis functions that suit the machines limitations.
With the availability of “PLCopen” function blocks specific to the motion control
functions in the SoMachine software, application development is sure to be quick
and reliable.
In addition, these high-speed counting inputs can be used as an incremental
encoder (A/B) with a frequency of 100 kHz in order to adapt to the machine's specific
requirements.
Position control function
Several options are offered in terms of position control:
bb
Either creating a sequence in Lexium 32 servo drives, with communication with
the Altivar IMC drive controller card type S solutions achieved by the use of
discrete I/O
bb
Or creating an application in the Altivar IMC card type S solutions and controlling
the Lexium 32A/ Lexium 32M servo drives and/or SD3pp stepper motor drives via
the master CANopen integrated link.
Communication function
Ethernet
The Altivar IMC drive controller card type S solutions has a built-in RJ45 Ethernet
port (10/100 Mbps, MDI/MDIX) with Ethernet TCP Modbus, SoMachine on Ethernet,
UDP, TCP and SNMP protocols.
In addition, the Altivar IMC card type S solutions has an embedded Web Server and
FTP Server.
As well as the default address based on the MAC address, it is possible to assign a
controller IP address via a DHCP server or via a BOOTP server.
CANopen
The Altivar IMC drive controller card type S solutions has an embedded CANopen
master which can be used to control devices on a communication bus with ease.
The link can be configured between 20 kbps and 1 Mbps and supports up to 16
slaves.
Architectures based on CANopen can be used to distribute I/O modules as close to
the sensors and actuators as possible, thus reducing wiring costs and times, and to
communicate with different devices such as variable speed drives, servo drives, etc.
The CANopen configurator is integrated in the SoMachine software and can also be
used to import standard description files in EDS format. See chapter 4.
8
9
10
Customization function on the graphic display terminal
Menu 1.14
The remote graphic display terminal on Altivar 71 drives includes a menu dedicated
to the Altivar IMC drive controller card type S solutions.
The user is offered a graphic display of 8 lines of 24 characters.
This menu can be customized simply and directly using the SoMachine software.
The user can define the language, name, unit, decimal point, and the type of
parameter he wishes to customize for his own application. The user can also define
alarms and error messages for his application.
Clock function
A time and date-stamping function combined with a clock backed up by a lithium
battery makes it possible to keep a log of events that have occurred. When the
Altivar IMC drive controller card type S solutions is installed in the drive, drive faults
are automatically time and date-stamped without the need for any special
programming.
3/6

Communication
Controllers
Drive controller
Altivar IMC drive controller card type S solutions with
AFB, for Altivar 71 variable speed drive
Communication
The Altivar IMC drive controller card type S solutions has the following built-in
communication ports:
Communication ports Use
1 x RJ45 (MDI/MDIX port) vv
FTP server
vv
Web server
vv
Modbus TCP server
vv
Modbus TCP client
vv
Manager SoMachine
vv
SNMP
vv
Modbus device
1 x mini-USB Programming port (480 Mbps)
1
2
1 x 9-way male SUB-D Master CANopen connection
Embedded Ethernet
The Altivar IMC drive controller card type S solutions has an embedded Ethernet link
via a direct connection to its RJ45 port.
bb
Speed: “10 BaseT” and “100 BaseTX” with auto-negotiation
bb
RJ45 port (MDI/MDIX): automatic adaptation to a straight or crossed cable
Protocols
Number of connections
Modbus server 8
Modbus device 2
FTP server 4
Web server 10
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/7

Description
Controllers
Drive controller
Altivar IMC drive controller card type S solutions with
AFB, for Altivar 71 variable speed drive
1
2
3
7
6
5
1
2
3
4
Description
The Altivar IMC drive controller card type S solutions comprises:
1 Three spring connectors for:
vv
10 digital inputs
vv
6 digital outputs
vv
2 analog inputs
vv
2 analog outputs
vv
2 commons
2 A connector with removable screw terminals, 3 contacts at intervals of 3.81 for the
24 V c power supply
3 A mini USB-B connector for programming using SoMachine software
4 A 9-way SUB-D connector for connection to the CANopen machine bus
5 An RJ45 connector for connection of the SoMachine software workshop and/or
connection to an Ethernet Modbus TCP network
6 Five LEDs:
vv
1 green/yellow ETH LED for Ethernet activity
vv
1 green/red NS (Network status) LED
vv
1 green/red MS (Module status) LED
vv
1 green/red CAN (CANopen activity) LED
vv
1 green/red LED programmable by the user
7 Four configuration selector switches
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/8

References
Controllers
Drive controller
Altivar IMC drive controller card type S solutions with
AFB, for Altivar 71 variable speed drive
Variable speed drives
Designation
Altivar 71 variable speed drives
Reference
Refer to the chapter 6 of this catalogue
1
Altivar 71 variable speed drives
Cards for Altivar 71 variable speed drives
Altivar IMC drive controller card type S solutions
Designation Voltage Reference Weight
kg
Altivar IMC drive controller card type S 24 V c VW3 A3521S0 0.185
solutions
2
3
VW3 A3521S0
I/O expansion cards (1)
Designation Type of I/O Reference Weight
Logic
input
Logic
output
Analog
input
Analog
output
PTC
probe
input (2)
Frequency
control
input
kg
I/O expansion cards 4 3 – – 1 – VW3 A3 201 0.300
4 3 2 2 1 1 VW3 A3 202 0.300
For more information about digital I/O cards, visit our website www.schneider-electric.com.
Communication cards
Designation Protocols available (depending on model) Reference
VW3 A3 3pp
communication cards
vv
Modbus Plus
vv
Uni-Telway
vv
InterBus-S
vv
Profibus DP
vv
DeviceNet
vv
Ethernet Modbus TCP
vv
Fipio
vv
EtherNet IP
vv
CC-Link
Refer to “Altivar 71 variable speed
drives” catalogue
(1) Altivar 71 variable speed drives can only take one I/O expansion card with the same reference.
(2) This PTC probe input must never be used to protect an ATEX motor in applications in explosive atmospheres. Please
refer to the ATEX guide which is available on our website “www.schneider-electric.com”.
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/9

Selection guide
Controllers
Modicon M238 logic controller, .
compact base for solutions with AFB
1
Application
Control solutions for
vv
Hoisting
vv
Packaging
vv
Conveying
v v ...
2
3
Voltage . 24 c (- 15% / + 20 %)
Certifications
e, UL, CSA, ACA (C-Tick), GOST (pending)
Digital I/O No. of 24 V c inputs . 14, 8 of which can be configured as fast inputs
4
No. of outputs . 10 transistor, .
4 of which can be configured as fast outputs
I/O expansion Max. number of modules 7: digital, analog, high-speed counter, (3 high-speed counter TM200HSC060pp)
Max. number of digital I/O. . 136/192/248 (1)
5
6
7
8
Embedded function HSC . 8 x 100 kHz simple channels, 4 x 100 kHz simple channels and 1 x 100 kHz advanced channel
(2) or 2 x 100 kHz advanced channels (2)
Connection via
Embedded
communication
Motion or Reflex functions
PID regulation
4 channels,
frequency: 100 Hz
Yes
Event processing . Yes, up to 4 event tasks can be activated by the fast inputs or by the integrated counter channels
(on threshold)
4 removable screw terminal blocks (supplied as standard)
4 removable spring terminal blocks with optional unit TM238 RSSPT (ordered separately)
RS 485/RS 232 serial port Master/slave type isolated serial link
RJ45 port, marking on front panel SL1 : .
1 channel
Protocols:
vv
Default : Modbus slave,
vv
Modbus master/slave RTU/ASCII, ASCII
RS 485 serial port
Master/slave type isolated serial link
RJ45 port, marking on front panel SL2 : .
1 channel
Protocols:
vv
Default : SoMachine-Network (programming/debugging),
vv
Modbus master/slave RTU/ASCII, ASCII, SoMachine-Network
Terminal port “Prg. Port” . 1 USB 2.0 (Mini B USB connector): Programming port for SoMachine software
CANopen . Conformity class M10, limited to 16 slaves for 1 master
User zone in internal RAM Capacity . 1000 KB
No. of instructions . 25 K instructions depending on the language and type of instruction used
9
Type of compact base
TM238 LFDC24DTS0
Page 3/15
(1) The 1 st value corresponds to the maximum number of I/O (base and expansions) with expansion modules with screw terminals, the 2 nd to expansion modules with
spring terminals and the 3 rd to expansion modules with HE 10 connectors..
(2) Advanced channel with two-phase signal inputs for encoder, threshold detection function and reflex function.
10
3/10

1
2
100-240 V a (+ 10% / - 15 %)
e, UL, CSA, ACA (C-Tick), GOST (pending), CSA (Class 1, Division 2, Groups A, B, C, D)
3
14, 8 of which can be configured as fast inputs
4 transistor .
+ 6 relay
7: digital, analog, high-speed counter, (3 high-speed counter TM200HSC060pp)
136/192/248 (1)
4
8 x 100 kHz simple channels, 4 x 100 kHz simple channels and 1 x 100 kHz advanced channel (2) or 2 x 100 kHz advanced channels (2)
4 channels,
frequency: 100 Hz
Yes
Yes, up to 4 event tasks that can be activated by the base's fast inputs or by the integrated counter channels (threshold attained)
5
4 removable screw terminal blocks (supplied as standard)
4 removable spring terminal blocks with optional unit TM238 RSSPT (ordered separately)
Master/slave type isolated serial link
RJ45 Port, marking on front panel SL1 : 1 channel
Protocols:
vv
Default : Modbus slave,
vv
Modbus master/slave RTU/ASCII, ASCII
Master/slave type isolated serial link
RJ45 port, marking on front panel SL2 : 1 channel
Protocols:
vv
Default: SoMachine-Network (programming/debugging),
vv
Modbus master/slave RTU/ASCII, ASCII, SoMachine-Network
6
7
1 USB 2.0 (Connecteur type USB mini-B): Programming port for SoMachine software
Conformity class M10, limited to 16 slaves for 1 master
1000 KB
8
25 K instructions depending on the language and type of instruction used
TM238 LFAC24DRS0
3/15
9
10
3/11

Presentation
Controllers
Modicon M238 logic controller
Compact base for solutions with AFB
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
TM238LFDC24DTS0
TM238 LFAC24DRS0
Presentation
The Modicon M238 logic controller is the compact base for solutions with pre-defined
AFB, high-performance and fully expandable PLC. It forms a part of Flexible
Machine Control approach, a key component of MachineStruxure TM , which brings
you maximum flexibility and ensures the most optimised control solution.
Modicon M238 compact logic controllers offer an “all-in-one” solution in a compact
unit (157 x 118 x 86 mm excluding expansion modules).
Two models are available, with different embedded communications and supply
voltages.
bb
Model TM238 LFDC24DTS0, powered with 24 V c offers:
vv
14 x 24 V c inputs, including 8 fast inputs, dedicated to special functions such as
high-speed counting (HSC)
vv
10 x 24 V c solid state outputs, including 4 fast outputs, dedicated to special
functions such as PWM and PTO.
vv
An RS 232/RS 485 serial link (SoMachine-Network, Modbus, ASCII protocols)
vv
A CANopen bus master link
vv
A second RS 485 serial link (SoMachine-Network, Modbus, ASCII protocols)
bb
Model TM238 LFAC24DRS0, powered with 100-240 V a offers:
vv
14 x 24 V c inputs, including 8 fast inputs, dedicated to special functions such as
high-speed counting (HSC)
vv
4 x 24 V c solid state outputs, dedicated to HSC reflex functions, and 6 relay outputs
(PMW and PTO functions not supported on these models)
vv
An RS 232/RS 485 serial link (SoMachine-Network, Modbus, ASCII protocols)
vv
A CANopen bus master link
vv
A second RS 485 serial link (SoMachine-Network, Modbus, ASCII protocols).
vv
The number of I/O can be expanded on all four models by adding up to
7 expansion modules (1) of the following type on the right-hand side of the base
unit:
--
Digital TM2 DDI/DDO/DMM/DRA
--
Analog TM2 AMI/ALM/ARI/AMO/AVO/AMM
--
up to 3 High-speed counter TM200 HSC206DT/DF
Modems or communication gateways can be connected to the serial links in order to
expand the connectivity capability to include
vv
Ethernet Modbus/TCP,
vv
Profibus DP,
vv
DeviceNet,
vv
etc.
Note: A serial link on each controller delivers a 5 V c voltage dedicated primarily to powering a
Magelis display unit or Small panel terminal XBT Np00/R400/RT500 or the Ethernet gateway
499 TWD 01100.
The compact controller solution also has great flexibility in terms of wiring. With
digital I/O expansion modules, several connection options are available, including
removable screw terminals, spring terminals and HE 10 connectors, providing
simple, quick, safe wiring. The Advantys Telefast ABE 7 prewiring system can be
used for easy connection of expansion modules with HE 10 connectors.
(1) The addition of 7 expansion modules allows a maximum number per configuration of
136/192/248 I/O (depending on whether expansion modules with screw terminals, spring
terminals or HE 10 connectors are being used).
9
10
3/12

Presentation (continued)
Controllers
Modicon M238 logic controller
Compact base for solutions with AFB
SoMachine software platform
Presentation
Design and installation of Modicon M238 applications
Schneider Electric’s SoMachine software platform is used to program
Modicon M238 Type S controllers using:
bb
IEC 61131-3 programming languages: Instruction List (IL), Ladder Diagram (LD),
Function Block Diagram (FBD), Sequential Function Chart/Grafcet (SFC) and
Structured Text (ST)
bb
CFC (Continuous Function Chart) language.
Access to the hoisting libraries including all the specialized AFB, see page 2/5.
1
2
1
3
4
Program loader
2 The TM2 USBABDEV1 program loader is an accessory which is designed to
simplify updating or duplication of applications on Modicon M238 logic controllers
without the need for a programming terminal.
bb
For updating: an application generated by SoMachine, stored on a USB memory
stick, will be transferred by the program loader to an M238 controller.
bb
For duplication: an application is transferred from an M238 controller to the
program loader. The application is stored on a USB memory stick, then
transferred from the program loader to another M238 controller.
The front panel of the TM2USBABDEV1 program loader features:
1 A USB port (marked PLC) for the connection cable to the mini-B USB port
(marked Prg. Port) on the Modicon M238 logic controller.
2 A USB port (marked key) for the USB memory stick (holding the application).
3 An On/Off button to start the transfer.
4 Four operation LED indicators (PWR, COM, ERR, STS).
3
4
5
6
Compact base configuration
mini B USB port dedicated to
the programming terminal /
program loader
CANopen integrated link
TM238 LFpC24DpS0
+
------------------------- I/O expansion modules (Up to 7) ------------------------------
7
24 V c power supply:
TM238 LFDC24DTS0
100-240 V a power supply:
TM238 LFAC24DRS0
Digital I/O.
TM2 DpI
TM2 DpO
Analog I/O.
TM2 AMI/ARI/ApO
TM2 ApM
Counter with 2 x 60 kHz channels.
TM200 HSC206Dp
10 transistor outputs (including 4 PWM/PTO outputs) with TM238 LFDC24DTS0
4 transistor outputs + 6 relay outputs with TM238 LFAC24DRS0
8
14 digital inputs (including 8 fast inputs)
- 1 RS 485/RS 232 serial link, SoMachine-Network/Modbus/ASCII protocols
- 1 RS 485 serial link, SoMachine-Network/Modbus protocols
9
10
3/13

Description
Controllers
Modicon M238 logic controller
Compact base for solutions with AFB
1
2
3
4
5
1 2 3 4 5
10 9 8
6
7
Description
The Modicon M238 logic controller base TM238 LFDC24DTS0 and
TM238 LFAC24DRS0 comprise:
1 A mini B USB connector, marked Prg. Port, for connecting a programming
terminal
2 A hinged access cover with 2 cable glands (1 removable for the terminal cordset
and 1 for the CANopen cable)
3 A removable screw terminal block (12 terminals) for connecting the sensors (24 V
c fast inputs)
4 A removable screw terminal block (7 terminals) for connecting the sensors (24 V
c inputs)
5 A connector for up to 7 digital TM2 Dpp, analog TM2 App and up to 3 counter
TM200 HSC206Dp I/O expansion modules
6 A display unit showing:
--
The controller status by means of 4 LEDs (PWR, RUN, Batt and Err)
--
The integrated communication port status by means of 4 LEDs (SL1, SL2,
CAN Run and CAN Err)
7 A display unit showing the I/O states (I0…I13 and Q0…Q9)
8 A removable screw terminal block (10 terminals) for connecting 6 preactuators
9 A removable screw terminal block (6 terminals) for connecting 4 preactuators
10 A removable screw terminal block (5 terminals marked CANopen) for connection
to the CANopen bus.
Accessible from the underside of the controller:
11 A removable screw terminal block (3 terminals):
v v +, -, t marked 24 VDC for connecting the 24 V c power supply
vv
L, N, t marked 100-240 VAC for connecting the 100-240 V a power supply
12 2 RJ45 connectors marked SL1 and SL2 for connecting the serial links
13 A hinged cover for accessing the RAM backup battery (optional) and the internal
real-time clock
The compact bases are mounted as standard on a symmetrical 5 rail or on a metal
plate (two Ø 4.3 holes).
6
11 12 13
7
8
9
10
3/14

References
Controllers
Modicon M238 logic controller
Compact base for solutions with AFB
TM238 LFDC24DTS0
TM238 LFAC24DRS0
TSX PLP 101
TCS XCN AMUM3P
TM200 RSRCEMC
499 TWD 01100
SR2 MOD03
References
Number
of I/O
Inputs Outputs No. of I/O
expansion
modules
Integrated
serial port
Compact base for solutions with AFB, 24 V c power supply
24 I/O
(removable
battery
to be ordered
separately)
6 x 24 V c
inputs (sink/
source)
8 x 24 V
c fast inputs
(sink)
10 transistor
outputs
(source)
including 4 fast
7 modules
max.
Compact base for solutions with AFB, 100-240 V a power supply
24 I/O
(removable
battery
to be ordered
separately)
6 x 24 V c
inputs (sink/
source)
8 x 24 V
c fast inputs
(sink)
4 transistor
outputs
(source) and
6 relay outputs
7 modules
max.
Integrated
master
CANopen
port
Separate parts
Designation Use Length
Sold
Removable backup
batteries
Terminal port/USB port
cordset
RS 232 serial link cordsets
for DTE/DCE
terminal device
Removable spring
connectors for digital I/O
Shielding connection
clamps
Modbus communication
gateways
GSM/GPRS modem
(DCE terminal)
Designation
Modbus cables
equipped with .
2 RJ45 connectors
Lithium thionyl chloride type for Modicon M238
compact bases
Reference
Weight
kg
1 RS 232/485 (marked 1 TM238 LFDC24DTS0 0.595
SL1)
1 RS 485 (1)
(marked SL2)
1 RS 232/485 (marked 1 TM238 LFAC24DRS0 0.595
SL1)
1 RS 485 (1)
(marked SL2)
Reference
Weight
kg
Individual TSX PLP 01 0.012
Pack of 10 TSX PLP 101 0.189
From the mini B USB port on the Modicon M238 base 3 m TCS XCN AMUM3P 0.065
to the type A USB port on the PC terminal for
programming and updating firmware
1 RJ45 connector
and one 9-way
SUB-D
connector
For DTE terminal (printer) 3 m TCS MCN3M4F3C2 0.150
For DCE terminal (modem,
converter)
Set of 5 removable spring connectors. .
Replaces the 5 screw connectors supplied with
Modicon M238 compact bases
Attachment and earthing of the cable shielding
Pack of 25 clamps including 20 clamps for Ø 4.8 mm
cable and 5 for Ø 7.9 mm cable
3 m TCS MCN3M4M3S2 0.150
– TM238 RSSPT 0.048
Pack of 25 TM200 RSRCEMC –
Connection of Ethernet Modbus/TCP (2) 499 TWD 01100 0.200
Modicon M238
compact base to Profibus DP (3) LUF P7 0.245
network/bus
DeviceNet (3) LUF P9 0.245
4-band 900/1800 MHz (Europe) and 850/1900 MHz
(United States)
IP 31 casing supplied with:
vv
1.5 m power cable
vv
SMA-M magnetic GSM 4-band aerial with 2.5 m
cable
vv
Fixed on panel or 5
5.5…24 V c supply voltage
Use
From
Serial port
marked.
SL1/SL2
To
– SR2 MOD03 0.335
Length Reference Weight
kg
Ethernet gateway 499 TWD 01100 2.5 m XBT Z9980 –
Profibus DP LUF P7 or DeviceNet
LUF P9, TSX CUSB 485 converter
1 m VW3 A8 306 R10 0.050
3 m VW3 A8 306 R30 0.150
0.3 m VW3 A8 306 R03 0.030
(1) RS 485 link delivering a 5 V c/200 mA power supply.
(2) Connection to serial port SL1 on controller TM238 LDA24DRS0 or to serial port SL2 on controller TM238 LFAC24DRS0 via
Modbus cable XBT Z9980 (to be ordered separately).
(3) Connection to serial port SL1 on controller controller TM238 LDA24DRS0, to serial port SL1 or SL2 on controllers
TM238 LFAC24DRS0 via Modbus cable VW3 A8 306 Rpp (to be ordered separately). Requires a 24 V c external power
supply.
Gateway configurable via the ABC Config Tool software, downloadable from our website www.schneider-electric.com
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/15

References (continued)
Controllers
Modicon M238 logic controller
Compact base for solutions with AFB
1
2
HMI ZSUSBB
References
Accessories
Designation Description Length Reference Weight
kg
Remote location of the
USB port for M238
controllers and XBT
GT2pp0…GT7340, GT1pp5,
GKppp, GTWppp terminals
Used to locate the USB
port of M238 controllers
(front) and XBTG
terminals (rear) remotely
on panel or enclosure
door (Ø 21 mm fixing
device)
1 m HMI ZSUSBB 0.100
3
Program loader
Kit consisting of the .
program loader, a cable
(USB/mini-B USB), and
2 batteries (type AA/LR6)
Used to update and
duplicate applications
Requires the use of a
USB memory stick (not
supplied)
3 m
(cable)
TM2 USBABDEV1 0.250
4
5
6
TM2 USBABDEV1
TSX CUSB 485
Connection elements for RS 485 OS download port for M238 version V1.0 (1)
Designation Use Length Reference Weight
kg
USB/RS 485 converter Used to connect the
RS 485 port (SL1) to the
USB port on the PC to
update the controller
operating system.
Requires Modbus cable
VW3 A8 306 Rpp for the
connection at the
controller end
0.4 m
(integrated
cable at
PC end)
TSX CUSB 485 0.144
Replacement parts
Designation Use Reference Weight
kg
Removable screw
connectors, supplied with
Modicon M238 bases
Set of 5 removable screw
connectors for digital I/O
TM238 RSSCT 0.055
One 5-way connector with line
terminator for CANopen link
TM238 CNTLSCT 0.010
7
(1) For later versions, use the USB port and cable.
8
9
10
3/16

Memory structure
Controllers
Modicon M238 logic controller
Compact base for solutions with AFB
Memory structure
Internal RAM
User zone
%MW located variables
System + system variables +
relocation table
Symbols
(55 KB + 0.13 KB/symbols)
Program
(eg..41 bytes per ST instruction)
Unlocated variables
Libraries
CANopen variables
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Modicon M238 controllers offer great flexibility in
memory management. Depending on the model used,
they have a user memory zone of 1024 KB with
TM238 LFDC24DTS0 or TM238 LFAC24DRS0
bases.
This user memory zone is divided according to the
application program requirements and the volume
needed by the symbols, unlocated variables and
libraries required by the application.
The memory structure of Modicon M238 controllers is
shown opposite.
The table below lists the maximum memory capacities
depending on the model (values are given for
information only).
1
2
3
Protected internal
RAM and first 1000
%MW words
10 KB
“Retain” and “Retain .
Persistent” remanent variables
8
TM238 LFDC24DTS0, TM238 LFAC24DRS0
Internal RAM KB 2048
1 Located variables KB 120 (60,000 %MW)
2 System + system variables + relocation table KB 900
User zone KB 1000
3 Symbols KB 200 (max. 1000 symbols)
4 Program (including online program modification) As required by the application, within the limits of the size
5 Unlocated variables
6 Libraries
7 CANopen variables KB
of the user zone
115 + 10 per slave
Protected internal RAM KB 10
8 “Retain” variables Bytes 8168
8 “Retain Persistent” variables Bytes 400
8 First 1000 %MW words Bytes 2000
Storing variables
Remanent variables can be one of two types depending on their declaration in the application:
v v “Retain” variables, 8168 bytes maximum
v v “Retain Persistent” variables, 400 bytes maximum.
The first 1000 located variables 1 (first 1000 %MW words) and all the unlocated variables 5 configured as “Retain”
and “Retain Persistent” type are backed up by the internal battery or by the optional external battery. They are
maintained when the power returns if the startup context allows this (see “Restart context” below).
In addition, “Retain Persistent” type variables are maintained on a change of application if the startup context
allows this (see “Restart context” below).
Restart context
The state of the remanent memory before disconnection is restored on the next power-up when the internal
battery and/or the optional external battery is/are capable of protecting the internal RAM (no memory checksum
error).
If the internal battery or optional external battery does not have enough charge to back up the internal RAM, the
values of the “Retain” and “Retain Persistent” remanent variables are reset to 0.
In SoMachine V3, a new option accessible by configuration allows the choice of 3 modes to restart after powering
off the controller; run / stop / original state when powered off. In this third case, the optional battery is required in
case of powering off more than three days (autonomy of the battery after an initial charge of 22 hours ). If there is
no optional battery, the controller will start in the stop mode after a three-day power off.
The external battery can be monitored by the GetBatteryLevel software function, and its charging status is visible
from the status of the Batt LED on the front of the controller.
Storing the program
Regardless of the context and status of the internal battery and/or optional external battery, the program is backed
up in the Flash RAM during the “boot application” creation procedure (SoMachine software procedure).
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/17

Selection guide
Controllers
Modicon M258 logic controller, compact base
for solutions with AFB
1
Applications
Control solutions for
vv
Hoisting
vv
Packaging
vv
Conveying
v v ...
42 digital I/O 42 digital I/O
+ 4 analog inputs
2
3
User memory RAM 64 MB (program + data)
Flash.
128 Mbytes
Typical Boolean instruction time
22 ns
4
User program size
Power supply
Channel connection
128 program K instructions
24 V c
With removable spring terminal blocks (supplied)
Inputs Digital. 26 x 24 V c inputs including 8 counter inputs (100 kHz)
5
Analog – 4 inputs
+ 10 V/- 10 V, 4-20 mA/0-20 mA,
12-bit resolution
Digital outputs Transistor. 16 outputs (0.5 A) including 4 reflex outputs
Relay. –
6
7
Built-in communication
ports
USB-B mini-port
Programming port for SoMachine software
USB-A port . Connection of a USB memory stick for transferring programs, data files, firmware updates
RJ45 port (MBS) .
.
RS232 serial link,
RS485 serial link (supplies 250 mA, 5 V for HMI power supply)
Protocols: Master/Slave Modbus ASCII/RTU, ASCII (character string)
SUB-D connector (male 9-way) . Master CANopen bus (63 slaves)
(CAN0)
RJ45 port (Ethernet) . Ethernet TCP IP, Web Server, FTP, Ethernet
Modbus TCP
Ethernet TCP IP Modbus slave, Web Server,
FTP
8
Optional communication ports – 2 PCI slots available on controller for optional
communication modules TM5 PCppp (1):
vv
Modbus or ASCII serial link
vv
connection to Profibus DP bus (slave)
Logic controller type TM258 LF42DTS0 TM258 LF42DT4LS0
Page 3/26
(1) To be ordered separately, see on www.schneider-electric.com.
9
10
More technical information on www.schneider-electric.com
3/18

42 digital I/O 66 digital I/O
+ 4 analog inputs
1
2
64 MB (program + data)
128 Mbytes
22 ns
3
128 program K instructions
24 V c
With removable spring terminal blocks (supplied)
4
26 x 24 V c inputs including 8 counter inputs (100 kHz) 38 x 24 V c inputs including 8 counter inputs (100 kHz)
– 4 inputs
+ 10 V/- 10 V, 4-20 mA/0-20 mA,
12-bit resolution
4 reflex outputs (0.5 A) 28 outputs (0.5 A) including 4 reflex outputs
5
12 –
Programming port for SoMachine software
Connection of a USB memory stick for transferring programs, data files, firmware updates
RS232 serial link,
RS485 serial link (supplies 250 mA, 5 V for HMI power supply)
Protocols: Master/Slave Modbus ASCII/RTU, ASCII (character string)
Master CANopen bus (63 slaves)
Ethernet TCP IP Modbus slave, Web Server, FTP
6
7
2 PCI slots available on controller for optional communication modules TM5 PCppp (1):
vv
Modbus or ASCII serial link
vv
connection to Profibus DP bus (slave)
TM258 LF42DRS0
3/26
TM258 LF66DT4LS0
8
9
10
3/19

Presentation
Controllers
Modicon M258 logic controller
Compact base for solutions with AFB
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Modicon M258 logic controller, compact base
for solutions with AFB
SoMachine software platform
The Modicon M258 logic controller is the compact base for solutions using predefined
AFB libraries, high-performance and fully expandable PLC. It forms a part of
Flexible Machine Control approach, a key component of MachineStruxure TM , which
brings you maximum flexibility and ensures the most optimised control solution.
This PLC is designed for machine manufacturers (OEMs) focusing on applications
such as packaging, conveying and storage, textiles and woodworking, hoisting, etc.
It offers high-performance solutions for speed control, counting, axis control and
communication functions.
Performance
In terms of performance, the Modicon M258 logic controller for Solutions has a
Dual-Core processor:
bb
Core 1 is dedicated exclusively to managing program tasks and offers the
maximum resources for real-time execution of the application code.
bb
Core 2 is dedicated to executing communication tasks, which then have no
further impact on the application execution performance..
With an execution speed of 22 ns for a Boolean instruction i.e. more than 45,000
Boolean instructions per ms, the capacity to manage up to 2400 I/O, a 64 MByte
RAM memory that can store data and programs as well as a 128 MByte Flash
memory for application and data backup, the Modicon M258 logic controller for
Solutions eliminates any doubts about the machine’s limits.
In developing the Modicon M258 logic controller for Solutions, the cost aspect was
taken into account, the CPUs are equipped as standard with:
bb
42 or 66 digital I/O
bb
Embedded serial link and Ethernet port
bb
4 analog inputs (TM258 LFppDT4LS0 references)
Development and technology
In all its characteristics, the Modicon M258 logic controller for Solutions has been
developed to minimize the costs of assembly, cabling, commissioning and
maintenance.
To this end:
bb
All the modules have removable terminals.
bb
All the electrical connections are made on spring terminals, speeding up the
wiring process and also avoiding the need for periodic retightening. In addition,
each terminal has a test point for a voltage sensing device.
bb
The embedded serial link and Ethernet port on the Modicon M258 logic controller
for Solutions have an RJ45 connection at 45° for quick visible connection of your
communication channels.
bb
The modularity of the various bases and expansion modules has been optimized
in order to reduce significantly the number of references to be ordered and
assembled, while ensuring the minimum investment in your configuration is
necessary, thanks to a capacity of 2 to 42 channels per expansion module.
bb
Mechanical assembly of the various parts has been designed to save a
considerable amount of time during assembly.
Software configuration
Configuration and programming of all M258 controllers for Solutions and equipment
in Schneider Electric's “Flexible Machine Control” concept are both designed to cut
costs and optimize machine performance.
The SoMachine software offers six IEC 61131-3 programming languages:
vv
Instruction List language (IL)
vv
Ladder language (LD)
vv
Function Block Diagrams (FBD)
vv
Grafcet language (SFC)
vv
Structured Text language (ST)
vv
CFC language: Continuous Function Chart
As well as PLCopen function blocks, for managing motion control and axis control on
your machines.
Access to the hoisting libraries including all the specialised AFB, see page 2/5.
Integration in the Schneider Electric product offer
Combined with other products dedicated to machine manufacturers in the Schneider
Electric offer, such as ATV variable speed drives, Lexium servo drives, Magelis HMI
terminals, TeSys motor starters and contactors, the Modicon M258 logic controller for
Solutions is now a must-have element in machine architectures, with hitherto
unrivalled ease and speed of installation.
3/20

Presentation
Controllers
Modicon M258 logic controller
Compact base for solutions with AFB
CANopen (1 Mbps)
up to 8
high-speed
counters
(100 kHz)
High-speed counter function (one-phase or two-phase)
Functions
Analog functions
For machines that require functions to process data issued by analog sensors/
actuators (voltage or current), temperature sensors or PID control sensors, a
complete range of expansion modules as well as advanced programming functions
are included in the Modicon M258 logic controller for Solutions offer.
In order to minimize the number of product references of your machines, optimize
assembly time and cut costs, all M258 logic controller for Solutions with the
reference TM258 LFppp4LS0 include as standard 4 voltage or current analog inputs
with 12-bit resolution.
The different expansion modules are available in 2, 4, 6 or 8-channel versions and
with either 12 or 16-bit resolution.
The powerful performance of the M258 logic controller for Solutions enables up to 200
analog I/O and/or temperature modules to be connected, thus extending the limits of
machine requirements.
High-speed counter function (HSC)
In order to meet requirements for machine productivity, the Modicon M258 logic
controller for Solutions has 8 embedded high-speed counters with a counting
frequency of 100 kHz for each channel as well as 4 reflex outputs. The availability of
these embedded counters and also the presence of the Master CANopen link in
TM258 LFppppS0 controllers for Solutions makes it quick and easy to create
low-cost, high-performance multi-axis functions that suit the machines' limitations.
With the availability of “PLCopen” function blocks specific to the motion control
functions in the SoMachine software, you can be sure that developing your
applications will be quick and reliable.
Moreover, a complete range of high-speed counter modules is available so you can
adapt your configuration to your machine's specific requirements.
Position control function
Several options are offered in terms of position control:
vv
Either creating a sequence in Lexium 32 servo drives, with communication with
the M258 logic controller for Solutions achieved by the use of digital I/O
vv
Or creating an application in the M258 logic controller for Solutions and
controlling Lexium 32 servo drives and/or SD3pp steppers via the integrated
Master CANopen link available on TM258 LFppppS0 bases.
Communication functions
Ethernet
All M258 logic controllers for Solutions references have an embedded RJ45 Ethernet
port (10/100 Mbps, MDI/MDIX) with Ethernet TCP Modbus, Ethernet IP Device,
SoMachine on Ethernet, UDP, TCP and SNMP protocols.
In addition, all the M258 logic controllers for Solutions have an embedded Web
Server and FTP Server.
As well as the default address based on the MAC address, it is possible to assign a
controller IP address via a DHCP server or via a BOOTP server.
CANopen
Depending on the reference, M258 logic controllers for Solutions have an embedded
CANopen master.
The link can be configured between 125 Kbps and 1 Mbps and supports up to 63
slaves.
Architectures based on CANopen can be used to distribute I/O modules as close to
the sensors and actuators as possible, thus reducing wiring costs and times, and to
communicate with different devices such as variable speed drives, servo drives, etc.
The CANopen configurator is integrated in the SoMachine software and can also be
used to import standard description files in EDS format.
Modbus serial link
All M258 logic controllers for Solutions have as standard a serial link that can be
configured as either RS232/RS485 and incorporates the two most commonly used
protocols on the market:
vv
Master or Slave Modbus ASCII/RTU
vv
Character string (ASCII)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/21

Presentation
Controllers
Modicon M258 logic controller
Compact base for solutions with AFB
1
2
3
TM258 LF42DTS0 logic controller for Solutions
TM258 LD42DT4LS0 logic controller
for Solutions
TM5 PCpp
communication
modules
Presentation
Range
The M258 logic controller compact base for solution with AFB range is divided into
two controller sizes:
vv
TM258 LF42DTS0 is 175 mm wide.
vv
TM258 LF42DTS0, TM258 LF42DT4LS0, TM258 LF42DRS0 and
TM258 LF66DT4LS0 are at least 237.5 mm wide as they have two free PCI slots
for optional Modicon TM5 communication modules (Modbus or ASCII serial link,
and connection to Profibus DP bus).
The M258 logic controller for Solutions range is completed by an expansion module
offer:
vv
Modicon TM5 Compact blocks
vv
Modicon TM5 Digital modules
vv
Modicon TM5 Digital/Analog module
vv
Modicon TM5 Analog modules
vv
Modicon TM5 Expert modules
vv
Modicon TM5 Common Distribution modules
vv
Modicon TM5 Power Distribution modules
vv
Modicon TM5 Transmitter and receiver modules
4
5
TM5 C compact block
TM5 SD digital module
Functions
The main component in a system is the controller: 4 M258 logic controllers for
Solutions models are offered to cover different control requirements (pressure,
temperature, counting, speed, position control, motion, etc.).
M258 logic controllers for Solutions and I/O modules are programmed with the
SoMachine software.
Reference
TM258 LF42DTS0,
TM258 LF42DT4LS0,
TM258 LF42DRS0,
TM258 LF66DT4LS0
Embedded functions
bb
42 or 66 digital I/O including 8 high-speed counters (100 kHz)
bb
Depending on the reference, 4 voltage/current analog inputs
can be added
bb
Up to 16 independent axes
bb
CANopen master
6
7
TM5 SMM6D2L digital/Analog
module
TM5 SA analog module
All M258 logic controllers for Solutions have two groups of high-speed I/O with, for
each group:
vv
Four sink type high-speed inputs (up to 100 KHz), 2 standard inputs and 2 source
type high-speed outputs (up to 100 KHz) dedicated to HSC or PWM functions
vv
A high-speed input which can be used as an “Encoder capture input”
vv
Two commons for the inputs
vv
One common for the outputs
vv
A power supply (24 V c) consisting of 3 units:
--
One for the CPU
--
One for the high-speed I/O modules
--
One for other modules (internal I/O Bus)
8
TM5 SE expert module
Conformity to standards
Type
Performance
Surge immunity 24 VDC circuit EN/IEC 61000-4-5 1 kV in common mode
0.5 kV in differential mode
Surge immunity 230 VAC circuit EN/IEC 61000-4-5 2 kV in common mode
1 kV in differential mode
Induced electromagnetic field EN/IEC 61000-4-6 10 Veff (0.15...80 MHz)
9
10
TM5 SPD Common
Distribution module
TM5 SPS Power Distribution
module
Conducted emission EN 55011 (IEC/CISPR11) 150...500 kHz,
quasi peak 79 dBμV
500 kHz...30 MHz,
quasi peak 73 dBμV
Radiated emission EN 55011 (IEC/CISPR11) 30...230 MHz,
10 m @ 40 dBμV/m
230 MHz...1 GHz,
10 m @ 47 dBμV/m
TM5 SBET1 transmitter
module
TM5 SBER2 receiver module
3/22

Presentation
Controllers
Modicon M258 logic controller
Compact base for solutions with AFB
1
Assembly and mounting
The components of this system have been designed for simple interlocking
mechanical assembly.
An 8-way expansion bus connection (2 for the power supply, 2 for the bus and 4 for
the data) is used to distribute data and the power supply when assembling the
components: the M258 controller for Solutions with compact blocks and modules
(digital, digital/analog, analog, Expert, common distribution, power distribution,
expansion bus).
All the elements which make up the system are mounted and dismounted on a
symmetrical rail using the locking levers located on top of each device.
Wiring and maintenance of devices is simplified since they are fitted with removable
spring terminals. The spring terminals are undone by pressing a locking tab.
1
2
Ethernet Modbus/TCP
2 3 3
Embedded I/O I/O
I/O expansion expansion
The system is integrated into communication networks: all the connectors (RJ45,
USB, mini-USB and SUB-D type depending on the model) are accessible, as they
are located on the controller front panels.
Local or remote architecture
Local I/O
A PLC configuration can be local or remote. It consists of an M258 controller for
Solutions with its embedded input and output channels, used in conjunction with
compact blocks and/or modules which are used to increase the number of channels
and/or “Application-specific” functions.
3
4
Local I/O
Ethernet Modbus/TCP
1
2 3 3 4
Embedded I/O I/O
I/O expansion expansion
5
3
6
Remote I/O
3 7 3 4
Remote I/O
expansion
bb
Compact blocks represent a way of adding a large number of I/O with a single
reference. This possibility reduces both the cost per channel, and also assembly
times. These compact blocks are available in 4 references offering a high level of
flexibility in configurations.
bb
I/O modules (a combination of a bus base, an electronic module and a terminal
block) complete this configuration and, being modular with between 2 and 12
channels, make it possible to adjust the number of channels to exactly that
required. Addition of digital or analog modules, temperature or high-speed
modules increases the processing capabilities of applications.
Configuration of local I/O
1 XBT GT supervision graphic touch screen terminal
2 M258 controller for Solutions
3 Compact blocks or I/O modules
Remote I/O
Because of its backplane bus management, the TM5 system can be used to control
I/O remotely.
The same modules can be used in either a local and/or remote configuration, linked
together with expansion bus cables.
The total maximum distance between 2 remote islands is 100 m and the maximum
number of islands is 25, i.e. a total distance of up to 2500 m.
This function ensures a high level of flexibility, while retaining synchronization of all
data acquisition, since all the expansion modules are on the same backplane bus.
5
6
7
8
6
Remote I/O
5 3 3 7 3 7
Configuration of remote I/O
1 XBT GT supervision graphic touch screen terminal
2 M258 controller for Solutions
3 Compact blocks or I/O modules
4 Transmitter modules
5 Receiver modules
6 TM5 expansion bus cables
7 Common distribution modules
9
10
Remote I/O
expansion
3/23

Presentation
Controllers
Modicon M258 logic controller
Compact base for solutions with AFB
1
2
3
Communication
M258 logic controllers for Solutions have the following built-in communication ports:
References Communication ports Use
TM258 LF42DTS0,
TM258 LF42DT4LS0,
TM258 LF42DRS0,
TM258 LF66DT4LS0
1 x RJ45
Configurable as RS232 or RS485
ASCII or RTU exchange with
Modbus communication protocol.
1 x RJ45 (MDI/MDIX port) vv
FTP server
vv
Web server
vv
Modbus TCP server
vv
Modbus TCP client
vv
Manager SoMachine
vv
SNMP
vv
Ethernet IP device
vv
Modbus device.
1 x USB-A Connection of a USB memory stick
for transferring (uploading/
downloading) programs, data and/
or firmware.
1 x mini-USB Programming port (480 Mbps).
1 x 9-way male SUB-D Master CANopen connection.
4
2 PCI slots for communication
modules = 2 x 9-way male SUB-D
Addition of optional communication
modules for a serial link and a
connection on the bus Profibus DP..
(1)
5
6
7
Embedded Ethernet
M258 logic controllers for Solutions have an embedded Ethernet link via a direct
connection to their RJ45 port.
vv
Speed: “10 BaseT” and “100 BaseTX” with auto-negotiation
vv
RJ45 port (MDI/MDIX): automatic adaptation to a straight or crossed cable
References Protocols Number of connections
TM258 LF42DTS0,
TM258 LF42DT4LS0,
TM258 LF42DRS0,
TM258 LF66DT4LS0
Modbus server 8
Modbus device 2
SoMachine 3 (2)
Ethernet IP device 16
FTP server 4
Web server 10
(1) Only on TM258 LF42DT4LS0, TM258 LF42DRS0 and TM258 LF66DT4LS0
(2) The Oscilloscope function uses one connection
8
9
10
3/24

Description
Controllers
Modicon M258 logic controller
Compact base for solutions with AFB
12
1 2 3
11
10 9
8
7
4
5
6
Description
The TM258 LF42DTS0 logic controller for Solutions comprises:
1 A display block with:
--
4 controller status LEDs (RUN/MS, BATTERY, APP0 and APP1)
--
6 built-in communication port status LEDs (Eth LA, Eth ST, Eth NS, USB Host,
MBS COM, CAN 0 STS)
2 Locking lever for mounting/dismounting on 5 symmetrical rail.
3 A 24 V c power supply module with removable terminal block and locking lever,
display block and slot for a label.
4 I/O modules, each one with: a removable terminal block with locking lever, a
display block showing the I/O states and a slot for a label-holder.
5 Removable terminal block with locking lever for locking/unlocking.
6 On the side, an expansion bus connection for the link with the next module.
7 A slot for the RTC (Real Time Clock) battery.
8 A USB-A connector (marked Host) for connection of a USB memory stick for
transferring programs, data or firmware updates.
9 A USB-B mini-connector (marked Pgr Port) for connection to the programming
PC
10 An RJ45 connector (marked Ethernet) for connection to the Ethernet network
and/or connection to the Magelis XBT GT graphic terminal.
11 An RJ45 connector (marked MBS) for the RS232 or RS485 serial link.
12 A 9-way male SUB-D connector, marked CAN 0, for connection to the CANopen
bus.
1
2
3
4
13
1 2 3
12 11 10 9
8
4 5 6 7
The TM258 LF42DT4LS0 / LF42DRS0 / LF66DT4LS0 logic controllers for
Solutions comprise:
1 A display block with:
--
4 controller status LEDs (RUN/MS, BATTERY, APP0 and APP1)
--
6 built-in communication port status LEDs (Eth LA, Eth ST, Eth NS, USB Host,
MBS COM, CAN 0 STS)
2 Locking lever for mounting/dismounting on 5 symmetrical rail.
3 Two free PCI slots for the communication module.
4 A 24 V c power supply module with removable terminal block and locking lever,
display block and slot for a label.
5 I/O modules, each one with: a removable terminal block with locking lever, a
display block showing the I/O states and a slot for a label-holder.
6 Removable terminal block with locking lever for locking/unlocking.
7 On the side, an expansion bus connection for the link with the next module.
8 A slot for the RTC (Real Time Clock) battery.
9 A USB-A connector (marked Host) for connection of a USB memory stick for
transferring programs, data or firmware updates.
10 A USB-B mini-connector (marked Pgr Port) for connection to the programming
PC.
11 An RJ45 connector (marked Ethernet) for connection to the Ethernet network
and/or connection to the Magelis XBT GT graphic terminal.
12 An RJ45 connector (marked MBS) for the RS232 or RS485 serial link.
13 A 9-way male SUB-D connector, marked CAN 0, for connection to the CANopen
bus.
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/25

References
Controllers
Modicon M258 logic controller
Compact base for solutions with AFB
1
2
TM258LF42DTS0
References
Logic controllers, Compact base for solutions with AFB, 24 V c power supply (1)
Nbr.
of I/O
Inputs Outputs Built-in communication ports Reference Weight
kg
42 I/O bb
26 x 24 V c
digital inputs
including 8 counter
inputs (100 kHz)
bb
16 transistor
digital outputs
(0.5 A)
including 4 reflex
outputs
vv
1 RJ45 port: Ethernet
vv
1 SUB-D port (9-way male):
CANopen master
vv
1 USB-A port: program transfer
vv
1 USB-B mini-port: software
programming
vv
1 RJ45 port: RS232/RS485 serial
link
TM258 LF42DTS0 0.550
3
4
TM258LF42DT4LS0
42 + 4
I/O
bb
26 x 24 V c
digital inputs
including 8 counter
inputs (100 kHz)
bb
4 analog inputs
10 V/- 10 V,
4-20 mA/0-20 mA,
12-bit resolution
bb
16 digital
transistor outputs
(0.5 A)
including 4 reflex
outputs
vv
1 RJ45 port: Ethernet
vv
1 SUB-D port (9-way male):
CANopen master
vv
1 USB-A port: program transfer
vv
1 USB-B mini-port: software
programming
vv
1 RJ45 port: RS232/RS485 serial
link
v v + 2 free PCI slots for optional
communication modules (2): RS232/
RS485 serial link and Profibus DP bus
TM258 LF42DT4LS0 0.770
5
TM258LF42DRS0
42 I/O bb
26 x 24 V c
digital inputs
including 8 counter
inputs (100 kHz)
bb
4 digital
transistor (reflex)
outputs (0.5 A)
bb
12 relay outputs
vv
1 RJ45 port: Ethernet
vv
1 SUB-D port (9-way male):
CANopen master
vv
1 USB-A port: program transfer
vv
1 USB-B mini-port: software
programming
vv
1 RJ45 port: RS232/RS485 serial
link
TM258 LF42DRS0 0.800
6
v v + 2 free PCI slots for optional
communication modules (2): RS232/
RS485 serial link and Profibus DP bus
7
TM258LF66DT4LS0
66 + 4
I/O
bb
38 x 24 V c
digital inputs
including 8 counter
inputs (100 kHz)
bb
4 analog inputs
+ 10 V/- 10 V,
4-20 mA/0-20 mA,
12-bit resolution
bb
28 digital
transistor outputs
(0.5 A)
including 4 reflex
outputs
vv
1 RJ45 port: Ethernet
vv
1 SUB-D port (9-way male):
CANopen master
vv
1 USB-A port: program transfer
vv
1 USB-B mini-port: software
programming
vv
1 RJ45 port: RS232/RS485 serial
link
TM258 LF66DT4LS0 0.800
v v + 2 free PCI slots for optional
communication modules (2): RS232/
RS485 serial link and Profibus DP bus
8
(1) The Modicon M258 logic controllers for Solutions require a power supply with a nominal voltage of 24 V c.
The 24 V c power supply must be rated Separated Extra Low Voltage (SELV-rated) according to IEC 61140.
The SELV-rating means that SELV isolation is provided between the electrical input and output of the power supply.
(2) To be ordered separately, see on www.schneider-electric.com
9
10
3/26

References (continued)
Controllers
Modicon M258 logic controller
Compact base for solutions with AFB
TM5 ACTLC100
TM5 ACTCH100
TM5 ACLITW1
TM5 ACLT1
References
Accessories
Type Used for Colour Sold in
lots of
Plain text cover holder
(label-holder)
Marking the terminal blocks on the
I/O channels
Plain text cover holder locking Locking plain text cover holder
clip
TM5 ACTCH100
(Order with plain text cover
holder TM5 ACTCH100)
Precut legend strips of paper Plain text cover holder
TM5 ACTCH100
Coloured plastic
identifiers
Metal tool
Connection cables
Description
Labelling 16 connection channel
terminals
Inserting/removing TM5 ACLITp1
identifiers
Use from
Software programming cable PC USB port
Baud rate: 480 Mbps max.
Protocol: Modbus, HTTP, FTP,
Code sys or virtual, non-isolated
Programming cable PC USB port USB-B mini-port on
M258 controllers
RS485 serial link cables
Modbus protocol
RS232 serial link cables
Character mode
(1) DTE: Data Terminal Equipment.
(2) DCE: Data Communication Equipment.
SUB-D port (25-way) on RJ45 port on M258
Small Panel compact controllers
display units: XBT N401,
XBT N410, XBT R410,
XBT R411, XBT GT2...
GT7
RJ45 port on XBT GT
graphic touch screen
terminals
SUB-D port (9-way
female) on DTE
equipment (1): printer,
hand-held bar code
reader, etc.
SUB-D port (9-way
female) on DCE
equipment (2): GSM
modem
Unit
reference
Weight
kg
Transparent 100 TM5 ACTCH100 0.002
Transparent 100 TM5 ACTLC100 0.001
White 100 TM5 ACTLS100 0.001
White 1 TM5 ACLITW1 0.015
Red 1 TM5 ACLITR1 0.015
Blue 1 TM5 ACLITB1 0.015
Black 1 TM5 ACLT1 0.030
Length Reference Weight
to
kg
USB mini-port on M258 3 m TCS XCN AM UM3P 0.065
controllers, the
Altivar IMC card or XBT
GT graphic touch screen
terminals
RJ45 port on M258
controllers
RJ45 port on M258
controllers
RJ45 port on M258
controllers
1.8 m BMX XCA USB H018 0.230
1.8 m XBT Z938 0.230
2.5 m XBT 9980 0.230
3 m TCS MCN 3M4F3C2 0.150
3 m TCS MCN 3M4M3S2 0.150
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/27

Selection guide
Controllers
Controllers I/O expansion modules
Local and remote I/O expansion modules
1
Applications Local I/O (IP 20)
Compatibility
bb
Modicon M238 logic controller compact base for solutions with AFB
bb
Modicon OTB
I/O type Digital Analog Expert
2
Remote I/O
configuration
Hardware – – –
3
Bus type – – –
4
5
Inputs
Number (depending on
model)
4 to 32 inputs 2 to 8 inputs 2 channels with 6 inputs
6
Type (depending on model)
24 V c
120 V a
Voltage,
Current,
Temperature
24 V c sensors (2-wire and
3-wire)
15…30 V c
incremental encoders .
(60 kHz)
Outputs
Number (depending on
model)
8 to 32 outputs 1 to 2 outputs 2 channels with 2 outputs
7
Type (depending on model)
24 V c transistor,
Relay
0…10 V,
± 10 V,
4…20 mA
24 V c transistor
8
Type of expansion module
Modicon TM2
digital module
Modicon TM2
analog module
Modicon TM2
expert module
More informations
www.schneider-electric.com
9
10
3/28

Local and/or remote I/O (IP 20) Remote I/O expansion bus (IP 67)
bb
Modicon M258 logic controller compact base for solutions with AFB
bb
Modicon M258 logic controller compact base for
solutions with AFB
1
Digital Analog Digital/analog Expert Digital Analog
2
Modicon TM5 transmitter/receiver:
For use with remote I/O
Modicon TM5 transmitter/receiver:
Required
TM5 expansion bus
TM7 expansion bus
3
4
2 to 12 inputs 2 to 6 inputs Digital: 12 to 14 inputs
Analog: 4 inputs
1 or 2 channels with .
2 inputs
8 to 16 inputs 2 to 4 inputs
5
24 V c
100/120 V a,
100/240 V a
Voltage,
Current,
Temperature
Digital: 24 V c
Analog: Voltage,
Current
2 to 12 outputs 2 to 4 outputs Digital: 6 to 18 outputs
Analog: 2 outputs
5 V c,
24 V c (from 50 kHz to
1 MHz)
24 V c Voltage,
Current,
Temperature
Resistance
– 8 to 16 outputs 2 to 4 outputs
6
24 V c
30/230 V a,
100/240 V a
- 10…+ 10 V,
0…20 mA
Digital: 24 V c
Analog: Voltage/Current
– 24 V c
Transistor/Source
- 10…+ 10 V,
0…20 mA
7
Modicon TM5
digital module
Modicon TM5
analog module
Modicon TM5
compact block
Modicon TM5
expert module
Modicon TM7
digital block
Modicon TM7
analog block
8
www.schneider-electric.com
9
10
3/29

Selection guide
Controllers
Controllers I/O expansion modules
Distributed I/O expansion modules
1
Applications Optimum distributed I/O (IP 20)
Compatibility
bb
Modicon M238 logic controller compact base for solutions with AFB
bb
Altivar IMC drive controller card type S solutions
2
3
Available buses and networks
bb
Ethernet Modbus TCP/IP
bb
CANopen bus
bb
Modbus serial link (RS 485)
4
Configuration with
I/O expansion modules
Module type
Modicon TM2:
vv
Digital I/O modules
vv
Analog I/O modules
vv
Expert modules
vv
Common distribution modules
5
Capacity
For 1 Modicon OTB interface module: 7 Modicon TM2 modules max.
Including:
vv
Digital I/O modules:
- 132 I/O max. with modules with screw terminals
- 188 I/O max. with modules with spring terminals
- 244 I/O max. with modules with HE10 connector
vv
Analog I/O modules with screw terminals: up to 7 x 8 inputs, or 7 x 2 outputs, or 7 x (4I/2O)
vv
Expert modules
vv
Common distribution module
6
Integrated I/O
Number and type
(depending on model)
12 x 24 V c digital inputs
2 x 24 V c solid state outputs
6 x 30 V c/240 V a relay outputs
2 channels: 5 kHz/20 kHz
2 PWM function channels
7
Type of distributed I/O expansion module
Modicon OTB interface modules
8
More informations
www.schneider-electric.com
9
10
3/30

Performance distributed I/O (IP 20) Performance distributed I/O (IP 67)
bb
Modicon M258 logic controller compact base for solutions with AFB
bb
Modicon M258 logic controller compact base for solutions with AFB
1
2
bb
CANopen bus
bb
CANopen bus
3
Modicon TM5 modules and/or Modicon TM7 blocks:
vv
Digital I/O modules
vv
Analog I/O modules
vv
Common distribution modules (TM5 only)
Modicon TM5 modules and/or Modicon TM7 blocks:
vv
Digital I/O modules
vv
Analog I/O modules
vv
Common distribution modules (TM5 only)
4
For 1 Modicon TM5 interface module: 40 TM5/TM7 modules max.
Including:
vv
Digital I/O modules: 240 inputs and 240 outputs max.
vv
Analog I/O modules: 20 inputs and 20 outputs
Maximum distance from the expansion bus (TM5 or TM7): 2500 m.
Maximum distance between 2 islands of TM5 modules: 100 m.
Maximum distance between 2 TM7 blocks: 100 m.
Maximum distance between 1 island of TM5 modules and 1 TM7 block: 100 m.
For 1 TM7 CANopen interface block: 40 TM5/TM7 modules max.
Including:
vv
Digital I/O modules: 240 inputs and 240 outputs max.
vv
Analog I/O modules: 20 inputs and 20 outputs
Maximum distance from the expansion bus (TM5 or TM7): 2500 m.
Maximum distance between 2 islands of TM5 modules: 100 m.
Maximum distance between 2 TM7 blocks: 100 m.
Maximum distance between 1 island of TM5 modules and 1 TM7 block: 100 m.
5
– 8 to 16 digital channels that can be configured as inputs (24 V c) or outputs
(24 V c)
6
Modicon TM5 CANopen interface module
Modicon TM7 CANopen interface blocks
7
www.schneider-electric.com
www.schneider-electric.com
8
9
10
3/31

chapter 4
Communication
All technical information about products listed in this
catalogue are available on: www.schneider-electric.com

Contents
Communication
bb
CANopen bus
for Altivar IMC drive controller card type S solutions with AFB,
Modicon M238 & M258 logic controllers, compact bases for solutions
with AFB
1
vv
Presentation.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4/2
vv
Integrated port CANopen bus for Altivar IMC drive controller card type S
solutions with AFB.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4/3
vv
Integrated port CANopen bus for Modicon M238 logic controller,
compact base for solutions with AFB .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4/4
vv
Integrated CANopen bus port for Modicon M258 logic controller,
compact base for solutions with AFB.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4/5
vv
CANopen architecture for Altivar IMC drive controller card type S
solutions with AFB, Modicon M238 & M258 logic controllers, compact
bases for solutions with AFB
Architecture.................................................................................................. 4/6
References .................................................................................................. 4/7
bb
Modbus and Character mode serial link
for Modicon M238 & M258 logic controllers, compact bases for solutions with
AFB
vv
For Modicon M238 logic controller, compact base for solutions with AFB
Connection .................................................................................................. 4/8
References .................................................................................................. 4/9
vv
For Modicon M258 logic controller, compact base for solutions with AFB
Connection .................................................................................................. 4/8
References .................................................................................................. 4/9
bb
Ethernet Modbus/TCP network
for ATV IMC drive controller card type S solutions with AFB,
Modicon M238 & M258 logic controllers, compact bases for solutions with AFB
vv
Ethernet Modbus/TCP or Ethernet IP network architecture
Connection ................................................................................................ 4/10
References ................................................................................................ 4/11
v v TwidoPort interface module for Modicon M238 logic controller
Connection ................................................................................................ 4/12
References ................................................................................................ 4/13
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
4/1

Presentation
Communication
CANopen bus
for Altivar IMC drive controller card type S solutions with
AFB, Modicon M238 & M258 logic controllers, compact
bases for solutions with AFB
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
TeSys U + communication
module LUL C08
Preventa safety module
for Emergency stop monitoring
Altivar 312 Altivar 32
Preventa safety configurable
controller
Preventa safety module
for switch monitoring
Presentation
Schneider Electric has selected the CANopen bus for its machines and installations
because of its wealth of functions and its resulting benefits in the automation world.
This decision was based on the general acceptance of CANopen by the automation
engineer community due to its openness and universality, and the fact that CANopen
products are increasingly used in control system architectures.
CANopen is an open communication bus supported by more than 400 companies
worldwide, and promoted by CAN in Automation (CIA) http://www.can-cia.org/.
CANopen conforms to standards EN 50325-4 and ISO 15745-2.
CANopen brings transparency to Ethernet
The CANopen bus is a multi-master bus ensuring reliable, deterministic access to
real-time data in control system equipment. The CSMA/CA protocol is based on
broadcast exchanges, sent cyclically or on an event, to ensure optimum use of the
bandwidth. A message handling channel can also be used to define slave
parameters.
The bus uses a double shielded twisted pair on which, with the Altivar IMC drive
controller type S, Modicon M238 logic controller type S, Modicon M258 logic
controller type S, a maximum of 16 slave devices are connected by daisy-chaining or
by tap junctions. The variable data rate between 20 kbps and 1 Mbps depends on
the length of the bus (between 20 m and 1000 m).
Each end of the bus must be fitted with a line terminator.
The CANopen bus is a set of profiles on CAN systems, possessing the following
characteristics:
bbOpen bus system
bbData exchanges in real time without overloading the protocol
bbModular design allowing modification of size
bbInterconnection and interchangeability of devices
bbStandardized network configuration
bbAccess to all device parameters
bbSynchronization and circulation of data from cyclic and/or event-controlled
processes (short system response time)
Connectable Schneider Electric devices
The following Schneider Electric devices can be connected to the CANopen bus:
vvTeSys U starter-controllers with communication module: LUL C08
vvTeSys T motor management system with controller: LTM RppCpp
vvPreventa safety configurable controllers XPS MC16ZC, XPS MC32ZC.
vvPreventa safety modules XPS For Emergency stop and switch monitoring .
vvAltivar 312 variable speed drives for asynchronous motors (0,18…15 kW):
ATV 312Hpppp
vvAltivar 32 variable speed drives for asynchronous motors (0,18…15 kW):
ATV 32Hpppp
vvAltivar 71 variable speed drives for asynchronous motors (0.75…630 kW):
ATV 71H ppppp
vvLexium integrated drives: ILA1B, ILE1B and ILS1B,
vvØ 58 mm OsiSense XCC multi-turn absolute encoders: XCC 3510P,
XCC 3515CS84CB
vvEtc.
CANopen architecture
Wiring system, see page 4/6
9
Altivar 71
Lexium ILA1B
10
OsiSense XCC
4/2

Architecture,
presentation
Communication
CANopen bus
Integrated CANopen bus port on Altivar IMC drive
controller card type S solutions with AFB
Tested Validated and Documented Architecture
Altivar IMC drive controller card type S solutions with AFB
1
2
3
4
CANopen port
The Altivar IMC drive controller card type S has a built-in 9-way male SUB-D
CANopen port and acts as the CANopen master.
The bus consists of a master station, the Altivar IMC card, and slave stations. The
master is in charge of configuration, exchanges and diagnostics to the slaves.
The CANopen bus is used to manage a variety of slaves such as:
bbDiscrete slaves
bbAnalog slaves
bbVariable speed drives
bbMotor starters
bbEtc.
CANopen port
Standards DS 301 V4.02, DR 303-1
Class
Conformity class M20, limited to 16 slaves
Data rate Max. 20 100 250 500 1000 2500
length (m)
Data rate 1000 500 250 125 50 20
(kbps)
Number of slaves
16 max. with max. limit of: 32 RPDOs and 32 TPDOs
Connection
On 9-way male SUB-D port
CANopen architecture
Wiring system, see page page 4/6
5
6
7
8
9
10
4/3

Architecture,
Presentation
Communication
CANopen bus
Integrated CANopen bus port on Modicon M238 logic
controller, compact base for solutions with AFB
1
Tested Validated and Documented Architecture
Modicon M238 logic controller, compact base for solutions with AFB
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
CANopen port
The Modicon M238 logic controller bases TM238 LFDC24DTS0 and
TM238 LFAC24DRS0 allow to act as CANopen master thanks to their integrated
CANopen bus connector.
The bus consists of a master station, the Modicon M238 controller type S and slave
stations. The master is in charge of configuration, exchanges and diagnostics on the
slaves.
The CANopen bus is a communication type bus and allows management of various
slaves such as:
b Digital slaves,
b Analogue slaves,
b Variable speed controllers,
b Motor starters,
bbEtc.
The Modicon M238 CANopen master type S controls up to 16 slaves, each with an
input PDO (Process Data Object) and an output PDO.
If a slave has more than one PDO, the maximum number of slaves is reduced by an
equivalent number.
CANopen conformity class
Schneider Electric has defined the conformity classes for CANopen master and
slave devices. Conformity classes are used to identify the services and levels of
service supported by each CANopen device or product. These services are
described in section 4 of our “Machines & Installations with industrial
communications” catalogue.
The table below shows product combination possibilities according to their conformity
class.
Conformity class
Master
product
M10
M20
M30
Slave device
S10 S20 S30
Combination possible: Modicon M238 controller master M10 classe with slave device
S10 classe
Use restriction: Modicon M238 controller type S master M10 class with slave device S20
and S30 classes limits the level of service to that of the lower conformity class, either S20 or S30.
CANopen architecture
Wiring system, see page 4/6
(1) 16 slaves max. with max. limit of: 32 RPDOs and 32 TPDOs
4/4

Architecture,
Presentation
Communication
CANopen bus
Integrated CANopen bus port on Modicon M258 logic
controller, compact base for solutions with AFB
Tested Validated Documented Architectures
Modicon M258 logic controller, compact base for solutions with AFB
1
2
3
4
CANopen port
All Modicon M258 logic controllers type S include a 9-way male SUB-D CANopen
port and act as the CANopen master.
The bus consists of a master station, M258 logic controller type S and slave stations.
The master is in charge of configuration, exchanges and diagnostics to the slaves.
The CANopen bus is a communication bus and is used to manage a variety of
slaves, such as:
bbDigital slaves
bbAnalog slaves
bbVariable speed drives
bbMotor starters
bbEtc.
CANopen port
Standards DS 301 V4.02, DR 303-1
Class
Conformity class M10, limited to 63 slaves
Data rate Max. 20 40 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000
length (m)
Data rate 1000 800 500 250 125 50 20 10
(kbps)
Number of slaves
63 max. with max. limit of: 64 TDPOs/64 RPDOs
Connection
On 9-way male SUB-D port
CANopen architecture
Wiring system, see page 4/6
5
6
7
8
9
10
4/5

Architecture,
references
Communication
CANopen architecture
for Altivar IMC drive controller card type S solutions with
AFB, Modicon M238 & M258 logic controllers, compact
bases for solutions with AFB
CANopen architecture
1
IHM
Connection example dedicated to hoisting solutions.
Modicon M258 Type S
2
ATV IMC Type S
+ ATV 71
2
IHM
Modicon M238 Type S
4
3
or
4 4
4
3 1
3 1
4
6
6
5 5
6 6 5 5
5
ATV32 ATV32 ATV32
6
6
7 7 7
ATV32 + VW3 A3 608 card: optimized solution for
daisy chain connection to the CANopen machine bus
8
ATV 312 ATV 312 ATV 312 ATV 312
6
7
Références
TSX CAN
TDM4
VW3 CAN
TAP2
Standard junction boxes and connectors
Description Composition Item Length Unit reference Weight
kg
CANopen IP 20
4 SUB-D ports. Screw terminal blocks for 1 – TSX CAN TDM4 0.196
tap junction box
connection of main cables
Line end adapter
IP 20 connectors
Elbowed (90°) 2 – TSX CAN KCDF 90T 0.046
CANopen 9-way
SUB-D female.
Line end adapter switch Straight (1) – – TSX CAN KCDF 180T 0.049
Elbowed (90°) with 9-way SUB-D connector
for connection to PC or diagnostic tool
– – TSX CAN KCDF 90TP 0.051
M12 connectors
IP 67
Male – – FTX CN 12M5 0.050
8
9
10
TSX CAN KCD
F90T
TSX CAN KCD
F90TP
TSX CAN KCD
F180T
CANopen IP 20
tap junction box for Altivar and
Lexium 05
Daisy chain taps
CANopen line terminators
Female – – FTX CN 12F5 0.050
2 x RJ45 ports 3 – VW3 CAN TAP2 0.250
Equipped with:
- 2 spring terminal blocks for connecting the
CANopen bus in a daisy chain
- 1 preassembled cordset with an RJ45
connector for connecting the drive
– 0.6 TCS CTN 026M 16M –
Equipped with:
- 2 RJ45 connectors for connecting the
CANopen bus in a daisy chain
- 1 preassembled cordset with an RJ45
connector for connecting the drive
For RJ45 connector
Sold in packs of 2
For screw terminal connector
Sold in packs of 2
(1) For connection to an Altivar IMC drive controller card type S solutions
TCS
CAR013M120
– 0.3 TCS CTN 023F
13M03
– – TCS CAR013M120 –
– – TCS CAR01NM120 –
–
4/6

References (continued)
Communication
CANopen architecture
for Altivar IMC drive controller card type S solutions with
AFB, Modicon M238 & M258 logic controllers, compact
bases for solutions with AFB
References (continued)
Standard IP 20 formed cables
Description Application Item Length Unit reference Weight
kg
CANopen cables
(2 x AWG 22
2 x AWG 24)
For standard environments (2), e
marking: low fume emission. Halogenfree.
Non flame propagating (IEC
60332-1)
4 50 m TSX CAN CA50 4.930
100 m TSX CAN CA100 8.800
300 m TSX CAN CA300 24.560
1
For standard environments (2), UL
certified, e marking: non flame
propagating (IEC 60332-2)
4 50 m TSX CAN CB50 3.580
100 m TSX CAN CB100 7.840
300 m TSX CAN CB300 21.870
2
VW3 CAN A71
CANopen
formed cables
1 x 9-way SUB-D female
connector at each end.
For standard environments (2) or mobile
installation, e marking: low fume
emission. Halogen-free. Non flame
propagating (IEC 60332-1). Oil resistant
For standard environments (2), e
marking: low fume emission. Halogenfree.
Non flame propagating (IEC
60332-1)
4 50 m TSX CAN CD50 3.510
100 m TSX CAN CD100 7.770
300 m TSX CAN CD300 21.700
– 0.3 m TSX CAN CADD03 0.091
1 m TSX CAN CADD1 0.143
3 m TSX CAN CADD3 0.295
5 m TSX CAN CADD5 0.440
3
For standard environments (2), UL
certified, e marking: non flame
propagating (IEC 60332-2)
– 0.3 m TSX CAN CBDD03 0.086
1 m TSX CAN CBDD1 0.131
3 m TSX CAN CBDD3 0.268
5 m TSX CAN CBDD5 0.400
4
VW3 A3 608
CANopen
formed cables
IP 20 connection accessories
CANopen connector for
Altivar 71 (3)
Formed cables with 1 x 9-way SUB-D
female connector and 1 x RJ45
connector
Formed cables with 2 x 9-way SUB-D
connectors, 1 female and 1 male
9-way SUB-D female. Line end adapter
switch. 180° cable entry
5 0.5 m TCS CCN 4F3 M05T 0.100
1 m TCS CCN 4F3 M1T 0.100
VW3 M38 05 R010 (2) 0.100
3 m VW3 M38 05 R030 (2) 0.300
TCS CCN 4F3 M3T 0.160
– 0.5 m TLA CD CBA 005 0.100
1.5 m TLA CD CBA 015 0.120
3 m TLA CD CBA 030 0.190
5 m TLA CD CBA 050 0.350
– – VW3 CAN KCDF 180T 0.100
Adaptor for Altivar 71 CANopen SUB-D to RJ45 adaptor – – VW3 CAN A71 0.100
CANopen Daisy chain Ports: 2 RJ45 connectors 7 – VW3 A3 608 –
communication card for
Altivar 32 (4) (5) (6)
CANopen line terminator For RJ45 connector (7) 8 – TCS CAR013M120 –
CANopen terminal adaptor for
Altivar 312
2 RJ45 connectors for daisy chain
connection
– 0.3 m TCS CTN023F13M03 –
Formed CANopen cables 1 RJ45 connector at each end. 6 0.3 m VW3 CAN CARR03 0.050
5
6
7
1 m VW3 CAN CARR1 0.500
Y connector CANopen/Modbus – – TCS CTN011M11F 0.100
(1) Standard environment: without any particular environmental restrictions, operating temperature between + 5 °C and + 60 °C,
and for fixed installation.Harsh environments: resistant to hydrocarbons, industrial oils, detergents, solder splashes, hygrometry
up to 100%, saline environment, wide temperature variations, operating temperature between - 10 °C and + 70 °C, or mobile
installation.
(2) Cable equipped with line end adapter.
(3) For variable speed controllers ATV 71HpppM3, ATV 71HD11M3X, HD15M3X, ATV 71H075N4... HD18N4, this connector can
be replaced by connector TSX CAN KCDF 180T.
(4) The Modbus serial link always uses the RJ45 communication port located on the front. If simultaneous use of the Modbus
serial link and the CANopen machine bus is required, a CANopen communication card is needed.
(5) The Altivar 32 drive can only take one communication card.
(6) When one of the CANopen communication cards is inserted in the Altivar 32 drive, CANopen communication via the RJ45
communication port on the front is disabled.
(7) Sold in lots of of 2.
8
9
10
4/7

Connections,
references
Communication
Modbus and character mode serial link
for Modicon M238 & M258 logic controllers, compact
bases for solutions with AFB
1
Modbus cabling system
Non isolated link (Modicon M238/M258 type S
master)
Isolated link (Modicon M238/M258 type S master)
2
7
Modicon M238
type S
Magelis STU
2
1 3
1 1
b g b b
c 24 V
3
or
4
4
or
4
6
Modicon M238 type S
4
4
Phaseo
Modular
5
7
TeSys U
ATV 312
ATV 312
TeSys U
Twido
slave
4
Modicon M258 type S
- Length of cables between Modicon M238/M258 type S and
Altivar 312: y 30 m max.
Modicon M258 type S
- Total length of cables between isolation boxes 1: y 1000 m
- Length of tap cables 4, 5 or 6: y 10 m
5
6
7
8
g Line polarization active
b Line termination
References
TWD XCA ISO
TWD XCA T3RJ
Tap-off and adapter components for RS 485 serial link
Description Application Item Length Reference Weight
kg
Tap isolation box
Screw terminal block
for main cable
2 x RJ45 for tap-off
- RS 485 line isolation (1)
- Line end adapter (RC 120 Ω, 1nF)
- Line pre-polarisation (2 R 620 Ω)
c 24 V supply (screw terminal block)
or c 5 V (via RJ45)
Mounting on 35 mm 5
1 – TWD XCA ISO 0.100
Tap junction box
1 x RJ45 for main cable
2 x RJ45 for tap-off
Modbus hub
Screw terminal block
for main cable
10 x RJ45 for tap-off
T-junction boxes
2 x RJ45
for main cable
- Line end adapter (RC 120 Ω, 1nF)
- Line pre-polarisation (2 R 620 Ω)
Mounting on 35 mm 5
Mounting on 35 mm 5, on mounting
plate or panel (2 x Ø 4 mm screws)
1 integrated cable with RJ45
connector for Altivar variable
speed controller dedicated tap-off
2 – TWD XCA T3RJ 0.080
– – LU9 GC3 0.500
– 0.3 m VW3 A8 306 TF03 –
1 m VW3 A8 306 TF10 –
9
LU9 GC3
Passive tap
junction box
RS 232C/RS 485
line converter
- Line extension and single-channel
tap-off on screw terminal block
- Line end adapter
- Flow rate 19.2 Kbit/s max.
- Without modem signals
c 24 V/20 mA supply,
Mounting on 35 mm 5
– – TSX SCA 50 0.520
– – XGS Z24 0.100
10
TSX SCA 50
XGS Z24
(1) Line isolation recommended for distances > 10 m.
4/8

References (continued)
Communication
Modbus and character mode serial link
for Modicon M238 & M258 logic controllers, compact
bases for solutions with AFB
References (continued)
Connection cables for RS 485 serial link
Description Application Item Length Unit reference Weight
kg
Main cables
Modbus serial link,
3 100 m TSX CSA 100 5.680
double shielded supplied without connector
200 m TSX CSA 200 10.920
twisted pair
RS 485
500 m TSX CSA 500 30.000
1
Modbus cordsets
RS 485
2 x RJ45 connectors 4 0.3 m VW3 A8 306 R03 0.030
1 m VW3 A8 306 R10 0.050
3 m VW3 A8 306 R30 0.150
2
1 x RJ45 connector and
1 end with free wires
1 mini-DIN connector for Twido controller
and 1 RJ45 connector
1 mini-DIN connector for Twido controller
and 1 RJ45 connector (1) (2)
1 mini-DIN connector for Twido controller
and 1 RJ45 connector
Dedicated programming protocol (2) (3)
1 mini-DIN connector for Twido controller
and 1 end with free wires
– 1 m TWD XCA FJ010 0.060
3 m VW3 A8 306 D30 0.150
– 0.3 m TWD XCA RJ003 0.040
1 m TWD XCA RJ010 0.090
3 m TWD XCA RJ030 0.160
5 0.3 m TWD XCA RJP03 0.027
– 0.3 m TWD XCA RJP03P 0.027
– 1 m TWD XCA FD010 0.062
10 m TSX CX 100 0.517
3
4
Modicon M238
cordsets (SL1, SL2) to
Magelis HMI terminal
Cordsets for Magelis
Small Panel
Twido cordsets
(terminal port) to
Magelis Small Panel
Line end adapter
2 x RJ45 connectors XBT N200/R400
XBT RT500/511
XBT GT11pp/1335
1 x RJ45 connector
and
1 x SUB-D 25-way
connector
1 x RJ45 connector
and
1 x SUB-D 9-way
connector
Small Panel
XBT N401/410
XBT R410/411
Advanced panel
XBT GT2pp0…7340
XBT GKppp0
2 x RJ45 connectors Small panel
XBT N200/R400
XBT RT500/511
1 mini-DIN con. and
1 RJ 45 connector
1 mini-DIN conector
and SUD-D
25-way connector
For RJ45 connector
R = 120 Ω, C = 1 nf
Small panel
XBT N200/R400
XBT RT500/511
Small panel
XBT N401/410
XBT R410/411
7 2.5 m XBT Z9980 0.150
6, 7 2.5 m XBT Z938 0.210
7 2,5 m XBT Z9008 0.150
7 3 m VW3 A8 306 R30 0.150
– 2.5 m XBT Z9780 0.180
– 2.5 m XBT Z968 0.210
– Order in
multiples
of 2
VW3 A8 306 RC 0.200
Connection cables for RS 232 serial link
Description Application Length Reference Weight
kg
Cordset for
DTE terminal
(printer)
(4)
Serial link for terminal device (DTE)
1 x RJ45 connector and
1 x 9-way SUB-D female connector
3 m TCS MCN 3M4F3C2 0.150
Cordset for
DCE terminal
(modem, converter)
Serial link for point to point device (DCE)
1 x RJ45 connector and
1 x 9-way SUB-D male connector
3 m TCS MCN 3M4M3S2 0.150
(1) Forcing the configuration of RS 485 integrated port with TwidoSuite programming protocol parameters.
(2) Carries c 5 V voltage (supplied by RS 485 integrated port of Twido controller ) for TWD XCA ISO tap isolation box (not
using the c 5 V external power supply).
(3) Allows the using of RS 485 integrated port with the parameters defined in configuration.
(4) If the terminal is equipped with a 25-way SUB-D connector, a SUB-D 25-way female/9-way male adapter TSX CTC 07
must also be ordered.
5
6
7
8
9
10
4/9

Connections,
references
Communication
Ethernet Modbus/TCP network
for Modicon M238 & M258 logic controllers, compact
bases for solutions with AFB
1
2
1
2
3
2
4
Optical fibre
Ethernet Modbus/TCP or Ethernet IP network architecture
M340
PC
1
4
(1)
2
1
3
(1)
3
XBT GC
1
1
XBT GC
1
M258 type S
4
Altivar IMC type S
+ Altivar 71
TwidoPort
Interface
M238 type S
M258 type S
CANopen bus
Altivar 71 Altivar 71
5
3
Hub or no manageable switch
4
Manageable switch Wireless Ethernet gateway (1)
6
7
8
9
10
References (2)
Shielded copper connection cables
ConneXium shielded copper connection cables are available in two versions to
comply with the different standards and approvals in force:
bbShielded twisted pair copper cables to standard EIA/TIA 568
These cables conform to:
vvstandard EIA/TIA 568, category CAT 5E,
vvstandard IEC 11801/EN 50173, class D.
Their flame resistance conforms to:
vvNFC 32070# classification C2
vvstandards IEC 322/1,
vvLow Smoke Zero Halogen (LSZH).
bbShielded twisted pair copper cables, UL and CSA 22.1 approved
These cables conform to:
vvstandards UL and CSA 22.1.
Their flame resistance conforms to NFPA 70.
“Do It Yourself” cable and connectors
The ConneXium “Do It Yourself” range allows the user to make up Ethernet copper
cables on site and to the required length. They are designed for cabling Ethernet
10/100 Mbit/s networks. The maximum length of cables made up in this way is 80 m.
They can be assembled quickly using a knife and cutting pliers (no special tools are
required).
Description Characteristics Length Reference Weight
kg
Ethernet copper cable
2 shielded twisted pairs
24 AWG
RJ 45 connector
M12 connector
Conforming to the
above-mentioned
standards and approvals
Conforming to
EIA/TIA-568-D
Conforming to
IEC 60176-2-101
300 m TCS ECN 300R2 –
– TCS EK3 MDS –
– TCS EK1 MDRS –
(1) Partner products (Part No: 021445-B, Medium: WLAN 2.4 + cabling) to be ordered from
HMS (http://www.hms.se/products/wireless_bridge.shtml).
For more information, see our Collaborative Automation Partner Program on:
http://www2.schneider-electric.com/sites/corporate/en/products-services/automation-control/
collaborative-automation-partner-program/capp.page
(2) For other versions (optical fibre, switches,…), please consult our site www.schneider-electric.com
4/10

References (continued)
Communication
Ethernet Modbus/TCP network
for Modicon M238 & M258 logic controllers, compact
bases for solutions with AFB
490 NTp 000 pp
TCS ESU 043F1N0
TCS ESM 043F2Cp0
499 NMS/NSS 251 02
TCS ESM 083F2Cp0
TCS ESU 051 F0
References (continued)
Shielded twisted pair cables to standard EIA/TIA568
Description
Pre-formed
at both ends
Straight cables
2 x RJ45 connectors
For connection to
terminal equipment
(DTE)
Crossover cables
2 x RJ45 connectors
For connection between
hubs, switches and
transceivers
Shielded twisted pair cables, UL and CSA 22.1 approved
Description
Pre-formed
at both ends
Straight cables
2 x RJ45 connectors
For connection to terminal
equipment (DTE)
Crossover cables
2 x RJ45 connectors
For connection between
hubs, switches and
transceivers
Shielded twisted pair cable for IP 67 switch
Description
Pre-formed
at both ends
Straight cables 1 x IP 67
4-way M12 connector
and 1 x RJ45 connector
Item Length Reference Weight
kg
1 2 m 490 NTW 000 02 –
5 m 490 NTW 000 05 –
12 m 490 NTW 000 12 –
40 m 490 NTW 000 40 –
80 m 490 NTW 000 80
2 5 m 490 NTC 000 05 –
15 m 490 NTC 000 15 –
40 m 490 NTC 000 40 –
80 m 490 NTC 000 80 –
Item Length Reference Weight
kg
1 2 m 490 NTW 000 02U –
5 m 490 NTW 000 05U –
12 m 490 NTW 000 12U –
40 m 490 NTW 000 40U –
80 m 490 NTW 000 80U –
2 5 m 490 NTC 000 05U –
40 m 490 NTC 000 40U –
80 m 490 NTC 000 80U –
Item Length Reference Weight
kg
– 1 m TCS ECL 1M3M 1S2 –
3 m TCS ECL 1M3M 3S2 –
5 m TCS ECL 1M3M 5S2 –
10 m TCS ECL 1M3M 10S2 –
25 m TCS ECL 1M3M 25S2 –
40 m TCS ECL 1M3M 40S2 –
ConneXium hub
Description Number of ports Item Reference Weight
Copper
cable
Fibre
optic
Twisted pair hub
4 – 3 499 NEH 104 10 0.530
10BASE-T copper ports,
RJ45 shielded connectors
ConneXium switches
Description Number of ports Item Manag Reference
Weight
Optimized twisted pair switch
10BASE-T/100BASE-TX copper ports,
RJ45 shielded connectors
100BASE-FX optic port, SC connectors
Twisted pair switches
0BASE-T/100BASE-TX copper ports,
RJ45 shielded connectors
Twisted pair and fibre optic switches
10BASE-T/100BASE-TX copper ports,
RJ45 shielded connectors.
100BASE-FX optic ports, SC connectors
IP 67 twisted pair switch (1)
10BASE-T/100BASE-TX copper ports,
shielded M12 connectors (type D)
Copper
cable
Fibre
optic
-eable
3 – 3 No TCS ESU 033FN0 0.113
4 1 3 No TCS ESU 043FN0 0.120
5 – 3 No TCS ESU 053FN0 0.113
8 – 3 No 499 NES 181 00 0.230
8 – 4 Yes TCS ESM083F23F0 0.410
3 1, multimode 4 Yes TCS ESM043F1CU0 0.400
2 2, multimode 4 Yes TCS ESM043F2CU0 0.400
3 1, single-mode 4 Yes TCS ESM043F1CS0 0.400
2 2, single-mode 4 Yes TCS ESM043F2CS0 0.400
4 1, multimode 3 No 499 NMS 251 01 0.330
3 2, multimode 3 No 499 NMS 251 02 0.335
4 1, single-mode 3 No 499 NSS 251 01 0.330
3 2, single-mode 3 No 499 NSS 251 02 0.335
7 1, multimode 4 Yes TCS ESM083F1CU0 0.410
6 2, multimode 4 Yes TCS ESM083F2CU0 0.410
7 1, single-mode 4 Yes TCS ESM083F1CS0 0.410
6 2, single-mode 4 Yes TCS ESM083F2CS0 0.410
5 – – No TCS ESU 051 F0 0.210
(1) Require special cables with M12 connectors for their c 24 V supply: XZC P1p64Lp.
kg
kg
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
4/11

Presentation,
description
Communication
Ethernet Modbus/TCP network
TwidoPort interface module for Modicon M238 logic
controller, compact base for solutions with AFB
Presentation
TwidoPort module 499 TWD 01100 is an Ethernet interface that is easy to use and
dedicated to Modicon M238 logic controllers type S. It allows incorporation of this
controllers into an Ethernet network as a passive device (slave). .
When connected to the integrated RS 485 serial port acts as a gateway between the
Ethernet network and the controller’s Modbus serial link port.
1
2
3
The main characteristics of the TwidoPort module are as follows:
b Connects to the RS 485 of the Modicon M238 controller type S (marked SL1 or
SL2 depending on model); no external auxiliary supply is necessary.
b Ethernet configuration:
v takes the Ethernet configuration from the Twido application configuration
(normal mode),
v supports manual configuration using Telnet.
b Provides Ethernet statistics via a Telnet session.
Description
The TwidoPort 499 TWD 01100 interface module comprises:
1 Five pilot lights indicating the status of the interface and of the TwidoPort module
links.
2 An RJ45 type connector for connection of the power supply and of the link to the
controller’s integrated RS 485 port. This connection is made using connection
cable TWD XCA RJP03P supplied with the TwidoPort interface module in case of
the Twido controller.
3 An RJ45 connector (accessed through the bottom of the module) for connection
to the Ethernet TCP/IP network.
4 An earthing screw (accessed through the bottom of the module).
4
5
Modbus
Ethernet Modbus/TCP
network
2
Modicon M238
type S
The TwidoPort interface module can be mounted as standard on a symmetrical 5
rail. Fixing kit TWD XMT5 (sold in lots of 5) allows plate or panel mounting
(2 x Ø 4.3 holes).
6
1
To order separately
For connecting to the Modicon M238 controller type S, the cordset for connection
Modbus XBT Z9980 (lenght 2.5 m).
7
4
3
8
9
10
4/12

References
Communication
Ethernet Modbus/TCP network
TwidoPort interface module for Modicon M238 logic
controller, compact base for solutions with AFB
References
Description Controller bases Function Reference Weight
kg
TwidoPort
interface
module
Modicon M238 type S
10/100 Mbit/s
Auto MDIX function
499 TWD 01100 0.200
Description Use Length Reference Weight
kg
Modbus
RS 485
cordsets
Connection to
Modicon M238 type S
Equiped with 2 RJ45
connectors
2.5 m XBT Z9980 0.100
1
2
499 TWD 01100
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
4/13

chapter 5
Motor control
All technical information about products listed in this
catalogue are available on: www.schneider-electric.com

Contents
Motor control
bb
Specific introduction to hoisting field
vv
TeSys for Hoisting application.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/2 to 5/5
bb
Starter-controller for 3-phase motors
vv
STANDARD motor starter
STANDARD motor starter............................................................................ 5/6
ADVANCED motor starter ........................................................................... 5/6
MULTIFUNCTION motor starter................................................................... 5/6
Function modules......................................................................................... 5/7
Communication modules............................................................................. 5/7
Contact blocks............................................................................................. 5/7
vv
MULTIFUNCTION protection
MULTIFUNCTION protection
ADVANCED protection................................................................................. 5/8
Current transformers.................................................................................... 5/8
Function modules......................................................................................... 5/9
Communication modules............................................................................. 5/9
bb
Contactors
v v TeSys K, 0.06…5.5 kW .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/10 & 5/11
vv
TeSys D
Contactors 0,06…75 kW................................................................. 5/12 & 5/13
Auxiliary contacts....................................................................................... 5/14
Suppressor modules.................................................................................. 5/15
vv
TeSys F, 90…450 kW........................................................................... 5/16 & 5/17
1
2
3
4
5
bb
Circuit-breakers
vv
TeSys GV2-ME & GV2-P, 0.06…15 kW .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/18
vv
TeSys GV2-L & GV2-LE 0.06 to 15 kW.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/19
vv
TeSys GV3-P& GV3-L
Thermal-magnetic, 5.5…30 kW with EverLink terminal blocks.................5/20
Magnetic, 11…30 kW with EverLink terminal blocks................................. 5/20
Add-on blocks and accessories................................................................5/20
vv
TeSys GV2 & GV3 accessories.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/21
6
7
vv
TeSys GV7-R, 0.75…90 kW .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/22 & 5/23
vv
TeSys GV3-ME, 37 kW .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/24
vv
TeSys GK3-EF, 37 kW.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/25
8
bb
Relays
vv
Thermal overload relays
TeSys K, 0.11…11.5 A ............................................................................... 5/26
TeSys D, 0.1…140 A.................................................................................. 5/27
vv
Electronic thermal overload relays
TeSys LR9, 60…630 A............................................................................... 5/28
TeSys LR& LT, 0.3…38 A............................................................................ 5/29
9
10
5/1

Presentation
Motor control
TeSys for Hoisting application
1
TeSys for Hoisting application
World leader in contactors , Schneider Electric has
developed TeSys control and protection offer ,
particularly suited for hoisting applications
2
3
4
5
Two speed control
Cranes < 5 t
In most simple applications, motor control necessary at different hoisting,
direction or translation movements, is managed by direct on line starters.
> > Vertical movement:
the contactor has to meet the AC4 utilisation category .
This category requires a better withstand in the strumming operations when the
operator seeks to position the load smoothly. Indeed, the contactor makes or breaks
the starting current Id, up to 6 times the rated current In.
In some cases, another contactor is needed to control the brake, either by
application of a reverse current, or by injection rectified current.
> > Horizontal movement:
The starter has to meet the AC3 category , direct or reverse mode. The contactor
makes 3 times the nominal current In.
> > Two speed control:
When it is necessary to adjust the speed, the following diagram establishes control
Low speed/high speed with a dual motor winding
6
7
8
9
Control and protection of auxiliary circuits
Cranes > 5 t
Mainly controlled by a variable speed drive , we find the contactor in the
following configuration:
> > Vertical movement:
A contactor, upstream of the drive, ensures its galvanic isolation. In this case, it is
sized according to AC1 utilisation category.
> > Horizontal movement:
Once again a line contactor could be installed upstream of the drive.
On the load side , when several motors are controlled with a single variable speed
drive, each motor must be protected by a circuit breaker or motor starter overload
relay TeSys GV or LR.
> > Auxiliary circuits:
The TeSys offer could also work for the control and protection of auxiliary circuits
such as hydraulic pumps, fans, lighting, etc
10
5/2

Presentation
Motor control
TeSys for Hoisting application
Selection according to required electrical durability, in categories AC-2 or AC-4 (Ue y 440 V)
Control of 3-phase asynchronous squirrel cage motors (AC-4) or slip ring motors (AC-2) with breaking whilst motor stalled.
The current broken (Ic) in AC-4 is equal to 6 x Ie. (Ie = rated operational current of the motor).
1
Millions of operating cycles
1
0,8
0,6
0,4
0,2
LC1, LP1, LP4 K06
LC1, LP1,
LP4 K09,K12
LC1 D09
LC1 D12
LC1 D18
LC1 D25
LC1 D32 et D38
LC1 D40A
LC1 D50A
LC1 D65A
LC1 D80
LC1 D95
LC1 D115
LC1 D150
2
3
0,1
0,08
0,06
0,05
0,04
0,03
0,02
4
0,01
5 6 7 8 9 10 20 30 36 40 50 54 72 80 108 150 192 240 300 390 480 570 630 828 1000
Current broken in A
Example:
> > Asynchronous motor with P = 90 kW - Ue = 380 V - Ie = 170 A. Ic = 6 x Ie = 1020 A .
or asynchronous motor with P = 90 kW - Ue = 415 V - Ie = 165 A. Ic = 6 x Ie = 990 A.
> > 60 000 operating cycles required.
> > The above selection curves show the contactor rating needed: LC1 F265.
(1) The dotted lines are only applicable to LC1, LP1 K12 contactors..
Selection according to required electrical durability, in categories AC-2 or AC-4 (Ue y 440 V)
Control of 3-phase asynchronous squirrel cage motors (AC-4) or slip ring motors (AC-2) with breaking whilst motor stalled.
The current broken (Ic) in AC-2 is equal to 2.5 x Ie.
The current broken (Ic) in AC-4 is equal to 6 x Ie. (Ie = rated operational current of the motor).
5
6
Millions of operating cycles
1
0,8
0,6
0,4
0,2
LC1 F185
LC1 F225
LC1 F265
LC1 F330
LC1 F400
LC1 F500
LC1 F630
LC1 F800
LC1 F780
LC1 BL, BM
LC1 BP
LC1 BR
7
8
0,1
0,08
0,06
0,04
0,02
9
0,01
100 200 400 600 800 1020 1470 2220 3360 42605000 8000 20 000
1230 1800 2760 3690 6000 10 000
Current broken in A
Example:
> > Asynchronous motor with P = 5.5 kW - Ue = 400 V - Ie = 11 A. Ic = 6 x Ie = 66 A .
or asynchronous motor with P = 5.5 kW - Ue = 415 V - Ie = 11 A. Ic = 6 x Ie = 66 A.
> > 200 000 operating cycles required.
> > The above selection curves show the contactor rating needed: LC1 D25.
10
5/3

Presentation
Motor control
TeSys for Hoisting application
Maximum operational current (open-mounted device)
1
Maximum operational current
(open-mounted device)
2
Contactor size
LC1/
LP1
K09
LC1/
LP1
K12
LC1
D09
LC1
DT20
LC1
D12
DT25
LC1
D18
DT32
LC1
D25
DT40
LC1
D32
LC1
D38
LC1 LC1
D40A D50A
DT60A
LC1 LC1/
D65A LP1
DT80A D80
Maximum operating rate .
in operating cycles/hour
600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600
3
Connection .
conforming to.
IEC 60947-1
Cable
c.s.a.
Bar
c.s.a.
mm 2 4 4 4 4 4 6 6 10 10 35 35 35 50
mm – – – – – – – – – – – – –
4
5
Operational current in
AC-1 in A, according to
the ambient
temperature
conforming to .
IEC 60947-1
Maximum operational .
power y 60 °C
y 40 °C A 20 20 25 20 25 32 40 50 50 60 80 80 125
y 60 °C A 20 20 25 20 25 32 40 50 50 60 80 80 125
y 70 °C A
(at UC)
220/
230 V
(1) (1) 17 (1) 17 22 28 35 35 42 56 56 80
kW 8 8 9 8 9 11 14 18 18 21 29 29 45
240 V kW 8 8 9 8 9 12 15 19 19 23 31 31 49
380/
400 V
kW 14 14 15 14 15 20 25 31 31 37 50 50 78
6
7
415 V kW 14 14 17 14 17 21 27 34 34 41 54 54 85
440 V kW 15 15 18 15 18 23 29 36 36 43 58 58 90
500 V kW 17 17 20 17 20 23 33 41 41 49 65 65 102
660/
690 V
(1) Please consult your Customer Care Centre.
kW 22 22 27 22 27 34 43 54 54 65 80 80 135
1000 V kW – – – – – – – – – – – – 120
Increase in operational current by parallel connection of poles
8
Apply the following coefficients to the currents or power values given above; these coefficients take into account an often unbalanced current
distribution between the poles:
> > 2 poles in parallel: K = 1.6
> > 3 poles in parallel: K = 2.25
> > 4 poles in parallel: K = 2.8
9
10
5/4

1
LC1
D95
LC1
D115
LC1
D150
LC1
F185
LC1
F225
LC1
F265
LC1
F330
LC1
F400
LC1
F500
LC1
F630
LC1
F780
LC1
F800
LC1 LC1 LC1 LC1 LC1
F1250 F1400 F1700 F2100 BL
LC1
BM
LC1
BP
LC1
BR
2
600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 300 200 200 200 120 120 120 120
50 120 120 150 185 185 240 – – – – – – – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – 2
30 x 5
2
40 x 5
2
60 x 5
2 2
100 x 5 60 x 5
2
100 x
5
2
100 x
5
3
100 x
5
125 250 250 275 315 350 400 500 700 1000 1600 1000 1260 1400 1700 2100
(2)
4
100 5
2
50 x 5
2
80 x 5
2
100 x
5
2
100 x
10
800 1250 2000 2750
125 200 200 275 280 300 360 430 580 850 1350 850 1060 1190 1450 1750 700 1100 1750 2400
3
4
80 160 160 180 200 250 290 340 500 700 1100 700 – – – – 600 900 1500 2000
45 80 80 90 100 120 145 170 240 350 550 350 420 474 570 700 300 425 700 1000
49 83 83 100 110 125 160 180 255 370 570 370 440 490 600 780 330 450 800 1100
5
78 135 135 165 175 210 250 300 430 600 950 600 730 820 1000 1200 500 800 1200 1600
85 140 140 170 185 220 260 310 445 630 1000 630 760 850 1050 1300 525 825 1250 1700
90 150 150 180 200 230 290 330 470 670 1050 670 810 910 1100 1350 550 850 1400 2000
102 170 170 200 220 270 320 380 660 750 1200 750 920 1000 1250 1550 600 900 1500 2100
6
135 235 235 280 300 370 400 530 740 1000 1650 1000 1260 1400 1700 2100 800 1100 1900 2700
120 345 345 410 450 540 640 760 950 1500 2400 1500 1840 2100 2500 3100 1100 1700 3000 4200
7
8
9
10
5/5

TeSys U
Motor control
Starter-controller for 3-phase motors
STANDARD motor starter
1
= +
2
3
Function characteristics, LUB… + LUCA… Maximum Power base Standard control unit
motor power Non-reversing Reversing Class 10 Setting range
< 400/415 V (1) (2)
- Thermal overload protection against: 0.09 kW LUB12 LU2B12pp LUCA6Xpp 0.15…0.6 A
short-circuit, overcurrent, 0.25 kW LUB12 LU2B12pp LUCA1Xpp 0.35…1.4 A
phase failure or imbalance, 1.5 kW LUB12 LU2B12pp LUCA05pp 1.25…5 A
insulation breaks (equipment only). 5.5 kW LUB12 LU2B12pp LUCA12pp 3…12 A
- Manual reset following thermal fault. 7.5 kW LUB32 LU2B32pp LUCA18pp 4.5…18 A
15 kW LUB32 LU2B32pp LUCA32pp 8…32 A
ADVANCED motor starter
4
5
6
Function characteristics, LUB… + LUCA… Maximum Power base Advanced control unit
motor power Non-reversing Class 10 Class 20 Setting range
< 400/415 V (2) (3) (2)
- Thermal overload protection against: 0.09 kW LUB120 LUCB6Xpp LUCD6Xpp 0.15…0.6 A
short-circuit, overcurrent, 0.25 kW LUB120 LUCB1Xpp LUCD1Xpp 0.35…1.4 A
phase failure or imbalance, 1.5 kW LUB120 LUCB05pp LUCD05pp 1.25…5 A
insulation breaks (equipment only). 5.5 kW LUB120 LUCB12pp LUCD12pp 3…12 A
- Manual reset following thermal fault. 7.5 kW LUB320 LUCB18pp LUCD18pp 4.5…18 A
- Thermal overload test function. 15 kW LUB320 LUCB32pp LUCD32pp 8…32 A
(3) For single-phase-motors, replace LUCBpppp by LUCCpppp.
MULTIFUNCTION motor starter
7
8
9
Function characteristics, LUB… + LUCA…
- Thermal overload protection against:
short-circuit, overcurrent,
phase failure or imbalance,
insulation breaks (equipment only).
- Manual, automatic or remote reset,
- Thermal overload test function,
- Overtorque and no-load running, alarm,
- Motor operation log,
- Motor parameters display on LUCM.., PC or HMI,
- Integrated Modbus communication.
Maximum Power base Multifunction control unit
motor power Non-reversing Class 5 to 30 Setting range
< 400/415 V
0.09 kW LUB120 LUCM6XBL 0.15…0.6 A
0.25 kW LUB120 LUCM1XBL 0.35…1.4 A
1.5 kW LUB120 LUCM05BL 1.25…5 A
5.5 kW LUB120 LUCM12BL 3…12 A
7.5 kW LUB320 LUCM18BL 4.5…18 A
15 kW LUB320 LUCM32BL 8…32 A
10
(1) Complete the references of the power bases according to the following table. Example: LU2B12 pp
(2) Complete the references of the control units according to the following table. Example: LUCA/B/D/M6X pp
Standard control circuit voltages
24 V DC BL
24 V AC B
48 V AC / 48…72 V DC ES
110…240 V AC / 110…220 V DC FU
5/6
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.

TeSys U
Motor control
Starter-controller for 3-phase motors
Function modules
+
=
1
Type of optional function Thermal Thermal fault signalling Motor load
overload alarm
indication
Compatible with LUCA NO NO NO NO NO
Compatible with LUCL NO NO NO NO NO
Compatible with LUCB, LUCD YES YES YES YES YES
Compatible with LUCM NO NO NO NO YES
Output signal 1 NO 1 NO +1 NC 1 NC 1 NO 4…20 mA
Reset NA Manual Automatic or remote NA
References LUFW10 LUFDH11 LUFDA01 LUFDA10 LUFV2
Communication modules
2
3
4
Type of communication Modbus Modicon Profibus DP CANopen DeviceNet AS-Interface Parallel
STB
wiring
Only compatible with 24 V DC control units YES YES YES YES YES YES YES
LUCA..BL, LUCB..BL, LUCD..BL, LUCM..BL
Transfer speed 19.2 Kbps Dpg. on NIM (1) 9.6…12 Mbps 20 K…1 Mbps 125…500 Kbaud 167 Kbps NA
Number of slaves 31 per Modbus Dpg..on Network 125 per Profibus DP 128 per CANopen 63 per DeviceNet 62 per AS-Interface 8 per LU9GC02
master Interface Module module module module master splitter box
Pre-wired coil connection (A1 A2) LU9BN11C, LU9BN11L, LU9BN11L, LU9BN11L, LU9BN11L, LU9BN11C, LU9Rxx
LU9MRC LU9MRL LU9MRL LU9MRL LU9MRL LU9MRC
Connecting cable to PC VW3 A8 306 Rpp LU9RCDpp, TSXPBSCApp TSXCANCpp DeviceNet XZCG0142 TSXCDPppp
LU9RDDpp
standard
References LUFC033 LULC15 LULC07 LULC08 LULC09 ASILUFC51 LUFC00
(1) Network Interface Module.
Information carried by the Modbus, Modicon STB or CANopen bus
Type of control unit LUCAppBL LUCBppBL, LUCDppBL LUCMppBL
Start and Stop commands X X X
Starter status (ready, running, fault) X X X
Thermal alarm X X
Remote reset via the bus X X
Indication of motor load X X
Signalling and fault differentiation X X
Alarms (overcurrent, …)
X
Remote programming and monitoring of all the functions
X
“Log” function
X
Monitoring function
X
Contact blocks
5
6
7
8
9
Type of contact block Add-on Auxiliary
Signalling contacts of any fault NC (95-96) NO (97-98) – – –
position of control handle NO (17-18) NO (17-18) – – –
2 auxiliary contacts module – – NO (33-34) NC (31-32) NC (31-32)
– – NO (43-44) NO (43-44) NC (41-42)
References Screw clamp terminals LUA1C11 LUA1C20 LUFN20 LUFN11 LUFN02
Without connections LUA1C110 LUA1C200 – – –
10
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.
5/7

TeSys
LUTM
TeSys GV3L
Circuit-breakers
Motor control
Controller for 3-phase motors
MULTIFUNCTION protection
1
TeSys LC1D
Contactor
= +
2
3
4
Function characteristics Control base for use Multifunction
with contactors
control unit
TeSys D (LC1D..) TeSys F (LC1F..) Class 5 to 35
- Thermal overload protection against: LUTM10BL LUTM20BL LUCMT1BL
short-circuit, overcurrent,
phase failure or imbalance,
insulation breaks (equipment only).
- Manual, automatic or remote reset,
- Thermal overload test function,
- Overtorque and no-load running, alarm,
- Motor operation log,
- Motor parameters display on LUCM.., PC or HMI,
- Integrated Modbus communication.
ADVANCED protection
5
6
7
Function characteristics Control base for use Advanced
with contactors
control unit
TeSys D (LC1D..) TeSys F (LC1F..) Class 10 Class 20
- Thermal overload protection against: LUTM10BL LUTM20BL LUCBT1BL LUCDT1BL
short-circuit, overcurrent,
phase failure or imbalance,
insulation breaks (equipment only).
- Manual reset following thermal fault.
- Thermal overload test function.
8
Current transformers
9
10
Type of transformer
Supply voltage
24 V DC
Operating current Primary 30 A 50 A 100 A 200 A 400 A 800 A
Secondary
1 A
References LUTC0301 LUTC0501 LUTC01001 LUTC02001 LUTC04001 LUTC05001
Above 32 A, the TeSys U controller provides a motor starter management system solution identical to that provided by the TeSys U starter-controller.
Used in conjunction with a short-circuit protection device and a contactor, it provides a motor starter whose functions are the same as those of a TeSys U starter-controller
and, in particular, provides the following functions: overload protection, motor starter control and application monitoring.
It comprises a control unit, whose adjustment range is compatible with the secondary of current transformers, and a control base that also enables the fitting of a function module or
communication module.
It requires a 24 V DC external power supply.
5/8
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.

TeSys
LUTM
Motor control
Controller for 3-phase motors
Function modules
+
=
1
Type of optional function Thermal overload alarm Motor load indication
Compatible with LUCA NO NO
Compatible with LUCL NO NO
Compatible with LUCB, LUCD YES YES
Compatible with LUCM NO YES
Output signal 1 NO 4…20 mA
Reset NA NA
References LUFW10 LUFV2
2
3
TeSys rotating handles for
Kit IP54 black handle
IP54 kit red handle and yellow front
IP65 kit red handle and yellow front
TeSys U
LU9APN21
LU9APN22
LU9APN24
Communication modules
4
5
Type of communication Modbus Modicon STB CANopen DeviceNet Parallel
wiring
Only compatible with 24 V DC control units YES YES YES YES YES
LUCA..BL, LUCB..BL, LUCD..BL, LUCM..BL
Transfer speed 19.2 Kbps Dpg. on NIM (1) 20 K…1 Mbps 125…500 Kbaud NA
Number of slaves 31 per Modbus Dpg. on Network 128 per CANopen 63 per DeviceNet 8 per LU9GC02
master Interface Module module module splitter box
Pre-wired coil connection (A1 A2) LU9BN11C, LU9BN11L, LU9BN11L, LU9BN11L, LU9Rxx
LU9MRC LU9MRL LU9MRL LU9MRL
Connecting cable to PC VW3 A8 306 Rpp LU9RCDpp TSXCANCpp DeviceNet TSXCDPppp
LU9RDDpp
standard
References LUFC033 LULC15 LULC08 LULC09 LUFC00
6
7
8
Information carried by the Modbus, Modicon STB or CANopen bus
Type of control unit LUCBT1BL, LUCDT1BL LUCMT1BL
Start and Stop commands X X
Starter status (ready, running, fault) X X
Thermal alarm X X
Remote reset via the bus X X
Indication of motor load X X
Signalling and fault differentiation X X
Alarms (overcurrent, …)
X
Remote programming and monitoring of all the functions
X
“Log” function
X
Monitoring function
X
9
10
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.
5/9

TeSys K
Motor control
Contactors
0.06…5.5 kW
1
2
3
4
Connections
screw clamp terminals
Rated operational current Ie max AC-3 (Ue ≤ 440 V) 6 A 9 A 12 A
Ie AC-1 (θ ≤ 40° C) - 20 A -
Rated operational power 220/240 V 1.5 kW 2.2 kW 3 kW
in category AC3 380/400 V…415/440 V 2.2 kW 4 kW 5.5 kW
660/690 V…500 V 3 kW 4 kW 4 kW
Contactor type (1)* a LC1K06•• LC1K09•• LC1K12••
c LP1K06•• or LP4K06•• LP1K09 or LP4K09•• LP1K12 or LP4K12••
Reversing contactor type * a LC2K06 LC2K09 LC2K12
with mechanical interlock c LP2K06 or LP5K06 LP2K09 or LP5K09 LP2K12 or LP5K12
b spring terminals
Add the figure 3 before the voltage code. Example: LC1K0610•• becomes LC1K06103••
b Faston connectors, 1 x 6.35 or 2 x 2.8
Add the figure 7 before the voltage code. Example: LC1K0610•• becomes LC1K06107••
b solder pins for printed circuit boards
Add the figure 5 before the voltage code. Example: LC1K0610•• becomes LC1K06105••
(1) Basic reference, to be completed by adding 01 for NC auxiliary contact, or 10 for NO auxiliary contact.
* Basic reference to be completed by adding the coil voltage code
5
6
7
8
9
Standard control circuit voltages
a supply
Contactors LC1K (0.8…1.15 Uc) (0.85…1.1 Uc)
Volts 12 20 24 36 42 48 110 115 120 127 200/208 220/230 230 230/240
50/60 Hz J7 Z7 B7 C7 D7 E7 F7 FE7 G7 FC7 L7 M7 P7 U7
Volts 256 277 380/400 400 400/415 440 480 500 575 600 660/690
50/60 Hz W7 UE7 Q7 V7 N7 R7 T7 S7 SC7 X7 Y7
Example of complete reference: LC1K0910P7
c supply
Contactors LP1K (0.8…1.15 Uc)
Volts 12 20 24 36 48 60 72 100 110 125 155 174 200 220 230 240 250
Code JD ZD BD CD ED ND SD KD FD GD PD QD LD MD MPD MUD UD
Coil with integral suppression device available, add 3 to the code required. Example: JD3
Low consumption
Contactors LP4K (0.7…1.30 Uc), coil suppression as standard
Volts 12 20 24 48 72 110 120
Code JW3 ZW3 BW3 EW3 SW3 FW3 GW3
Example of complete reference: LC1K0910BD
10
5/10
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.

Motor control
1
Auxiliary contact blocks
■ instantaneous, screw clamp connections
■ for LC1, LP1K, LP4
■ for LC1, LP1K
Composition 2NO - 2NC 1NO 1NC 4NO 3NO 1NC 2NC 2NC 1NO 3NC - 4NC
Reference LA1KN20 LA1KN02 LA1KN11 LA1KN40 LA1KN31 LA1KN22 LA1KN13 LA1KN04
■ electronic time delay
Relay outputs, with common point changeover contact, a or c 24…48, 2 A maximum
Control voltage 0.85…1.1 Uc
Maximum switching capacity 250 VA or 150 W
Operating temperature -10…+ 60°C
Reset time: 1.5 s during the time delay period, 0.5 s after time delay period
Type
Timing range
Composition 1
On-delay
1…30 s
Voltage a or c 24…48 V a 110…240
Reference LA2KT2E LA2KT2U
2
3
4
5
6
Suppressor modules
For LC1, LP1-K
Type Varistor (a and c) Diode (c) + Zener RC (a)
Voltage 12…24 V 32…48 V 50…129 V 130…250 V 12…24 V 32…48 V 220…250 V
Reference LA4KE1B LA4KE1E LA4KE1FC LA4KE1UG LA4KC1B LA4KC1E LA4KA1U
7
8
9
10
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.
5/11

TeSys D
Motor control
Contactors
0.06…75 kW
1
2
3
4
5
Connections
■ screw clamp terminals or connectors
Rated operational voltage
690 V
Rated operational current Ie max AC-3 (Ue ≤ 440 V) 9 A 12 A 18 A 25 A 32 A 38 A
Ie AC-1 (θ ≤ 60° C) 25 A 32 A 40 A 50 A
Rated operational power 220/240 V 2.2 kW 3 kW 4 kW 5.5 kW 7.5 kW 9 kW
in category AC3 380/400 V 4 kW 5.5 kW 7.5 kW 11 kW 15 kW 18.5 kW
415/440 V 4 kW 5.5 kW 9 kW 11 kW 15 kW 18.5 kW
500 V 5.5 kW 7.5 kW 10 kW 15 kW 18.5 kW 18.5 kW
660/690 V 5.5 kW 7.5 kW 10 kW 15 kW 18.5 kW 18.5 kW
1000 V – – – – – –
Contactor type * LC1D09 LC1D12 LC1D18 LC1D25 LC1D32 LC1D38
Reversing contactor type * with mechanical interlock LC2D09 LC2D12 LC2D18 LC2D25 LC2D32 LC2D38
■ spring terminals (1)
Add the figure 3 before the voltage code. Example: LC1D09P7 becomes LC1-093P7
■ lug-clamps (2)
Add the figure 6 before the voltage code. Example: LC1D09P7 becomes LC1-096P7
■ Faston connectors (3) 2 x 6.35 (power) and 1 x 6.35 (control) up to D12 only
Add the figure 9 before the voltage code. Example: LC1D09P7 becomes LC1-099P7
* Basic reference to be completed by adding the coil voltage code
6
(1) (2)
(3)
7
8
9
10
Standard control circuit voltages
a supply
Volts 24 42 48 110 115 220 230 240 380 400 415 440 500
Contactors LC1D09…D150 (coils D115 and D150 with integral suppression device fitted as standard)
50/60 Hz B7 D7 E7 F7 FE7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7 S7
Contactors LC1D80…D115
50 Hz B5 D5 E5 F5 FE5 M5 P5 U5 Q5 V5 N5 R5 S5
60 Hz B6 - E6 F6 - M6 - U6 Q6 - - R6 -
c supply
Volts 12 24 36 48 60 72 110 125 220 250 440
Contactors LC1D09…D65A (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard)
U 0.75…1.25 Uc JD BD CD ED ND SD FD GD MD UD RD
Contactors LC1D80…D95
U 0.85…1.1 Uc JD BD CD ED ND SD FD GD MD UD RD
U 0.75…1.2 Uc JW BW CW EW - SW FW - MW - -
Contactors LC1D115 and D150 (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard)
U 0.75…1.2 Uc - BD - ED ND SD FD GD MD UD RD
Low consumption
Contactors LC1D09…D38 (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard)
Volts c 5 12 20 24 48 110 120 250
U 0.7…1.25 Uc AL JL ZL BL EL FL ML UL
Example of complete reference: LC1D09P7
5/12
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.

Motor control
1
690 V 1000 V on a supply, 690 V on c supply
40 A 50 A 65 A 80 A 95 A 115 A 150 A
60 A 80 A 80 A 125 A 200 A
11 kW 15 kW 18.5 kW 22 kW 25 kW 30 kW 40 kW
18.5 kW 22 kW 30 kW 37 kW 45 kW 55 kW 75 kW
22 kW 25 kW 30 kW 45 kW 45 kW 59 kW 80 kW
22 kW 30 kW 37 kW 55 kW 55 kW 75 kW 90 kW
30 kW 33 kW 37 kW 45 kW 45 kW 80 kW 100 kW
– – – 45 kW 45 kW 75 kW 90 kW
LC1D40A LC1D50A LC1D65A LC1D80 LC1D95 LC1D115 LC1D150
LC2D40A LC2D50A LC2D65A LC2D80 LC2D95 LC2D115 LC2D150
2
3
4
Mounting accessories for 3-pole reversing contactors
5
2 identical contactors with screw clamp terminals or connectors, horizontally mounted
Mechanical interlock Set of connections Mechanical interlock
■ with an electrical interlocking kit for the contactors
LC1-D09…D38 LAD-9R1V included
■ with integral electrical interlocking
LC1-D80 and D95 (a) LA9D8069 LA9D4002
LC1-D80 and D95 (c) LA9D8069 LA9D8002
LC1-D115 and D150 LA9D11569 LA9D11502
■ without electrical interlocking
LC1-D09…D38 LA99R1 included
LC1-D40A…D65A LAD9R3 included
LC1-D80 and D95 (a) LA9D8069 LA9D50978
LC1-D80 and D95 (c) LA9D8069 LA9D80978
6
7
8
9
Mechanical latch blocks
Clip-on front mounting, manual or electrical unlatching control
For use on contactor Reference Standard control circuit voltages
LC1D09…D65A a or c, LC1DT20…DT80 a or c LAD6K10• B E F M Q
LC1D80…D150 3P a, LC1D80 and D115 3P a, LC1D115 4P c LA6DK20• B E F M Q
10
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.
5/13

TeSys D
Motor control
Contactors
Auxiliary contacts
1
Contact type
instantaneous, connection by screw terminals
2
3
Block mounting Front mounting Side mounting
References Contact 1 NO LADN10 –
1 NC LADN01 –
1 NO + 1 NC LADN11 LAD8N11
2 NO LADN20 LAD8N20
2 NC LADN02 LAD8N02
2 NO + 2 NC LADN22 –
1 NO + 3 NC LADN13 –
3 NO + 1 NC LADN31 –
4 NO LADN40 –
4 NC LADN04 –
4
5
Contact type
Time delay, connection by screw terminals
6
Block mounting
Front mounting
Temporisation 0.1…3 s 0.1…30 s 10…180 s
References On-delay LADT0 LADT2 LADT4
Off-delay LADR0 LADR2 LADR4
Maximum number of auxiliary contacts that can be fitted
7
8
9
10
Instantaneous
Time delay
Type Number of poles Side mounting Front mounting Front
and size on left side on right side 1 contact 2 contacts 4 contacts mounting
AC 3P LC1D09…D38 1 – and – 1 or 1 or 1
LC1D40A…D65A 1 or 1 and – 1 or 1 or 1
LC1D80…95 (50/60 Hz) 1 1 or 2 and 1 or 1 or 1
LC1D80…95 (50 or 60 Hz) 1 1 and 2 and 1 or 1 or 1
LC1D115 and D150 1 – and – 1 or 1 or 1
4P LC1DT20…DT40 1 – and – 1 or 1 or 1
LC1DT60A…D80A 1 or 1 and – 1 or 1 or 1
LC1D115 1 1 and 1 or 1 or 1 or 1
DC 3P LC1D09…D38 – – – 1 or 1 or 1
DC low
consumption
LC1D40A…D65A 1 or 1 and – 1 or 1 or 1
LC1D80 and 95 – – 1 or 1 or 1 or 1
LC1D115 and D150 1 – and – 1 or 1 or 1
4P LC1DT20…DT40 – – – 1 or 1 or 1
LC1DT60A…D80A – – – 1 or 1 or 1
LC1D115 1 1 – and 1 or 1 or 1
3P LC1D09…D38 – – – 1 – –
4P LC1DT20…DT40 – – – 1 – –
5/14
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.

TeSys D
Motor control
Contactors
Suppressor modules
1
Type of module
RC circuits (Resistor-Capacitor)
Mounting Side clip-on Front clip-on Screw fixing
For use with contactor D09…D38(3P) DT20…DT40(4P) D40A…D65A(3P) DT60A…DT80A(4P) D80…D150(3P) D40…D115(4P)
References Voltage 24…48 VAC LAD4RCE LAD4RC3E LA4DA2E
50…127 VAC LAD4RCG LAD4RC3G LA4DA2G
110…240 VAC LAD4RCU LAD4RC3U LA4DA2U
380…415 VAC – LAD4RC3N LA4DA2N
2
3
Type of module
Varistors (peak limiting)
4
Mounting Side clip-on Front clip-on Screw fixing
For use with contactor D09…D38(3P) DT20…DT40(4P) D40A…D65A(3P) DT60A…DT80A(4P) D80…D150(3P) D40…D115(4P)
References Voltage 24…48 VAC LAD4VE LAD4V3E LA4DE2E
50…127 VAC LAD4VG LAD4V3G LA4DE2G
110…240 VAC LAD4VU LAD4V3U LA4DE2U
24…48 VDC – – LAD4DE3E (AC and DC)
50…127 VDC – – LAD4DE3G (AC and DC)
110…240 VDC – – LAD4DE3U (AC and DC)
5
6
Type of module
Flywheel diodes
Mounting Side clip-on Front clip-on Screw fixing
For use with contactor D09…D38(3P) DT20…DT40(4P) D40A…D65A(3P) DT60A…DT80A(4P) D80…D150(3P) D40…D115(4P)
References Voltage 24…250 VDC LAD4DDL LAD4D3U LAD4DC3U
7
8
Type of module
Bidirectional peak limiting diode
Mounting Side clip-on Front clip-on Screw fixing
For use with contactor D09…D38(3P) DT20…DT40(4P) D40A…D65A(3P) DT60A…DT80A(4P) D80…D150(3P) D40…D115(4P)
References Voltage 24 VAC LAD4TB LAD4T3B LA4DB2B
24 VDC LAD4TBDL LAD4T3B LA4DB2S
72 VAC LAD4TS LAD4T3S LA4DB3B
72 VDC LAD4TSDL LAD4T3S LA4DB3S
125 VDC LAD4TGDL LAD4T3G (AC and DC) –
250 VDC LAD4TUDL LAD4T3U (AC and DC) –
600 VDC LAD4TXDL LAD4T3R (AC and DC) –
9
10
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.
5/15

TeSys F
Motor control
Contactors
90…450 kW
1
2
3
4
Rated operational current Ie max AC-3 (Ue ≤ 440 V) 185 A 225 A 265 A 330 A
Ie AC-1 (θ ≤ 40° C) 275 A 315 V 350 A 400 A
Rated operational voltage 1 000 V 1 000 V 1 000 V 1 000 V
Number of poles 3 or 4 3 or 4 3 or 4 3 or 4
Rated operational power 220/240 V 55 kW 63 kW 75 kW 100 kW
in category AC3 380/400 V 90 kW 110 kW 132 kW 160 kW
415 V 100 kW 110 kW 140 kW 180 kW
440 V 100 kW 110 kW 140 kW 200 kW
500 V 110 kW 129 kW 160 kW 200 kW
660/690 V 110 kW 129 kW 160 kW 220 kW
1000 V 100 kW 100 kW 147 kW 160 kW
Contactor type* LC1F185 LC1F225 LC1F265 LC1F330
Reversing contactor type* LC2F185 LC2F225 LC2F265
* Basic reference to be completed by adding the coil voltage code
5
6
7
8
9
10
Standard control circuit voltages
a supply
Volts 24 48 110 115 120 208 220 230 240 380 400 415 440
Contactors LC1F115…F225 (0.85…1.1 Uc)
50 Hz (coil LX1) B5 E5 F5 FE5 - - M5 P5 U5 Q5 V5 N5 -
60 Hz (coil LX1) - E6 F6 - G6 L6 M6 - U6 Q6 - - R6U7
40…400 Hz (coil LX9) - E7 F7 FE7 G7 L7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7
Contactors LC1F265…F330U7
40…400 Hz (coil LX1) B7 E7 F7 FE7 G7 L7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7
Contactors LC1F400…F630U7
40…400 Hz (coil LX1) - E7 F7 FE7 G7 (1) L7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7
Contactor LC1F780U7
40…400 Hz (coil LX1) - - F7 FE7 F7 L7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7
Contactor LC1F800U7
40…400 Hz (coil LX1) - - FE7 FE7 FE7 - P7 P7 P7 V7 V7 V7 V7Y7
c supply
Volts 24 48 110 125 220 230 250 400 440
Contactors LC1F115…F330 (0.85…1.1 Uc)
(coil LX4-F) BD ED FD GD MD MD UD - RD
Contactors LC1F400…F630 (0.85…1.1 Uc)
(coil LX4-F) - ED FD GD MD - UD - RD
Contactor LC1F780 (0.85…1.1 Uc)
(coil LX4-F) - - FD GD MD - UD - RD
Contactor LC1F800 (0.85…1.1 Uc)
(coil LX4-F) - - FW FW MW MW - QW -
Contactor LC1F1250
(coil LX4F) - ED FD - MD - UD - - - - - -
Contactor LC1F1400
(coil LX4F) - - FD GD MD - UD - RD - - - -
Example: For a 630 A contactor with a 110 V a coil, order LC1F630F7
(1) F7 for LC1-F630
5/16
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.

Motor control
1
400 A 500 A 630 A 780 A 800 A - -
500 A 700 A 1 000 A 1 600 A 1 000 A 1260 1400
1 000 V 1 000 V 1 000 V 1 000 V 1 000 V 1000 1000
2, 3 or 4 2, 3 or 4 2, 3 or 4 3 or 4 3 3 3
110 kW 147 kW 200 kW 220 kW 250 kW Sans objets Sans objets
200 kW 250 kW 335 kW 400 kW 450 kW en AC1 en AC1
220 kW 280 kW 375 kW 425 kW 450 kW - -
250 kW 295 kW 400 kW 425 kW 450 kW - -
257 kW 355 kW 400 kW 450 kW 450 kW - -
280 kW 335 kW 450 kW 475 kW 475 kW - -
185 kW 335 kW 450 kW 450 kW 450 kW - -
LC1F400 LC1F500 LC1F630 LC1F780 LC1F800 LC1F1250 LC1F1400
For customer assembly - -
2
3
4
5
Auxiliary contact blocks
■ instantaneous dust & damp protected contacts ■ time delay 1 NO + 1 NC
Composition Reference Composition Reference Composition Reference Composition Reference Type Range Reference
NO NC NO NC NO NC NO NC
1 - LADN10 1 1 LADN11 2 2 LADN22 2 - - - LA1DX20 On-delay 0.1…3 s LADT0
- 1 LADN01 2 - LADN20 1 3 LADN13 2 2 - - LA1DY20 0.1…30 s LADT2
- 2 LADN02 4 - LADN40 2 - 2 - LA1DZ40 10…180 s LADT4
- 4 LADN04 2 - 1 1 LA1DZ31 1…30 s LADS2
3 1 LADN31 Off-delay 0.1…3 s LADR0
2 2 LADC22 0.1…30 s LADR2
10…180 s LADR4
6
7
Mounting accessories for 3-pole reversing contactors for motor control
8
2 identical contactors, horizontally mounted
Mechanical interlock with an electrical interlocking kit for the contactors
Contactor type Set of connections Mechanical interlock
LC1F115 LA9FF976 LA9FF970
LC1F150 LA9F15076 LA9FF970
LC1F185 LA9FG976 LA9FG970
LC1F225 LA9F22576 LA9FG970
LC1F265 LA9FH976 LA9FJ970
LC1F330 LA9FJ976 LA9FJ970
LC1F400 LA9FJ976 LA9FJ970
LC1F500 LA9FK976 LA9FJ970
LC1F630 or LC1F800 LA9FL976 LA9FL970
LCIF1250 - -
LCIF1400 - -
9
10
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.
5/17

TeSys
GV2-ME, GV2-P
Motor control
Thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers
0.06…15 kW
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers GV2-ME and GV2-P for connection by screw clamp terminals
GV2-ME with pushbutton control, GV2-P control by rotary knob
Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 Setting range Magnetic Reference
400/415 V 500 V 690 V of thermal tripping
P Icu Ics (1) P Icu Ics (1) P Icu Ics (1) trips current
kW kA kW kA kW kA A A (d ± 20%)
- - - - - - - - - 0.1…0.16 1.5 GV2ME01 GV2P01
0.06 g g - - - - - - 0.16…0.25 2.4 GV2ME02 GV2P02
0.09 g g - - - - - - 0.25…0.40 5 GV2ME03 GV2P03
0.12 g g - - - 0.37 g g 0.40…0.63 8 GV2ME04 GV2P04
0.18 g g - - - - - - 0.40…0.63 8 GV2ME04 GV2P04
0.25 g g - - - 0.55 g g- 0.63…1 13 GV2ME05 GV2P05
0.37 g g 0.37 g g - - - 1…1.6 22.5 GV2ME06 GV2P06
0.55 g g 0.55 g g 0.75 g g 1…1.6 22.5 GV2ME06 GV2P06
- - - 0.75 g g 1.1 g g 1…1.6 22.5 GV2ME06 GV2P06
0.75 g g 1.1 g g 1.5 3 75 1.6…2.5 33.5 GV2ME07
0.75 g g 1.1 g g 1.5 8 100 1.6…2.5 33.5 GV2P07
1.1 g g 1.5 g g 2.2 3 75 2.5…4 51 GV2ME08
1.1 g g 1.5 g g 2.2 8 100 2.5…4 51 GV2P08
1.5 g g 2.2 g g 3 3 75 2.5…4 51 GV2ME08
1.5 g g 2.2 g g 3 3 100 2.5…4 51 GV2P08
2.2 g g 3 50 100 4 3 75 4…6.3 78 GV2ME10
2.2 g g 3 g g 4 6 100 4…6.3 78 GV2P10
3 g g 4 10 100 5.5 3 75 6…10 138 GV2ME14
3 g g 4 50 100 5.5 6 100 6…10 138 GV2P14
4 g g 5.5 10 100 7.5 3 75 6…10 138 GV2ME14
4 g g 5.5 50 100 7.5 6 100 6…10 138 GV2P14
5.5 15 50 7.5 6 75 9 3 75 9…14 170 GV2ME16
5.5 g g 7.5 42 75 9 6 100 9…14 170 GV2P16
- - - - - - 11 3 75 9…14 170 GV2ME16
- - - - - - 11 6 100 9…14 170 GV2P16
7.5 15 50 9 6 75 15 3 75 13…18 223 GV2ME20
7.5 50 50 9 10 75 15 4 100 13…18 223 GV2P20
9 15 40 11 4 75 18.5 3 75 17…23 327 GV2ME21
9 50 50 11 10 75 18.5 4 100 17…23 327 GV2P21
11 15 40 15 4 75 - - - 20…25 327 GV2ME22 (2)
11 50 50 15 10 75 - - - 20…25 327 GV2P22
15 10 50 18.5 4 75 22 3 75 24…32 416 GV2ME32
15 50 50 18.5 10 75 22 4 100 24…32 416 GV2P32
g > 100 kA
(1) as % of Icu
(2) combined with a recommended contactor
Thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers GV2-ME for connection by spring terminals
Add the figure 3 to the end of the reference. Example: GV2ME22 becomes GV2ME223
Thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers GV2-ME for connection by ring terminals
Add the figure 6 to the end of the reference. Example: GV2ME32 becomes GV2ME326
TeSys extended rotary handles
These handles are suitable for the following products GV2 -P & GV2 - L GV3-P & GV3 - L TeSys U
Kit IP54 black handle GV2APN01 GV3APN01 LU9APN21
IP54 kit red handle and yellow front GV2APN02 GV3APN02 LU9APN22
IP65 kit red handle and yellow front GV2APN04 GV3APN04 LU9APN24
Common accessories GV2 / GV3, see page 5/21
5/18
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.

TeSys
GV2-L, GV2-LE
Motor control
Magnetic circuit-breakers
0.06 to 15 kW
1
Magnetic circuit-breakers GV2-LE and GV2-L for connection by screw clamp terminals
GV2-LE control by rocker lever, GV2-L control by rotary knob
Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 Magnetic Tripping Use in association Reference
400/415 V 500 V 690 V protection current with thermal
P Icu Ics (1) P Icu Ics (1) P Icu Ics (1) rating d ± 20% overload relay
kW kA kW kA kW kA A A
0.06 g g - - - - - - 0.4 5 LR2K0302 GV2LE03
0.09 g g - - - - - - 0.4 5 LR2K0304 GV2LE03
or LRD03
GV2L03
0.12 g g - - - 0.37 g g 0.63 8 LR2K0304 GV2LE04
or LRD04
GV2L04
0.18 g g - - - - - - 0.63 8 LR2K0305 GV2LE04
or LRD04
GV2L04
- - - - - - 0.55 g g 1 13 LR2K0305 GV2LE05
or LRD05
GV2L05
0.25 g g - - - - - - 1 13 LR2K0306 GV2LE05
or LRD05
GV2L05
- - - - - - 0.75 g g 1 13 LR2K0306 GV2LE05
or LRD06
GV2L05
0.37 g g 0.37 g g - - - 1 13 LR2K0306 GV2LE05
or LRD05
GV2L05
0.55 g g 0.55 g g 1.1 g g 1.6 22.5 LR2K0307 GV2LE06
or LRD06
GV2L06
- - - 0.75 g g - - - 1.6 22.5 LR2K0307 GV2LE06
or LRD06
GV2L06
0.75 g g 1.1 g g 1.5 3 75 2.5 33.5 LR2K0308 GV2LE07
0.75 g g 1.1 g g 1.5 4 100 2.5 33.5 LRD07 GV2L07
1.1 g g - - - - - - 2.5 33.5 LR2K0308 GV2LE08
or LRD08
GV2L08
1.5 g g 1.5 g g 3 3 75 4 51 LR2K0310 GV2LE08
1.5 g g 1.5 g g 3 4 100 4 51 LRD08 GV2L08
- - - 2.2 g g - - - 4 51 LR2K0312 GV2LE08
or LRD08
GV2L08
2.2 g g 3 50 100 4 3 75 6.3 78 LR2K0312 GV2LE10
2.2 g g 3 g g 4 4 100 6.3 78 LRD10 GV2L10
3 g g 4 10 100 5.5 3 75 10 138 LR2K0314 GV2LE14
3 g g 4 10 100 5.5 4 100 10 138 LRD12 GV2L14
4 g g 5.5 10 100 - - - 10 138 LR2K0316 GV2LE14
or LRD14
GV2L14
- - - - - - 7.5 3 75 10 138 LRD14 GV2LE14
- - - - - - 7.5 4 100 10 138 LRD14 GV2L14
- - - - - - 9 3 75 14 170 LRD16 GV2LE16
- - - - - - 9 4 100 14 170 LRD16 GV2L16
5.5 15 50 7.5 6 75 11 3 75 14 170 LR2K0321 GV2LE16
5.5 50 50 7.5 10 75 11 4 100 14 170 LRD16 GV2L16
7.5 15 50 9 6 75 15 3 75 18 223 LRD21 GV2LE20
7.5 50 50 9 10 75 15 4 100 18 223 LRD21 GV2L20
9 15 40 11 4 75 18.5 3 75 25 327 LRD22 GV2LE22
9 50 50 11 10 75 18.5 4 100 25 327 LRD22 GV2L22
11 15 40 15 4 75 - - - 25 327 LRD22 GV2LE22
11 50 50 15 10 75 - - - 25 327 LRD22 GV2L22
15 10 50 18.5 4 75 22 3 75 32 416 LRD32 GV2LE32
15 50 50 18.5 10 75 22 4 100 32 416 LRD32 GV2L32
g > 100 kA
(1) as % of Icu
Common accessories GV2 / GV3, see page 5/21
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.
5/19
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

TeSys
GV3-P/GV3-L
Motor control
Circuit-breakers
Thermal-magnetic 5.5…30 kW
with EverLink terminal blocks
1
2
3
4
Thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers GV3-P for connection by EverLink terminal blocks (2)
Control by rotary knob
Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 Setting range Reference
400/415 V 500 V 660/690 V of thermal
P Icu Ics (1) P Icu Ics (1) P Icu Ics (1) trips
kW kA kW kA kW kA A
5.5 100 50 7.5 12 50 11 6 50 9…13 GV3P13
7.5 100 50 11 12 50 15 6 50 12…18 GV3P18
11 100 50 15 12 50 18.5 6 50 17…25 GV3P25
15 100 50 18.5 12 50 22 6 50 23…32 GV3P32
18.5 50 50 22 10 50 30 5 60 30…40 GV3P40
22 50 50 30 10 50 37 5 60 37…50 GV3P50
30 50 50 37 10 50 45 5 60 48…65 GV3P65
(1) as % of lcu
Thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers GV3-P for connection by ring terminals
Add the figure 6 to the end of the reference. Example: GV3-P13 becomes GV3-P136
Thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers GV3-P for connection by only 1 EverLink terminal block
Add the figure 1 to the end of the reference. Example: GV3P65 becomes GV3P651
5
6
7
8
9
Magnetic 11…30 kW
with EverLink terminal blocks
Magnetic circuit-breakers GV3-L for connection by EverLink terminal blocks (2)
Control by rotary knob
Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 Associated equipment Circuit-breaker
400/415 V 500 V 690 V Thermal Short-circuit
P Icu Ics P Icu Ics P Icu Ics overload protection
kW kA kW kA kW kA relay Rating A Reference
11 100 50 15 12 50 18.5 6 50 LRD325 25 GV3L25
15 100 50 18.5 12 50 22 6 50 LRD332 32 GV3L32
18.5 50 50 22 10 50 30 5 60 LRD340 40 GV3L40
22 50 50 30 10 50 45 5 60 LRD350 50 GV3L50
30 50 50 37 10 50 45 5 60 LRD365 65 GV3L65
Magnetic circuit-breakers GV3-L for connection by ring terminals
Add the figure 6 to the end of the reference. Example: GV3-L25 becomes GV3-L256
Magnetic circuit-breakers GV3-L for connection by only 1 EverLink terminal block
Add the figure 1 to the end of the reference. Example: GV3L65 becomes GV3L651
(2) 4 mm BTR screw
Add-on blocks and accessories (3)
Add-on blocks (front)
Fault signalling contact + instantaneous auxiliary contact
Contact type NO (fault) + NC NO (fault) + NO
References (4) GV-AED011 GV AED101
10
Accessories Cover Busbars
Type
IP20 for lug IP20 for lug “Wide spacing” Set of 3‐pole Set of 3‐pole “S” form for side
type terminals
type terminals
UL 508 type E 115 A busbars 115 A busbars
for 2 .
for 3 .
by side mounted
when used with
contactor
circuit-breakers circuit-breakers circuit-breaker/
contactor
References LAD96570 LAD96575 GV3G66 GV3G264 GV3G364 GV3S
(3) Common add-on blocks and accessories GV2 / GV3, see page 5/21
(4) For spring terminal version add 3 to the end of the reference. Example: GV-AED011 becomes GV-AED0113
5/20
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.

TeSys
GV2/GV3
Motor control
Circuit-breakers
Accessories
1
(TeSys rotating handles)
Combination block GV2
For mounting on LC1-K or LP1-K LC1-D09…D38 LAD-31 and LC1-D09…D38
GV2AF01 GV2AF3 GV2AF4
Sets of 3-pole busbars GV2
63 A Pitch 45 mm 54 mm 72 mm
Number of tap-offs 2 GV2G245 GV2G254 GV2G272
3 GV2G345 GV2G354
4 GV2G445 GV2G454 GV2G472
5 GV2G554
Protective end cover GV2
For unused busbar outlets
GV1G10
Terminal blocks GV2
For supply to one or more GV2-G busbar sets connection from the top can be fitted with current limiter GV1-L3 (GV2-ME and GV2-P)
GV1G09
GV1G05
Padlockable external operator for GV2 and GV3 (150 to 290 mm)
Padlocking In “On” and “Off” position In “Off” position
Handle black red
Legend plate blue yellow
IP 54 For GV2-ME/P/L GV2AP01 GV2AP02
For GV2-LE GV2AP03 –
For GV3-P/L GV3AP01 GV3AP02
2
3
4
5
TeSys rotating handles for GV2-P GV3-P
Kit IP54 black handle GV2APN01 GV3APN01
IP54 kit red/yellow handle GV2APN02 GV3APN02
IP65 kit red/yellow handle GV2APN04 GV3APN04
Contact blocks common to GV2 / GV3
NO + NC NO + NC NO + NO (fault) + NC (fault) + NO CO common
Instantaneous auxiliary contacts
point
Mounting front GVAE1 GVAE11 GVAE20
LH side GVAN11 GVAN20
Fault signalling contact + instantaneous auxiliary contact
LH side NO (fault) GVAD1001 GVAD1010
NC (fault) GVAD0101 GVAD0110
Short-circuit signalling contact
LH side
GVAM11
Electric trips for GV2 and GV3 : undervoltage or shunt (1)
Side mounting (1 block on RH side of circuit-breaker) 50 Hz 60 Hz
Voltage 24 V GVA•025 GVA•026
48 V GVA•055 GVA•056
100 V GVA•107
100…110 V GVA•107
110…115 V GVA•115 GVA•116
120…127 V GVA•125
127 V GVA•115
200 V GVA•207
200…220 V GVA•207
220…240 V GVA•225 GVA•226
380…400 V GVA•385 GVA•386
415…440 V GVA•415
415 V GVA•416
Padlocking device
For use with up to 4 padlocks (padlocks not supplied) Ø 6 mm shank max GV2V03
(1) Undervoltage trips: replace the • with U, shunt trips: replace the • with S
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.
5/21
6
7
8
9
10

TeSys
GV7-R
Motor control
Thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers
0.75…90 kW
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers GV7-R for connection by screw clamp terminals
Control by rocker lever
Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 Setting range Reference
400/415 V 500 V 660/690 V of thermal
P Icu Ics (1) P Icu Ics (1) P Icu Ics (1) trips
kW kA kW kA kW kA A
7.5 25 100 9 18 100 11 8 100 12…20 GV7RE20
9 25 100 11 18 100 15 8 100
7.5 70 100 9 50 100 11 10 100 12…20 GV7RS20
9 70 100 11 50 100 15 10 100
9 25 100 11 18 100 15 8 100 15…25 GV7RE25
11 25 100 15 18 100 18.5 8 100
9 70 100 11 50 100 15 10 100 15…25 GV7RS25
11 70 50 15 50 100 18.5 10 100
18.5 25 100 18.5 18 100 22 8 100 25…40 GV7RE40
22 18 100
18.5 70 100 18.5 50 100 22 10 100 25…40 GV7RS40
22 25 100 30 18 100 30 8 100 30…50 GV7RE50
37 25 100 45 18 100 55 8 100 48…80 GV7RE80
55 18 100
37 70 100 45 50 100 55 10 100 48…80 GV7RS80
55 50 100
45 25 100 - 18 100 75 8 100 60…100 GV7RE100
45 70 100 - 50 100 75 10 100 60…100 GV7RS100
55 35 100 75 30 100 90 8 100 90…150 GV7RE150
75 70 100 90 30 100 110 8 100
55 70 100 75 50 100 90 10 100 90…150 GV7RS150
75 70 100 90 50 100 110 10 100
90 35 100 110 30 100 160 8 100 132…220 GV7RE220
110 35 100 132 30 100 200 8 100
160 30 100
90 70 100 110 50 100 160 10 100 132…220 GV7RS220
(1) as % of Icu
8
9
10
5/22
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.

Motor control
1
Add-on blocks
GV7-AE11, AB11
Contact blocks
Auxiliary contacts
Contact type
CO
GV7AE11
Thermal or magnetic fault discrimination
z 24…48 V or c 24…72 V
z 110…240 V
GV7AD111
GV7AD112
Electric trips
Voltage 50/60 Hz 48 V 110… 130 V 200… 240 V 380…440 V
50 Hz 525 V
Undervoltage trip (1) GV7AU055 GV7AU107 GV7AU207 GV7AU387 GV7AU525
Shunt trip (1) GV7AS055 GV7AS107 GV7AS207 GV7AS387 GV7AS525
(1) For mounting of a GV7-AD or a GV7-AU or AS
2
3
4
Accessories
Terminal shields IP 405
Supplied with sealing accessory
GV7AC01
Phase barriers
Safety accessories
GV7AC04
used when fitting of shields is impossible
Insulating screens
Ensure insulation between
GV7AC05
the connections and the backplate
Kit for combination with contactor
Allowing link between the circuit-breaker and the contactor LC1-F115 to F185 LC1-F225 and F26 LC1-D115 and D150
GV7AC06 GV7AC07 GV7AC08
Rotary handles
Handle black red
Legend plate black yellow
■ direct IP 40 GV7AP03 GV7AP04
■ extended IP 55 GV7AP01 GV7AP02
Conversion accessory
for mounting on enclosure door IP 43 GV7AP05
Locking device
For circuit-breaker not fitted with a rotary handle
GV7V01
5
6
7
8
9
10
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.
5/23

TeSys
GV3-ME
Motor control
Thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers
37 kW
1
2
3
Thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers GV3-ME for connection by screw clamp terminals
Pushbutton control
Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 Setting range Reference
400/415 V 500 V 660/690 V of thermal
P Icu Ics (1) P Icu Ics (1) P Icu Ics (1) trips
kW kA kW kA kW kA A
37 15 50 45 4 100 55 2 100 56…80 GV3ME80
(1) as % of Icu
4
5
6
7
Add-on blocks for GV3-ME
Contact blocks
Instantaneous auxiliary contacts (1 per breaker)
Normal early break type contacts NC + NO NO + NO NC + NO + NO NO + NO + NO NO + NO (1) NC + NO (1)
GV3A01 GV3A02 GV3A03 GV3A05 GV3A06 GV3A07
Fault signalling contact
Normal early break type contacts NC NO
GV3A08
GV3A09
Electric trips
Voltage 50 Hz 110, 120, 127 V 220, 240 V 380, 415 V
60 Hz 120, 127 V 277 V 440, 480 V
Undervoltage trip GV3B11 GV3B22 GV3B38
Shunt trip GV3D11 GV3D22 GV3D38
Padlocking device
Start button (for bare device)
GV1V02
(1) + 2 volt free terminals
8
9
10
5/24
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.

TeSys
GK3-EF
Motor control
Magnetic circuit-breakers
37 kW
1
Magnetic circuit-breakers GK3-EF for connection by screw clamp terminals
Control by rotary knob
Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 Associated equipment Circuit-breaker
400/415 V 500 V 690 V Thermal Short-circuit
P Icu Ics P Icu Ics P Icu Ics overload relay protection
kW kA kW kA kW kA min. size Rating A Reference
37 35 25 45 15 30 - - - LRD-3363 80 GK3EF80
2
3
4
Add-on blocks for GK3
Contact blocks
Contact type NO NO + NO NC + NO NC NO
On-Off signalling contacts GK2AX10 GK2AX20 GK2AX50
and “Control circuit test” function (1 or 2 blocks per device)
mounted on RH side of GK3-EF
Instantaneous fault signalling contacts GK2AX12 GK2AX22 GK2AX52
(1 or 2 blocks per device) mounted on LH side of GK3-EF
Fault signalling contact (1) GV3A08 GV3A09
(1) 1 trip OR 1 fault signalling contact to be fitted inside the circuit-breaker.
5
6
7
8
Accessories for GK3
Padlocking device
for padlocking the operator with up to 3 padlocks (padlocks not supplied)
External operator
for mounting on enclosure door.
Red Ø 40 pushbutton on yellow plate, can be locked in
position O by means of up to 3 padlocks with door locked in
position I, and door locked in position O when padlocked
GK3AV01
GK3AP03
9
10
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.
5/25

TeSys K
Motor control
Thermal overload relays
0.11…11.5 A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Thermal overload relays, TeSys K
adjustable from 0.11 to 12 A
Connection by screw clamp terminals, direct mounting on contactors LC1-K, manual or automatic reset
Relay setting range Fuses to be used with selected relay Reference
Class 10A aM gG BS88
0.11…0.16 A 0.25 A 0.5 A - LR2K0301
0.16…0.23 A 0.25 A 0.5 A - LR2K0302
0.23…0.36 A 0.5 A 1 A - LR2K0303
0.36…0.54 A 1 A 1.6 A - LR2K0304
0.54…0.8 A 1 A 2 A - LR2K0305
0.8…1.2 A 2 A 4 A 6 A LR2K0306
1.2…1.8 A 2 A 6 A 6 A LR2K0307
1.8…2.6 A 2 A 6 A 10 A LR2K0308
2.6…3.7 A 4 A 10 A 16 A LR2K0310
3.7…5.5 A 6 A 16 A 16 A LR2K0312
5.5…8 A 8 A 20 A 20 A LR2K0314
8…11.5 A 10 A 25 A 20 A LR2K0316
Thermal overload relays for use on class 10A unbalanced loads: for above references LR2-K0305 to LR2-K0316 only, replace the prefix LR2 with LR7.
Example: LR7-K0310.
Accessories
Prewiring kit
Allowing direct connection of the NC contact
For use on
of relay LRD-01…35 or LR3-D01… D35 to the contactor LC1D09…D18 LAD7C1
LC1D25…D38
LAD7C2
Terminal blocks (1)
For clip-on mounting on 35 mm mounting rail (AM1-DP200) LRD01…35 and LR3D01…D35 LAD7B10
or screw fixing LRD3•••, LR3D3•••, LRD35•• LA7D3064 (2)
For independent mounting of the relay LR2K•••• LA7K0064
EverLink Terminal blocks
Separate terminal block LRD313… LRD365 LAD9R3
Terminal block adapter
For mounting a relay beneath an LC1-D115 or D150 contactor LRD3•••, LR3D3•••, LRD35•• LA7D3058
Stop or electrical reset
Remote (3) LRD01…35 and LR3D01…D35 LAD703• (4)
Tripping or electrical reset device
Remote (3) All relays except LRD01…35 and LR3D01…D35 LA7D03• (4)
(1) Terminal blocks are supplied with terminals protected against direct finger contact and screws in the open “ready-to-tighten” position.
(2) To order a terminal block for connection by lug-clamps, the reference becomes LA7-D30646.
(3) The time for which the coil of remote tripping or electrical resetting device LA7-D03 or LAD-703 can remain energised depends on its rest time: 1 s pulse duration with 9 s rest
time; maximum pulse duration of 20 s with a rest time of 300 s. Minimum pulse time 200 ms.
(4) Reference to be completed by adding the code indicating the control circuit voltage.
Standard control circuit voltages
a supply
Volts 12 24 48 96 110 220/230 380/400 415/440
50/60 Hz. Consumption, inrush and sealed < 100 VA - B E - F M Q N
c supply
Consumption, inrush and sealed < 100 W J B E DD F M - -
5/26
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.

TeSys D
Motor control
Thermal overload relays
0.1…140 A
1
Thermal overload relays, TeSys D
adjustable from 0.1 to 140 A
Compensated relays with manual or automatic reset, with relay trip indicator, for a.c. or d.c.
Relay setting range Fuses to be used with selected relay With contactor Reference
Connection by screw clamp terminals or connectors aM gG BS88
Class 10A 0.10…0.16 A 0.25 A 2 A - LC1D09…D38 LRD01 (1)
0.16…0.25 A 0.5 A 2 A - LC1D09…D38 LRD02 (1)
0.25…0.40 A 1 A 2 A - LC1D09…D38 LRD03 (1)
0.40…0.63 A 1 A 1.6 A - LC1D09…D38 LRD04 (1)
0.63…1 A 2 A 4 A - LC1D09…D38 LRD05 (1)
1…1.7 A 2 A 4 A 6 A LC1D09…D38 LRD06 (1)
1.6…2.5 A 4 A 6 A 10 A LC1D09…D38 LRD07 (1)
2.5…4 A 6 A 10 A 16 A LC1D09…D38 LRD08 (1)
4…6 A 8 A 16 A 16 A LC1D09…D38 LRD10 (1)
5.5…8 A 12 A 20 A 20 A LC1D09…D38 LRD12 (1)
7…10 A 12 A 20 A 20 A LC1D09…D38 LRD14 (1)
9…13 A 16 A 25 A 25 A LC1D12…D38 LRD16 (1)
12…18 A 20 A 35 A 32 A LC1D18…D38 LRD21 (1)
16…24 A 25 A 50 A 50 A LC1D25…D38 LRD22 (1)
23…32 A 40 A 63 A 63 A LC1D25…D38 LRD32 (1)
30…38 A 50 A 80 A 80 A LC1D32 and D38 LRD35 (1)
55…70 A 80 A 125 A 125 A D50…D95 LRD3361 (1)
63…80 A 80 A 125 A 125 A D65…D95 LRD3363 (1)
80…104 A 100 A 160 A 160 A D80 and D95 LRD3365 (1)
80…104 A 125 A 200 A 160 A D115 and D150 LRD4365 (1)
95…120 A 125 A 200 A 200 A D115 and D150 LRD4367 (1)
110…140 A 160 A 250 A 200 A D150 LRD4369 (1)
80…104 A 100 A 160 A 160 A Independent mtg. LRD33656 (1)
95…120 A 125 A 200 A 200 A Independent mtg. LRD33676 (1)
110…140 A 160 A 250 A 200 A Independent mtg. LRD33696 (1)
Class 20 6 A 10 A 16 A LC1D09…D32 LRD1508 (1)
4…6 A 8 A 16 A 16 A LC1D09…D32 LRD1510 (1)
5.5…8 A 12 A 20 A 20 A LC1D09…D32 LRD1512 (1)
7…10 A 16 A 20 A 25 A LC1D09…D32 LRD1514 (1)
9…13 A 16 A 25 A 25 A LC1D12…D32 LRD1516 (1)
12…18 A 25 A 35 A 40 A LC1D18…D32 LRD1521 (1)
17…25 A 32 A 50 A 50 A LC1D25 and D32 LRD1522 (1)
23…28 A 40 A 63 A 63 A LC1D25 and D32 LRD1530 (1)
25…32 A 40 A 63 A 63 A LC1D25 and D32 LRD1532 (1)
55…70 A 100 A 125 A 125 A D65…D95 LR2D3561 (1)
63…80 A 100 A 160 A 125 A D80 and D95 LR2D3563 (1)
Connection by EverLink terminal blocks, with BTR screws
Class 10A 9…13 A 16 A 25 A 25 A LC1D40A…D65A LRD313 (2)
12…18 A 20 A 32 A 35 A LC1D40A…D65A LRD318 (2)
17…25 A 25 A 50 A 50 A LC1D40A…D65A LRD325 (2)
23…32 A 40 A 63 A 63 A LC1D40A…D65A LRD332 (2)
30…40 A 40 A 80 A 80 A LC1D40A…D65A LRD340 (2)
37…50 A 63 A 100 A 100 A LC1D40A…D65A LRD350 (2)
48…65 A 63 A 100 A 100 A LC1D40A…D65A LRD365 (2)
Class 20 9…13 A 20 A 32 A 35 A LC1D40A…D65A LRD313L (2)
12…18 A 25 A 40 A 40 A LC1D40A…D65A LRD318L (2)
17…25 A 32 A 50 A 50 A LC1D40A…D65A LRD325L (2)
23…32 A 40 A 63 A 63 A LC1D40A…D65A LRD332L (2)
30…40 A 50 A 80 A 80 A LC1D40A…D65A LRD340L (2)
37…50 A 63 A 100 A 100 A LC1D40A…D65A LRD350L (2)
48…65 A 80 A 125 A 125 A LC1D40A…D65A LRD365L (2)
Class 10A with connection by lug-clamps:
Select overload relay with screw clamp terminals or connectors from the table above and add
one of the following suffixes:
b figure 6 for relays LRD01 to LRD35 and LRD313 to LRD365.
b A66 for relays LRD3361 to LRD3365.
Relays LRD43 are suitable as standard, for use with lug-clamps.
Thermal overload relays for use with unbalanced loads Class 10A
with connection by screw clamp terminals and lug-clamp terminals:
In the reference selected above, change LRD(except..LRD4ppp) to LR3D
Example: LRD01 becomes LR3D 01
Example with EverLink terminals: LRD340 becomes LR3D 340
Example with lug-clamp terminals: LRD3406 becomes LR3D 3406
(1) For independent mounting on a DIN rail, order an EverLink LAD7B106 terminal block. (2) For independent mtg..on a DIN rail, order an EverLink LAD96560 terminal block.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.
5/27

TeSys
LR9
Motor control
Electronic thermal overload relays
60…630 A
1
2
For use with contactor LC1-D LC1-F
Motor current 60…150 A 30…630 A
Basic reference, to be completed LR9D LR9F
3
4
5
6
7
Relay setting range Fuse to be used with selected relay For mounting. Compensated and differential With alarm
beneath contactor LC1-
aM gG Class 10 Class 20 Class 10 or 20
60…100 100 160 D115 and D150 LR9D5367 LR9D5567
90…150 160 250 D115 and D150 LR9D5369 LR9F5569
30…50 50 80 F115…F185 LR9F5357 LR9F5557 LR9F57
48…80 80 125 F115…F185 LR9F5363 LR9F5563 LR9F63
60…100 100 200 F115…F185 LR9F5367 LR9F5567 LR9F67
90…150 160 250 F115…F185 LR9F5369 LR9F5569 LR9F69
132…220 250 315 F185…F400 LR9F5371 LR9F5571 LR9F71
200…330 400 500 F225…F500 LR9F7375 LR9F7575 LR9F75
300…500 500 800 F225…F500 LR9F7379 LR9F7579 LR9F79
380…630 630 800 F400…F630 and F800 LR9F7381 LR9F7581 LR9F81
8
9
10
Accessories
Remote control
Function Reset Stop and/or Reset
Electrical reset (1) LA7D03• (2)
Reset by flexible cable (length 0.5 m)
LA7D305
Adapter for door interlock mechanism
LA7D1020
Operating head for pushbutton
Spring return ZA2BL639 ZA2BL432
Rod with snap-off end
Adjustable from 17 to 120 mm
ZA2BZ13
Insulated terminal blocks
For relays LR9-F5•57, F5•63, F5•67, F5•69, F57, F63, F67 and F69 Set of 2 blocks
LA9F103
(1) The time for which the coil of remote electrical reset device LA7-D03 can remain energised depends on its rest time: 1 s pulse with 9 s rest time; 5 s pulse duration with 30 s
rest time; 10 s pulse duration with 90 s rest time: maximum pulse duration 20 s with rest time of 300 s. Minimum pulse time: 200 ms.
(2) Reference to be completed by adding the coil voltage code, see page 5/27
5/28
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.

TeSys
LR/LT
Motor control
Electronic overcurrent relays
0.3…38 A
1
Relay type
Electronic overcurrent relays
TeSys LR97D
Relay setting range 0.3…1.5 A 1.2…7 A 5…25 A 20…38 A
For use with contactor LC1D09…D38 LC1D25…D38
References 200… 240 VAC LR97D015M7 LR97D07M7 LR97D025M7 LR97D038M7
100… 120 VAC LR97D015F7 LR97D07F7 LR97D025F7 LR97D038F7
24 VAC/DC LR97D015B LR97D07B LR97D025B LR97D038B
48 VAC/DC LR97D015E LR97D07E LR97D025E LR97D038E
0.5…60 A
2
3
.
4
Relay type
Electronic overcurrent relays
TeSys LT47 with manual reset
Relay setting range 0.5…6 A 3…30 A 5…60 A
References 200… 240 VAC LT4706M7S LT47D30M7S LT4760M7S
100… 120 VAC LT47D06F7S LT47D30F7S LT4760F7S
24 VAC/DC LT47D06BS LT47D30BS LT4760BS
48 VAC/DC LT47D06ES LT47D30ES LT4760ES
5
6
7
Relay type
Electronic overcurrent relays
TeSys LT47 with automatic reset
Relay setting range 0.5…6 A 3…30 A 5…60 A
References 200… 240 VAC LT4706M7A LT47D30M7A LT4760M7A
Accessories: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.
100… 120 VAC LT47D06F7A LT47D30F7A LT4760F7A
24 VAC/DC LT47D06BA LT47D30BA LT4760BA
48 VAC/DC LT47D06EA LT47D30EA LT4760EA
8
9
10
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.
5/29

chapter 6
Variable
speed drives
All technical information about products listed in this
catalogue are available on: www.schneider-electric.com

Contents
Variable speed drives
bb
Introduction to hoisting field
vv
Compact Drives up to 15 kw:
Altivar 312, compact.........................................................................................6/2
Altivar 32, book format................................................................................. 6/3
vv
Heavy duty Drives up to 2000kW
Altivar 71, high performance for hoisting...................................................... 6/4
vv
Active Front End (AFE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6/6
vv
Braking & Hoist Resistors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6/7
1
2
vv
Your application, our solution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6/8
vv
Main characteristics by product . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6/9
bb
Altivar 312 for simple industrial machines
3
vv
Compact drives, 0.18…15 kW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6/10
bb
Altivar 32 for complex machines
vv
Compact drives, 0.18…15 kW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6/11
4
bb
Altivar 71 for complex, high-power machines
vv
High performance drives, 0.37…630 kW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6/12
vv
Water-cooled drives for harsh environments, 90…630 kW . . . . . . . . . . . 6/14
5
vv
I/O extension and encoder interface cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6/15
vv
AFE function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6/16 & 6/17
vv
Line chokes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6/18 & 6/19
vv
Motor chokes
In which cases motor chokes are mandatory?............................................ 6/20
In which cases do we need to use shielded cable?..................................... 6/20
Maximum distance without chokes for IEC motors..................................... 6/20
How to select the motor choke?................................................................. 6/21
vv
Braking resistors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6/22
6
7
vv
Hoist resistors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6/23
8
9
10
6/1

Presentation
Variable speed drives
Compact Drives up to 15kW
1
Compact Drives up to 15 kW
Altivar 312: Compact
The Altivar 312 is the ideal solution to move from conventional motion to
variable speed drive solution.
2
3
4
5
6
7
Torque Master/Slave –
Braking control
Hoist control
Hoisting functions
Integration
Safety –
Several drives can be mounted side by side to save space
Drives
> > from 0.18 to 15 kW
> > from 200 to 500 V
> > 1 or 3 phases
A ready-to-use solution
Good performances
> > Simple dedicated hoisting functions
Integrated EMC filters
> > Conformal coated for resistance to harsh environments
> > CANopen embedded
Perfecting installations using tailor made options
> > Braking resistor
Output filter
> > Additional EMC filter
> > Line choke and Motor choke
Safety level with standard IOs
> > Safety Integrity Level SIL1, Performance Level PLc/ category 1 according to
EN954 can be achieved with standard Logical Inputs (in “source” mode)
Product references: see page 6/10
8
9
10
6/2

Presentation
Variable speed drives
Compact Drives up to 15 kW
Compact Drives up to 15 kW
Altivar 32: Powerful, book format
The Altivar 32 perfectly suits for the optimization of your electrical cabinet
for synchronous and asynchronous motors.
1
2
Torque Master/Slave –
Braking control
Hoist control
Hoisting functions
Integration
Safety
Compact and easy to install
Construction crane
Travelling crane
In press workshop
Drives
> > from 0.18 to 15 kW
> > from 200 to 500 V
> > 1 or 3 phases
High performance level
> > Open loop for synchronous or asynchronous motors
Speed control
> > Load slipping function
> > Optimized hoisting functions
Function blocks integrated with ATV Logic
> > Embedded Safety functions
Performant motor control
> > Transient overtorque
> > 170…200 % of the nominal motor torque
> > Braking torque :
> > 2 sec braking with a 0.6 Tn braking torque for a 40 sec cycle
> > 0.8 sec braking with a 1.5 Tn braking torque for a 40 sec cycle
> > Peak current :
> > Up to 4 times the drive direct current for 1 sec
Improved protection with embedded Safety functions
Safety level with standard IOs
> > Safety Integrity Level SIL1, Performance Level PLc category 1 according to
EN954 can be achieved with standard Logical Inputs (in “source” mode)
Safety level with specific IOs
> > Safety Integrity Level (SIL1, SIL2 or SIL3) according to IEC 61508
Performance Level (PLd) according to ISO 13849-1/ -2 Category 3
> > Vertical movement :
> > STO (Safe Torque Off)
> > SS1 Type C (Safe Stop 1)
> > Horizontal movement :
> > SLS (Safely Limited Speed)
Specific Hoisting Menu & Application
High speed hoisting
Brake feedback control
> > Brake Control
Totally transparent integration
Modbus and CANopen embedded
> > Access to the majority of industrial communication networks (easy-fit with
cassette modules)
> > Built-in Bluetooth as standard
Mounting designed to ensure maximum integration
Compact, vertical and slim format (45mm)
Flexible mounting, vertical or on the side
> > Side by side mounting
+ 10 % energy efficiency due to the use of synchronous motors in speed
control mode
New control profile for optimized performance
> > Simplification of the speed reducer stage
Product references: see page 6/11
Up to 40 % more space freed up in enclosures
Up to 30 % savings compared to a solution with external safety modules
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
6/3

Presentation
Variable speed drives
Heavy duty Drives up to 2000 kW
1
2
Heavy duty Drives up to 2000 kW
Altivar 71: High Performance for Hoisting
The Altivar 71 offers numerous advantages in the control of asynchronous
and synchronous motors operating in open & closed loop mode in complex
machines, including integrated application-specific functions or
customized solutions.
3
4
Torque Master/Slave
Braking control
Hoist control
Hoisting functions
Integration
Safety
5
6
7
Drives
> > from 0.75 to 2000 kW
> > Power up to 690 V
An advanced Solution : complete & expandable
Drives from 0.75 to 2000 kW; power up to 690 V
> > Robust 50°C ambiant temperature without cooling
> > IP 54 power stage for cooling solutions
High performance motor control
> > Transient overtorque (+/- 10%)
> > 170% of the nominal torque for 60 sec
> > 220% of the nominal torque for 2 sec
> > Braking torque
> > 150% of the nominal torque for 60 sec with braking resistor
> > Max transient current
> > 165% of the nominal torque of the drive for 2 sec
8
Advanced functions for an effective response to hoisting application
> > Processing of load measurement by weight sensor
High-speed hoisting
Brake control with feedback management
Limit switch management
Regenerative module
> > Load slipping
9
10
With Flange mounting: no heat inside cabinet
Increased Safety thanks to multiple protections: for motors, machines and
drives
Safety level with standard IOs
> > Safety Integrity Level SIL1, Performance Level PLc category 1 according to
EN954 can be achieved with standard Logical Inputs (in “source” mode)
Safety level with specific IOs
STO (Safe Torque Off) function
> > SIL 2 of IEC/EN 61508
> > IEC/EN 61800-5-2 which covers the functional safety requirements of power
drive products
> > ATEX certification
More Flexibility & more Performance for your application
6/4

Presentation
Variable speed drives
Heavy duty Drives up to 2000 kW
Altivar 71 Q: increased ruggedness
through water cooling
Remote graphic display terminal
Altivar 71: High Performance for Hoisting
(continued)
Perfect Integration in industrial communication installations
> > Modbus and CANopen embedded
> > Connectivity to any fieldbus through option cards
> > Bluetooth connection as option
Modular design for greater integration & Energy management
> > Optimizes automation solutions with its seamless integration into your control
system architecture
> > Optimizes Energy consumption by adding regenerative module
> > Avoid interferences on electrical supply (Harmonics) through optional passive
filters, Active Front End module
More robust in the harshest of environments
> > Rugged 3C2 version in accordance with standard IEC 721-3-3 (gas, liquids),
IP 20/IP 54
> > Available in dust and damp-proof wall-mounted or floor-standing enclosures
(IP 54/IP 55)
> > Water-cooled versions
Altivar 71 Q: increased ruggedness through water cooling
> > Cooling system efficiency: 85 to 100% of heat loss is dissipated within the drive’s
water cooling system
Reduced need for air conditioning
> > Prolonged maintenance-free continuous operation
Corrosion-free stainless steel water pipes
> > Very high starting torque for frequent start-up applications
Product references: see page 6/12
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Travelling crane
Container crane
Container gantry support
10
Easy cooling & better reliability in harsh environment
6/5

Presentation
Variable speed drives
Active Front End (AFE)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Active Front End (AFE)
Resistor Less Technology
The Active Front End is an option for frequency inverters to return energy to
the line supply. It provides 4-quadrant operation and thus is ideal for all
applications with a generator operating mode.
Special design allows possibility to connect several AFE units in parallel.
This enables:
a higher supply / regenerative power
> > the use of smaller units adapted to the drives in order to reduce the spare parts
> > an increased reliability due to redundancy
Single drive
Common DC bus
Redundancy with AFB in parallel
in common DC bus
3 a Mains supply
50/60Hz
3 a Mains supply
50/60Hz
3 a Mains supply
50/60Hz
LFM
AFE
LFC AIC ATV 71
AFE: Active Front End - LFM: line Filter Module
LFC: Line Filter Choke - AIC: Active Infeed Converter
AFE
LFM
LFC
AIC
ATV 71
3 M
DC Bus
AFE: Active Front End - LFM: line Filter Module
LFC: Line Filter Choke - AIC: Active Infeed Converter
AFE
LFM
LFM
LFM
LFC
AFE
LFC
AFE
LFC
AIC
AIC
AIC
DC Bus
M
ATV 71
1
ATV 71
2
ATV 71
1
ATV 71
2
ATV 71
3
AFE: Active Front End - LFM: line Filter Module
LFC: Line Filter Choke - AIC: Active Infeed Converter
Harmonic Mitigation to increase power quality
State-of-the-art components, a new control concept, as well as a topquality
filter module all serve to reduce the total current distortion factor
THD(i).
Special design allows possibility to connect several AFE units in parallel.
This enables
THD(i) of less than 4%
Power factor of cos Phi 1 independent of the load and the energy direction
> > Line voltage drops of up to 40% without disturbing operation
Up to 60% Energy Savings
> > Energy regeneration to the supplying mains
Improved efficiency and reliability due to innovative control system
> > No damping resistors with heavy losses required and thus it is especially robust
in respect of heavily distorted mains voltages
> > Reduction of transformer losses, wiring and switching devices
M
M
M
M
M
Improved Dynamics & Energy savings
6/6

Presentation
Variable speed drives
Braking & Hoist Resistors
Braking & Hoist Resistors
Minimum Ohmic value of the resistor associated to the drive
According to your application and its specific requirements, you have to
select the right resistors.
1
Altivar 312
References
ATV 312Hppppp 018M2, U11M2, U22M2
037M2,
055M2,
075M2
U15M2
Minimum value (Ω) 40 27 25
ATV 312Hppppp 018M3,
037M3,
055M3,
075M3
U11M3,
U15M3
U22M3
Generally, resistor calculation depends on the movement applied and the drive
rating :
For horizontal movement, you have to size the resistor at 30% of the drive power
> > For vertical movement, the sizing is estimated at 60% of the drive power.
U30M3,
U40M3
U55M3,
U75M3
Minimum value (Ω) 40 27 25 16 8 5
ATV 312Hppppp 037N4,
055N4,
075N4
U11N4,
U11N4,
U22N4
D11M3,
D15M3
U30N4 U40N4 U55N4 U75N4 D11N4,
D15N4
Minimum value (Ω) 80 54 55 36 29 19 20
ATV 312Hppppp 075S6 U15S6 U40S6 U55S6 U75S6 D11S6, D15S6
U22S6
Minimum value (Ω) 96 64 44 34 23 24
Altivar 32
References
ATV 32Hppppp 018M2, U11M2, U22M2
037M2,
055M2,
075M2
U15M2
Minimum value (Ω) 40 27 25
ATV 32Hppppp 037N4,
055N4,
075N4
U11N4,
U15N4,
U22N4,
U30N4
U40N4
U55N4,
U75N4
D11N4,
D15N4
Minimum value (Ω) 80 54 36 27 16
Altivar 71
References
ATV 71Hppppp 037M3, U15M3 U22M3, U40M3 U55M3 U75M3
075M3
U30M3
Minimum value (Ω) 44 33 22 16 11 8
ATV 71Hppppp
ATV 71Hppppp /
ATV 71Wppppp /
ATV 71PpppppZ
D11M3X,
D15M3X
D18M3X
D22M3X,
D30M3X
D37M3X,
D45M3X
D55M3X
Minimum value (Ω) 3 4 3,3 1,7 1,3
075N4,
U15N4
U22N4
U30N4,
U40N4
D75M3X
U55N4 U75N4 D11N4 D15N4,
D18N4
D22N4,
D30N4
D37N4
D45N4,
D55N4
Minimum value (Ω) 56 34 23 19 12 7 13,3 6,7 5 3,3
ATV 71Hppppp D90N4 C11N4,
C13N4,
C16N4
C20N4 (1),
C25N4 (1),
C28N4 (1)
C31N4 (1),
C40N4 (1)
C50N4 (1)
Minimum value (Ω) 2,5 1,9 1,05 0,7
ATV 71Hppppp
U22Y,
U30Y,
U40Y,
U55Y,
U75Y,
D11Y,
D15Y,
D18Y,
D22Y,
D30Y,
D37Y
D45Y,
D55Y
D75Y,
D90Y
C11Y,
C13Y,
C16Y
C20Y (1),
C25Y (1),
C31Y (1)
Minimum value (Ω) 12 8 5 4 2 1
(1) For those drives, a braking
unit must be used.
C40Y (1),
C50Y (1),
C63Y (1)
D75N4
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
6/7

Presentation
Variable speed drives
Whatever your application, we provide you the
solution
1
Whatever your application, we provide
you the solution
With the Altivar range of variable speed drives, you save Energy
and manage the speed of your motors to optimize and enhance
productivity in your installations
Crane type Weight Other-Drive Hoist Drive Hoist Power Motor control
2
3
Construction cranes
Self erecting Up to 2 t ATV 312 ATV 312 < 18.5 kW Open loop
Tower crane standard < 20 t ATV 32 ATV32 < 18.5 kW Open loop
ATV 71 < 90/110 kW Close loop
Special > 20 t ATV 71 ATV 71 Up to 400 kW Close loop
4
5
Industrial cranes
bbStandard
Block hoist Up to 2 t AT 312 AT 312 < 4 kW Open loop
Basic 5…10 t ATV 32 ATV 32 < 18.5 kW Open loop
6
7
< 20 t ATV 32 ATV 71 < 18.5 kW Open loop
ATV 71 < 37 kw Close loop
< 50 t ATV 32 ATV 71 up to 90 kW Open loop
Close loop
bbSpecial
Basic < 50 t ATV 32 ATV 71 < 18.5 kW Open loop
ATV 71 up to 90 kW Close loop
Advanced < 250 t ATV 32 ATV 71 < 18.5 kW Open loop
ATV 71 ATV 71 up to 250 kW Close loop
Complex (process) up to 600 t ATV 71 ATV 71 up to 500 kW Open loop
Close loop
8
9
Harbour cranes
RTG < 45 t ATV 71 ATV 71 up to 315 kW Close loop
STS < 60 t ATV 71 ATV 71 up to 1 MW Close loop
10
Increase the safety & flexibility of your hoisting applications
While reducing cost & complexity
6/8

Presentation
Variable speed drives
Main characteristics by product
Main characteristics by product
Variable speed drive
Main characteristics
ATV 312 ATV 32 ATV 71
Asynchronous Open Loop X X X
Asynchronous Close Loop – – X
Synchronous Open Loop – X X
Speed -/+ X X X
Position control via limit switches X X X
Slowdown & stop distance management – X X
Preset speeds X X X
High speed hoisting – X X
Brake logic control X X X
Brake feedback via contact – X X
Braking choppers X X X
External weight measurement – X X
Line contactor command – X X
Output contactor command – X X
Customized ramps X X X
Stop mode X X X
DC injection X X X
Slack sing – X X
Torque control – – X
Load sharing – X X
Master-slave (Torque) – – X
Master-slave (Speed) X X X
Motor switching – X X
Configuration switching – X X
Parameters set switching – X X
Overspeed detection – – X
Load slipping – X X
STO – X X
SS1 – X –
Rescue function – X X
Motor protections X X X
Limitation of mechanical stress – X X
Jog positioning – X X
Multi-loader & SoMove software / Bluetooth X X X
Additional I/O – – X
Brake & Hoist Resistors X X X
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Variable speed drive smart options
9
10
Remote display terminals Remote graphic display terminal Configuration MMS + E mail + wap +
Multi loader: storage and
duplication of configurations
Simple loader: duplication of
configurations
internet
6/9

Altivar 312
0.18…15 kW
Variable speed drives
Simple industrial machines
Compact drives
1
2
3
4
Dimensions (in mm)
width x height x depth
T 1: 72 x 145 x 122 T 6: 107 x 143 x 152
T 2: 72 x 145 x 132 T 7: 142 x 184 x 152
T 3: 72 x 145 x 132 T 8: 180 x 232 x 172
T 4: 72 x 145 x 142 T 9: 245 x 330 x 192
T 5: 105 x 143 x 132
Type of drive
Single-phase
200...240 V
Three-phase
200...240 V
Three-phase
380...500 V
Three-phase
525...600 V
Supply voltage with integrated EMC filters without EMC filter with integrated EMC filters without EMC filter
Degree of protection
IP31 & IP41 on upper part and IP21 on terminals
Drive Output frequency 0.5…500 Hz
Type of control Asynchronous motor Standard (voltage / frequency) - Performance (sensorless flux vector control)
Energy saving ratio, pump & Fan ratio (Kn² quadratic ratio)
Transient overtorque
170 ... 200% of the nominal motor torque
Speed range 1 to 50
Functions Number of functions 50
Number of preset speeds 16
Number of I/O Analog inputs 3
Logic inputs 6
Analog outputs 1
Logic outputs –
Relay outputs 2
Dialogue
Integrated 4-digit display, remote terminals (IP54 or IP65), Altivar 61/71 remote graphic display terminal
5
6
7
8
Communication Integrated Modbus and CANopen
As an option
CANopen Daisy chain, Modbus TCP, DeviceNet, Profibus DP, Fipio
Reduction of current harmonics
EMC filter Integrated C2 EMC Integrated C2(1) or C3 EMC
As an option C1 EMC C2 EMC – –
Motor power kW/HP 0.18/0.25 ATV312H018M2 T3 ATV312H018M3 T1 – –
0.37/0.5 ATV312H037M2 T3 ATV312H037M3 T1 ATV312H037N4 T5 –
0.55/0.75 ATV312H055M2 T4 ATV312H055M3 T2 ATV312H055N4 T5 –
0.75/1 ATV312H075M2 T4 ATV312H075M3 T2 ATV312H075N4 T6 ATV312H075S6 T6
1.1/1.5 ATV312HU11M2 T6 ATV312HU11M3 T5 ATV312HU11N4 T6 –
1.5/2 ATV312HU15M2 T6 ATV312HU15M3 T5 ATV312HU15N4 T6 ATV312HU15S6 T6
2.2/3 ATV312HU22M2 (2) T7 ATV312HU22M3 T6 ATV312HU22N4 T7 ATV312HU22S6 T7
3/- – ATV312HU30M3 T7 ATV312HU30N4 T7 –
4/5 – ATV312HU40M3 T7 ATV312HU40N4 T7 ATV312HU40S6 T7
5.5/7.5 – ATV312HU55M3 T8 ATV312HU55N4 T8 ATV312HU55S6 T8
7.5/10 – ATV312HU75M3 T8 ATV312HU75N4 T8 ATV312HU75S6 T8
11/15 – ATV312HD11M3 T9 ATV312HD11N4 T9 ATV312HD11S6 T9
15/20 – ATV312HD15M3 T9 ATV312HD15N4 T9 ATV312HD15S6 T9
(1) C2 up to 4 kW
(2) Supplied with integrated C3 EMC filter
9
10
6/10
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.

Altivar 32
0.18…15 kW
Variable speed drives
Complex machines
Compact drives, book format
Dimensions (in mm) width x height x depth
T1: 45 x 317 x 245
T2: 60 x 317 x 245
T4: 150 x 308 x 232 (EMC plate installed)
T4: 150 x 232 x 232 (EMC plate not installed)
T5: 180 x 404 x 232 (EMC plate installed)
T5: 180 x 330 x 232 (EMC plate not installed)
Type of drive Single-phase Three-phase
200...240 V
with integrated EMC filter
380...500 V
with integrated EMC filter
Degree of protection
IP20
Drive Output frequency 0.1…599 Hz
Type of control Asynchronous motor Standard (voltage/frequency)
Performance (sensorless flux vector control)
Pump/fan (Kn² quadratic ratio)
Energy saving ratio
Synchronous motor Profile for open loop synchronous motor
1
2
3
Transient overtorque
170...200% of the nominal motor torque
Speed range 1 to 50
Functions Number of functions 150
Number of I/O Analog inputs 3 - Response time : 3ms, resolution 10 bits
Logic inputs
6 - Response time : 8 ms, configurable in PTC and IN pwm
4
Analog outputs
Logic outputs
1 - Updating time : 2 ms
1 - Sampling time : 2 ms, configurable as voltage (0-10 V) or current (0-20 mA)
Relay outputs 2
Dialogue
4-digit display, remote display terminal (IP54 or IP55), remote graphic display terminal, SoMove setup
software and SoMove Mobile application for mobile phone.
Communication Integrated Modbus and CANopen - Bluetooth® link
As an option
DeviceNet, Profibus DP V1, EtherNet/IP, Modbus TCP, EtherCat
Reduction of current harmonics
EMC filter Integrated C2 EMC
As an option
C1 EMC
5
6
Motor power kW HP
0.18 1/4 ATV32H018M2 T1 –
0.37 1/2 ATV32H037M2 T1 ATV32H037N4 T1
0.55 3/4 ATV32H055M2 T1 ATV32H055N4 T1
0.75 1 ATV32H075M2 T1 ATV32H075N4 T1
1.1 11/2 ATV32HU11M2 T2 ATV32HU11N4 T1
1.5 2 ATV32HU15M2 T2 ATV32HU15N4 T1
2.2 3 ATV32HU22M2 T2 ATV32HU22N4 T2
3 - – ATV32HU30N4 T2
4 5 – ATV32HU40N4 T2
5.5 71/2 – ATV32HU55N4 T4
7.5 10 – ATV32HU75N4 T4
11 15 – ATV32HD11N4 T5
15 20 – ATV32HD15N4 T5
ATV32 option card
Voltage
Encoder signals
PTI Feedback Card
Encoder feedback Open Loop
Short-circuit and overload protection
5 V
Support A/B
supply
5V ± 0,25V CD 200 mA
Max pulse encoder 5000
Operating frequency
Max 300 KHz
reference
VW3A3620
7
8
9
10
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.
6/11

Altivar 71
0.37…630 kW
Variable speed drives
Complex, high-power machines
High performance drives
1
Dimensions (in mm) width x height x depth
T2 : 130 x 230 x 175 T3 : 155 x 260 x 187
T4 : 175 x 295 x 187 T5A : 210 x 295 x 213
T5B : 230 x 400 x 213 T6 : 240 x 420 x 236
T7A : 240 x 550 x 266 T7B : 320 x 550 x 266
T8 : 320 x 630 x 290 T9 : 320 x 920 x 377
T10 : 360 x 1022 x 377 T11 : 340 x 1190 x 377
T12 : 440 x 1190 x 377 T13 : 595 x 1190 x 377
T14 : 890 x 1390 x 377 T15 : 1120 x 1390 x 377
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Type of drive Single-phase Three-phase Three-phase
Supply voltage 200…240 V (3) 200…240 V (3) 380…480 V (3)
Degree of protection
IP20 for unprotected drives and IP41 on the upper part
Drive Output frequency 0…599 Hz up to 37 kW - 0…500 Hz from 45…630 kW
Speed range
Type of control Asynchronous motor Flux vector control with or without sensor, voltage/frequency ratio (2 or 5 points), ENA System
Transient overtorque
Functions Number of functions > 150
Synchronous motor Vector control with and without speed feedback (4)
Number of preset speeds 16
Number of I/O Analog inputs 2…4
Logic inputs 6…20
220% of nominal motor torque for 2 seconds, and 170% for 60 seconds
1…1000 in closed loop mode with encoder feedback, 1…100 in open loop mode
Analog outputs 1…3
Logic outputs 0…8
Relay outputs 2…4
Safety input 1
Dialogue Remote graphic display terminal, SoMove setup software (5)
Communication Integrated Modbus and CANopen
As an option Modbus TCP, Modbus/Uni-Telway, EtherNet/IP, EtherCAT, DeviceNet, Profibus DP V0 and V1,
InterBus, CC-Link.
Cards (available as an option)
Encoder interface cards, I/O extension cards, “Controller Inside” programmable card
Reduction of current harmonics DC choke integrated or supplied with the product or Altivar AFE (Active Front End ).
EMC filter Integrated C2 EMC up to 4 kW, C3 EMC from 5,5 to 500 kW
As an option
C1 EMC from 0.75 to 500 kW
Motor power kW/HP 0.37/0.5 ATV71H075M3 T2 ATV71H037M3 T2 –
0.75/1 ATV71HU15M3 T2 ATV71H075M3 T2 ATV71H075N4 T2
1.5/2 ATV71HU22M3 T3 ATV71HU15M3 T2 ATV71HU15N4 T2
2.2/3 ATV71HU30M3 T3 ATV71HU22M3 T3 ATV71HU22N4 T2
3/– ATV71HU40M3 (1) T3 ATV71HU30M3 T3 ATV71HU30N4 T3
4/5 ATV71HU55M3 (1) T4 ATV71HU40M3 T3 ATV71HU40N4 T3
5.5/7.5 ATV71HU75M3 (1) T5A ATV71HU55M3 T4 ATV71HU55N4 T4
7.5/10 – ATV71HU75M3 T5A ATV71HU75N4 T4
11/15 – ATV71HD11M3X (2) T5B ATV71HD11N4 T5A
15/20 – ATV71HD15M3X (2) T5B ATV71HD15N4 T5B
18.5/25 – ATV71HD18M3X (2) T6 ATV71HD18N4 T5B
22/30 – ATV71HD22M3X (2) T6 ATV71HD22N4 T6
30/40 – ATV71HD30M3X (2) T7B ATV71HD30N4 T7A
37/50 – ATV71HD37M3X (2) T7B ATV71HD37N4 T7A
45/60 – ATV71HD45M3X (2) T7B ATV71HD45N4 T8
55/75 – ATV71HD55M3X (2) T9 ATV71HD55N4 T8
75/100 – ATV71HD75M3X (2) T10 ATV71HD75N4 T8
90/125 – – ATV71HD90N4 T9
110/150 – – ATV71HC11N4 T10
132/200 – – ATV71HC13N4 T11
160/250 – – ATV71HC16N4 T12
200/300 – – ATV71HC20N4 T13
220/350 – – ATV71HC25N4 T13
280/450 – – ATV71HC28N4 T13
315/500 – – ATV71HC31N4 T14
355/– – – ATV71HC40N4 T14
500/700 – – ATV71HC50N4 T15
(1) Must be used with a line choke, see page 6/18 .
(2) Drive supplied without EMC filter.
(3) A three-phase 380...480 V range on base plate is available from 0.75 to 11 kW. Please refer to our site www.schneider-electric.com
(4) Vector control with speed feedback for synchronous motors is supported by the S383 variant of the Altivar 71.
(5) SoMove setup software : available from 2011. Altivar 71 is also supported by Powersuite software workshop.
6/12
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.

Altivar 71
0.37…630 kW
Variable speed drives
Complex, high-power machines
High performance drives
Dimensions (in mm) width x height x depth
T2 : 130 x 230 x 175 T3 : 155 x 260 x 187
T4 : 175 x 295 x 187 T5A : 210 x 295 x 213
T5B : 230 x 400 x 213 T6 : 240 x 420 x 236
T7A : 240 x 550 x 266 T7B : 320 x 550 x 266
T8 : 320 x 630 x 290 T9 : 320 x 920 x 377
T10 : 360 x 1022 x 377 T11 : 340 x 1190 x 377
T12 : 440 x 1190 x 377 T13 : 595 x 1190 x 377
T14 : 890 x 1390 x 377 T15 : 1120 x 1390 x 377
Type of drive
Supply voltage
Degree of protection
Three-phase
500... 690 V
IP20 for unprotected drives and IP41 on the upper part
Drive Output frequency 0…599 Hz up to 37 kW - 0…500 Hz from 45…630 kW
Speed range
Type of control Asynchronous motor Flux vector control with or without sensor, voltage/frequency ratio (2 or 5 points), ENA System
Transient overtorque
Functions Number of functions > 150
Synchronous motor Vector control with and without speed feedback (1)
Number of preset speeds 16
Number of I/O Analog inputs 2…4
Logic inputs 6…20
Analog outputs 1…3
Logic outputs 0…8
Relay outputs 2…4
Safety input 1
220% of nominal motor torque for 2 seconds, and 170% for 60 seconds
1…1000 in closed loop mode with encoder feedback, 1…100 in open loop mode
Dialogue Remote graphic display terminal, SoMove setup software (2)
Communication Integrated Modbus and CANopen
Cards (available as an option)
Reduction of current harmonics
As an option Modbus TCP, Modbus/Uni-Telway, EtherNet/IP, EtherCAT, DeviceNet, Profibus DP V0 and V1,
EMC filter Integrated C3 EMC
Motor power kW/HP 500 V 575 V 690 V
kW HP kW
InterBus, CC-Link.
Encoder interface cards, I/O extension cards, “Controller Inside” programmable card
DC choke integrated or DC choke optional or AFE Altivar (Active Front End)
1.5 2 2.2 ATV71HU22Y T6
2.2 3 3 ATV71HU30Y T6
3 – 4 ATV71HU40Y T6
4 5 5.5 ATV71HU55Y T6
5.5 7.5 7.5 ATV71HU75Y T6
7.5 10 11 ATV71HD11Y T6
11 15 15 ATV71HD15Y T6
15 20 18.5 ATV71HD18Y T6
18.5 25 22 ATV71HD22Y T6
22 30 30 ATV71HD30Y T6
30 40 37 ATV71HD37Y T8
37 50 45 ATV71HD45Y T8
45 60 55 ATV71HD55Y T8
55 75 75 ATV71HD75Y T8
75 100 90 ATV71HD90Y T8
90 125 110 ATV71HC11Y T11
110 150 132 ATV71HC13Y T11
132 – 160 ATV71HC16Y T11
160 200 200 ATV71HC20Y T13
200 250 250 ATV71HC25Y T13
250 350 315 ATV71HC31Y T13
315 450 400 ATV71HC40Y T15
400 550 500 ATV71HC50Y T15
500 700 630 ATV71HC63Y T15
(1) Vector control with speed feedback for synchronous motors is supported by the S383 variant of the Altivar 71.
(2) SoMove setup software : available from 2011. Altivar 71 is also supported by Powersuite software workshop..
For all other variants, please refer our site www.schneider-electric.com
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.
6/13

Altivar 71Q
90…630 kW
Variable speed drives
Complex, high-power machines
Water-cooled drives for harsh environments
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Dimensions (in mm)
T11 : 330 x 950 x 377
T13 : 585 x 950 x 377
T15 : 1110 x 1150 x 377
width x height x depth
Type of drive
Three-phase
Three-phase
Supply voltage
Degree of protection
380...480 V
Sideways and front IP31 - Top IP20 - Bottom IP00
500...690 V
Drive Output frequency 0.1...500Hz
Type of control Asynchronous motor Flux vector control with or without sensor, voltage/frequency ratio (2 or 5 points), ENA System
Synchronous motor Vector control without speed feedback
Transient overtorque
220% of nominal motor torque for 2 seconds, and 170% for 60 seconds
Speed range
1…1000 in closed loop mode with encoder feedback, 1…100 in open loop mode
Functions Number of functions > 150
Number of preset speeds 16
Number of I/O Analog inputs 2…4
Logic inputs 6…20
Analog outputs 1…3
Logic outputs 0…8
Relay outputs 2…4
Safety input 1
Dialogue Remote graphic display terminal, SoMove setup software (1)
Communication Integrated Modbus and CANopen
As an option
Modbus TCP, Modbus/Uni-Telway, Fipio, Modbus Plus, Profbus DP, Profbus DP V1, DeviceNet,
EthernetIP, CC-Link, InterBus
Cards (available as an option)
Multi-pump cards, I/O extension cards, “Controller Inside” programmable card
Reduction of current harmonics
Optional AC choke, Altivar AFE (Active Front End)
EMC filter Integrated C3 EMC
As an option
C1 EMC
Motor power kW/HP 90/125 ATV71QD90N4 T11 –
110/150 ATV71QC11N4 T11 –
132/200 ATV71QC13N4 T11 –
160/250 ATV71QC16N4 T13 –
200/300 ATV71QC20N4 T13 –
250/400 ATV71QC25N4 T13 –
315/500 ATV71QC31N4 T15 –
400/600 ATV71QC40N4 T15 –
500/700 ATV71QC50N4 T15 –
500 V 575 V 690 V
kW HP kW
90 125 110 – ATV71QC11Y T11
110 150 132 – ATV71QC13Y T11
132 - 160 – ATV71QC16Y T11
160 200 200 – ATV71QC20Y T13
200 250 250 – ATV71QC25Y T13
250 350 315 – ATV71QC31Y T13
315 450 400 – ATV71QC40Y T15
400 550 500 – ATV71QC50Y T15
500 700 630 – ATV71QC63Y T15
(1) SoMove setup software : available during 2011. Altivar 71 also works with the PowerSuite software workshop.
10
6/14
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.

Altivar 71
0.37…2000 kW
Variable speed drives
Complex, high-power machines
I/O extension and encoder interface cards
1
Type of card
Description
I/O extension
Logic
1 relay logic output (“C/O” contact)
4 x 24 VDC positive or negative logic inputs
2 x 24 VDC open collector positive or negative logic
outputs
1 input for PTC probes
Extended
Reference VW3A3201 VW3A3202
1 x 0…20 mA differential current analog input
1 software-configurable voltage (0…10 VDC) or
current (0…20 mA) analog input
2 software-configurable voltage (±10V, 0…10 VDC)
or current (0…20 mA) analog inputs
1 relay logic output (“C/O” contact)
4 x 24 VDC positive or negative logic inputs
2 x 24 VDC open collector positive or negative logic
outputs, 1 input for PTC probes, 1 frequency control
input
2
3
4
Type of card
Encoder interface with
Differential outputs (RS422) Open collector outputs (NPN) Push-pull outputs
Operating frequency
300 kHz
Reference 5 V VW3A3401 – –
12 V – VW3A3403 VW3A3405
15 V VW3A3402 VW3A3404 VW3A3406
24 V – – VW3A3407
5
6
Type of card (1) Resolver Universal Sincos Absolute Incremental with
emulation
Speed feedback resolution 12 bits 16 bits 16 bits 10,000
Encoder type supported
Resolver with
2, 4, 6 or 8 poles
"SinCos,
SinCosHiperface
Sincos Absolute "Incremental
RS 422 - 5 V or 15 V"
EnDat, SSI"
References VW3A3408 VW3A3409 VW3A3410 VW3A3411
Supported by Altivar LIFT and Altivar71 with S383 firmware version
7
8
9
10
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.
6/15

Altivar 71
0.75…630 kW
Variable speed drives
Complex, high-power machines
AFE function
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
AFE function
For drives Motor Line supply DC bus Active Front End Quantity Reference Weight
Power indicated on
rating plate
Nominal line current
400 V
Maximum current Continuous power
400 V
(1) (2)
per drive
kW A A kW kg
Three-phase supply voltage: 380…440 V 50/60 Hz
ATV 71H075N4… 0.75…90 177 185 120 AIC 1 VW3 A7 250 60.000
HD90N4D
LFC 1 VW3 A7 265 54.000
LFM 1 VW3 A7 260 60.000
ATV 71HC11N4D 110 212 220 143 AIC 1 VW3 A7 251 74.000
LFC 1 VW3 A7 266 69.000
LFM 1 VW3 A7 261 80.000
ATV 71HC13N4D 132 255 265 172 AIC 1 VW3 A7 252 80.000
LFC 1 VW3 A7 266 69.000
LFM 1 VW3 A7 261 80.000
ATV 71HC16N4D 160 348 366 238 AIC 1 VW3 A7 253 110.000
LFC 1 VW3 A7 267 132.000
LFM 1 VW3 A7 262 125.000
ATV 71HC20N4D 200 395 412 268 AIC 1 VW3 A7 254 140.000
LFC 1 VW3 A7 267 132.000
LFM 1 VW3 A7 262 125.000
ATV 71HC25N4D 250 495 517 336 AIC 1 VW3 A7 255 140.000
LFC 1 VW3 A7 267 132.000
LFM 1 VW3 A7 262 125.000
ATV 71HC28N4D 280 558 581 378 AIC 1 VW3 A7 256 215.000
LFC 2 VW3 A7 267 132.000
LFM 2 VW3 A7 262 125.000
ATV 71HC31N4D 315 628 654 425 AIC 1 VW3 A7 256 215.000
LFC 2 VW3 A7 267 132.000
LFM 2 VW3 A7 262 125.000
ATV 71HC40N4D 400 780 815 530 AIC 1 VW3 A7 257 225.000
LFC 2 VW3 A7 267 132.000
LFM 2 VW3 A7 262 125.000
ATV 71HC50N4D 500 980 1023 665 AIC 1 VW3 A7 258 300.000
LFC 2 VW3 A7 267 132.000
LFM 2 VW3 A7 262 125.000
Three-phase supply voltage: 480 V 50/60 Hz
ATV 71H075N4…
HD90N4D
1…125 160 163 120 AIC 1 VW3 A7 250 60.000
LFC 1 VW3 A7 265 54.000
LFM 1 VW3 A7 260 60.000
ATV 71HC11N4D 150 200 203 143 AIC 1 VW3 A7 251 74.000
LFC 1 VW3 A7 266 69.000
LFM 1 VW3 A7 261 80.000
ATV 71HC13N4D 200 200 203 172 AIC 1 VW3 A7 252 80.000
LFC 1 VW3 A7 266 69.000
LFM 1 VW3 A7 261 80.000
ATV 71HC16N4D 250 348 366 238 AIC 1 VW3 A7 283 110.000
LFC 1 VW3 A7 267 132.000
LFM 1 VW3 A7 262 125.000
ATV 71HC20N4D 300 395 412 268 AIC 1 VW3 A7 254 140.000
LFC 1 VW3 A7 267 132.000
LFM 1 VW3 A7 262 125.000
ATV 71HC25N4D 400 495 517 336 AIC 1 VW3 A7 255 140.000
LFC 1 VW3 A7 267 132.000
LFM 1 VW3 A7 262 125.000
ATV 71HC28N4D 450 558 581 378 AIC 1 VW3 A7 286 215.000
LFC 2 VW3 A7 267 132.000
LFM 2 VW3 A7 262 125.000
ATV 71HC31N4D 500 628 654 425 AIC 1 VW3 A7 286 215.000
LFC 2 VW3 A7 267 132.000
LFM 2 VW3 A7 262 125.000
ATV 71HC40N4D 600 780 815 530 AIC 1 VW3 A7 287 225.000
LFC 2 VW3 A7 267 132.000
LFM 2 VW3 A7 262 125.000
ATV 71HC50N4D 700 980 1023 665 AIC 1 VW3 A7 258 300.000
LFC 2 VW3 A7 267 132.000
LFM 2 VW3 A7 262 125.000
(1) For more information about the Active Front End, please refer to the programming manual or visit our website www.schneider-electric.com.
(2) AIC = active infeed converter; LFC = line filter choke; LFM = line filter module.
6/16
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.

Altivar 71
0.75…630 kW
Variable speed drives
Complex, high-power machines
AFE function
AFE function
For drives Motor Line supply DC bus Active Front
Power indicated on Max. nominal line current Max. current Continuous power End
rating plate
500 V…690 V
500 V 600 V 690 V
(1) (2)
Quantity
per drive
Reference
kW A A kW kW kW kg
Three-phase supply voltage: 500…690 V 50/60 Hz
ATV 71HC11Y 110 120 130 102 123 142 AIC 1 VW3 A7 270 110.000
LFC 1 VW3 A7 268 99.000
LFM 1 VW3 A7 263 80.000
ATV 71HC13Y 132 150 156 127 153 172 AIC 1 VW3 A7 271 110.000
LFC 1 VW3 A7 268 99.000
LFM 1 VW3 A7 263 80.000
ATV 71HC16Y 160 185 195 157 188 215 AIC 1 VW3 A7 272 110.000
LFC 1 VW3 A7 268 99.000
LFM 1 VW3 A7 263 80.000
ATV 71HC20Y 200 228 244 193 230 268 AIC 1 VW3 A7 273 190.000
LFC 1 VW3 A7 269 210.000
LFM 1 VW3 A7 264 125.000
ATV 71HC25Y 250 285 305 242 290 335 AIC 1 VW3 A7 274 190.000
LFC 1 VW3 A7 269 210.000
LFM 1 VW3 A7 264 125.000
ATV 71HC31Y 315 360 386 305 365 424 AIC 1 VW3 A7 275 190.000
LFC 1 VW3 A7 269 210.000
LFM 1 VW3 A7 264 125.000
ATV 71HC40Y 400 450 481 382 460 528 AIC 1 VW3 A7 276 400.000
LFC 2 VW3 A7 269 210.000
LFM 2 VW3 A7 264 125.000
ATV 71HC50Y 500 563 604 478 575 663 AIC 1 VW3 A7 277 400.000
LFC 2 VW3 A7 269 210.000
LFM 2 VW3 A7 264 125.000
ATV 71HC63Y 630 715 765 607 730 842 AIC 1 VW3 A7 278 400.000
LFC 2 VW3 A7 269 210.000
LFM 2 VW3 A7 264 125.000
(1) For more information about the Active Front End, please refer to the programming manual or visit our website www.schneider-electric.com.
(2) AIC = active infeed converter; LFC = line filter choke; LFM = line filter module.
Weight
1
2
3
4
5
6
Dimensions (overall)
Active infeed converter (AIC) W x H x D (mm)
VW3 A7 250 310 x 680 x 377
VW3 A7 251 350 x 782 x 377
VW3 A7 252 330 x 950 x 377
VW3 A7 253 430 x 950 x 377
VW3 A7 254 585 x 950 x 377
VW3 A7 255 585 x 950 x 377
VW3 A7 256 880 x 1150 x 377
VW3 A7 257 880 x 1150 x 377
VW3 A7 258 1110 x 1150 x 37
VW3 A7 270 330 x 1190 x 377
VW3 A7 271 330 x 1190 x 377
VW3 A7 272 330 x 1190 x 377
VW3 A7 273 585 x 1190 x 377
VW3 A7 274 585 x 1190 x 377
VW3 A7 275 585 x 1190 x 377
VW3 A7 276 1110 x 1390 x 377
VW3 A7 277 1110 x 1390 x 377
VW3 A7 278 1110 x 1390 x 377
VW3 A7 283 585 x 950 x 377
VW3 A7 286 1110 x 1150 x 377
VW3 A7 287 1110 x 1150 x 377
Dimensions (overall)
Line choke (LFC)
W x H x D (mm)
VW3 A7 265 835 x 210 x 185
VW3 A7 266 835 x 295 x 195
VW3 A7 267 970 x 360 x 255
VW3 A7 268 835 x 295 x 210
VW3 A7 269 985 x 540 x 250
Line filter (LFM)
W x H x D (mm)
VW3 A7 260 240 x 680 x 379
VW3 A7 261 290 x 730 x 379
VW3 A7 262 290 x 1100 x 379
VW3 A7 263 290 x 730 x 370
VW3 A7 264 290 x 1100 x 390
7
8
9
10
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.
6/17

Altivar 71
0.75…630 kW
Variable speed drives
Complex, high-power machines
Line chokes: reduction of current harmonics
L1
1
L2
L3
Line choke
Altivar 71
M1
3
2
3
4
5
Line chokes
For drives Line supply Isc Line choke Quantity
Inductance
value
Nominal current Saturation
current
Loss
required per
drive
Reference
kA mH A A W kg
Single-phase supply voltage: 200…240 V 50/60 Hz
ATV 71HU40M3 (1) 5 2 25 – 45 1 VW3 A58501 3.500
ATV 71HU55M3 (1) 5 1 45 – 50 1 VW3 A58502 3.500
ATV 71HU75M3 (1) 22 1 45 – 50 1 VW3 A58502 3.500
Three-phase supply voltage: 200…240 V 50/60 Hz
ATV 71H037M3, H075M3 5 10 4 – 45 1 VW3 A4 551 1.500
ATV 71HU15M3, HU22M3 5 4 10 – 65 1 VW3 A4 552 3.000
ATV 71HU30M3 5 2 16 – 75 1 VW3 A4 553 3.500
ATV 71HU40M3 5 1 30 – 90 1 VW3 A4 554 6.000
ATV 71HU55M3 22 1 30 – 90 1 VW3 A4 554 6.000
ATV 71HU75M3, HD11M3X 22 0.5 60 – 94 1 VW3 A4 555 11.000
ATV 71HD15M3X 22 0.3 100 – 260 1 VW3 A4 556 16.000
ATV 71HD18M3X…HD45M3X 22 0.15 230 – 400 1 VW3 A4 557 45.000
ATV 71HD55M3X 35 0.049 429 855 278 1 VW3 A4 562 50.000
ATV 71HD75M3X 35 0.038 509 1025 280 1 VW3 A4 563 59.000
(1) Use of a line choke is recommended.
Weight
6
7
8
9
10
6/18
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.

Altivar 71
0.75…630 kW
Variable speed drives
Complex, high-power machines
Line chokes: reduction of current harmonics
L1
L2
L3
Line choke
Altivar 71
M1
3
1
Line chokes
For drives Line supply Isc Line choke Quantity
Inductance
value
Nominal current Saturation
current
Loss
required per
drive
Reference
kA mH A A W kg
Three-phase supply voltage: 380…480 V 50/60 Hz
ATV 71H075N4, HU15N4
5 10 4 – 45 1 VW3 A4 551 1.500
ATV 71W075N4, WU15N4
ATV 71P075N4Z, PU15N4Z
ATV 71HU22N4…HU40N4
5 4 10 – 65 1 VW3 A4 552 3.000
ATV 71WU22N4…WU40N4
ATV 71PU22N4Z…PU40N4Z
ATV 71HU55N4, HU75N4
22 2 16 – 75 1 VW3 A4 553 3.500
ATV 71WU55N4, WU75N4
ATV 71PU55N4Z, PU75N4Z
ATV 71HD11N4, HD15N4
22 1 30 – 90 1 VW3 A4 554 6.000
ATV 71WD11N4, WD15N4
ATV 71PD11N4Z
ATV 71HD18N4, HD22N4
22 0.5 60 – 94 1 VW3 A4 555 11.000
ATV 71WD18N4, WD22N4
ATV 71HD30N4…HD55N4
22 0.3 100 – 260 1 VW3 A4 556 16.000
ATV 71WD30N4…WD55N4
ATV 71HD75N4, ATV 71WD75N4 22 0.155 184 370 220 1 VW3 A4 558 31.000
ATV 71HD90N4 35 0.155 184 370 220 1 VW3 A4 558 31.000
ATV 71HC11N4 35 0.12 222 445 278 1 VW3 A4 559 35.000
ATV 71HC13N4 35 0.098 264 530 245 1 VW3 A4 560 43.000
ATV 71HC16N4 50 0.066 344 685 258 1 VW3 A4 561 47.000
ATV 71HC20N4 50 0.060 450 850 335 1 VW3 A4 569 70.000
ATV 71HC25N4, HC28N4 50 0.038 613 1150 307 1 VW3 A4 564 73.000
ATV 71HC31N4 50 0.032 720 1352 428 1 VW3 A4 565 82.000
ATV 71HC40N4 50 0.060 450 850 335 2 VW3 A4 569 70.000
ATV 71HC50N4 50 0.038 613 1150 307 2 VW3 A4 564 73.000
ATV 71QD90N4 (1) 35 0.12 222 445 278 1 VW3 A4 559 35.000
ATV 71QC11N4 (1) 35 0.098 264 530 245 1 VW3 A4 560 43.000
ATV 71QC13N4 (1) 35 0.085 300 570 315 1 VW3 A4 568 46.000
ATV 71QC16N4 (1) 50 0.066 344 685 258 1 VW3 A4 561 47.000
ATV 71QC20N4 (1) 50 0.06 450 850 335 1 VW3 A4 569 70.000
ATV 71QC25N4 (1) 50 0.038 613 1150 307 1 VW3 A4 564 73.000
ATV 71QC31N4 (1) 50 0.066 344 685 258 2 VW3 A4 561 47.000
ATV 71QC40N4 (1) 50 0.038 513 1025 320 2 VW3 A4 563 55.000
ATV 71QC50N4 (1) 50 0.026 590 1180 320 2 VW3 A4 573 60.000
Three-phase supply voltage: 500…600 V 50/60 Hz
ATV 71HU15S6X...HU22S6X 22 10 4 – 45 1 VW3 A4 551 1.500
ATV 71HU30S6X...HU55S6X 22 4 10 – 65 1 VW3 A4 552 3.000
ATV 71HU75S6X 22 2 16 – 75 1 VW3 A4 553 3.500
Three-phase supply voltage: 500…690 V 50/60 Hz
ATV 71HU22Y…HU40Y (1) 22 10 4 – 45 1 VW3 A4 551 1.500
ATV 71HD55Y, HD75Y (1) 22 4 10 – 65 1 VW3 A4 552 3,000
ATV 71HD11Y, HD15Y (1) 22 2 16 – 75 1 VW3 A4 553 3.500
ATV 71HD18Y, HD22Y (1) 22 1 30 – 90 1 VW3 A4 554 6.000
ATV 71HD30Y…HD45Y (1) 22 0.5 60 – 94 1 VW3 A4 555 11.000
ATV 71HD55Y…HD90Y (1) 22 0.3 100 – 260 1 VW3 A4 556 16.000
ATV 71HC11Y (2), ATV 71QC11Y (2) 28 0.22 152 320 220 1 VW3 A4 570 28.000
ATV 71HC13Y (2), ATV 71QC13Y (2) 28 0.23 220 405 330 1 VW3 A4 571 79.000
ATV 71HC16Y (2), ATV 71QC16Y (2) 35 0.23 220 405 330 1 VW3 A4 571 79.000
ATV 71HC20Y (2), ATV 71QC20Y (2) 35 0.098 264 530 245 1 VW3 A4 560 35.000
ATV 71HC25Y, HC31Y (2)
35 0.1 428 770 495 1 VW3 A4 572 90.000
ATV 71QC25Y, QC31Y (2)
ATV 71HC40Y (1), ATV 71QC40Y (2) 35 0.085 300 474 315 2 VW3 A4 568 46.000
ATV 71HC50Y (1), ATV 71QC50Y (2) 35 0.1 428 770 495 2 VW3 A4 572 90.000
ATV 71HC63Y (1), ATV 71QC63Y (2) 42 0.1 428 770 495 2 VW3 A4 572 90.000
(1) Use of a line choke is recommended. (2) Use of a line choke is mandatory.
Weight
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.
6/19

1
2
Altivar 71
Altivar 312
Altivar 32
Variable speed drives
Motor chokes
In which cases motor chokes are mandatory?
> > Old motors with unknown insulation
>
>
>
>
> Several motors connected in parallel
> Several cables connected in parallel for same motor
> Specific environment (Video or analog sensor...)
> Long motor cable length (see table next page)
In which cases do we need to use shielded cable?
> > Answer to customer specific requirements
> > CE compliance:
>
> If the crane is supplied by TT or TN network then shielded cable are required (limited
only by the maximum length possible with motor, see table below)
> > If the crane is supplied by IT network where the EMC filters are not recommended.
In this case it is possible to use unshielded cable and motor filters are mandatory.
3
Maximum distance without chokes for IEC motors (*)
4
5
6
7
8
9
Altivar 71 drives have been designed to operate (without the need for additional optional
equipment) with the following maximum motor cable lengths.
For an application with several motors connected in parallel, the cable length must include
all cabling.
For drives Maximum motor cable length (1)
Shielded Unshielded
m
m
ATV 71HpppM3
50 100
ATV 71HD11M3X, HD55M3X
ATV 71H075N4…HD75N4
ATV 71W075N4…WD75N4
ATV 71WD075N4C…WD75N4C
ATV 71P075N4Z…PD75N4Z
ATV 71HD75M3X…HD90M3X
80 100
ATV 71HD90N4…HC50N4
ATV 71QD90N4…QC50N4
ATV 71WD37N4…WD75N4C
50 100
ATV 71WD37N4C…WD75N4C
ATV 71HpppS6X 10 10
ATV 71HU22Y…HD30Y 10 10
ATV 71HD37Y…HD90Y 10 10
ATV 71HC11Y…HC63Y
15 30
ATV 71QC11Y…QC63Y
(1) These values are given for a maximum switching frequency of 2.5 or 4 kHz depending on the rating.
Altivar 71 drives include as standard a software function used to limit overvoltages at the
motor terminals. For more information, please refer to the Programming Manual (SUL
function).
Depending on the cable lengths or the type of application, it may be necessary to use output
filters:
> > Motor chokes used to limit the dv/dt
> > Sinus filters that are particularly effective for long cable runs or to reduce
electromagnetic motor noise
(*) This table is usable with our 3 range of variable speed drives: Altivar 312, Altivar 32
and Altivar 71
The motor used must have the following level of insulation :
> > For 400 V motor : IEC 60034-25 curve A (1.6 KV)
> > For 690 V motor : IEC 60034-25 curve b (2.2 KV)
10
6/20
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.

Altivar 71
Altivar 312
Altivar 32
Variable speed drives
Motor chokes
How to select the motor chokes?
Motor chokes
For drives Maximum motor cable length (1) Loss Nominal Order in Unit
Weight
Max. switching frequency Shielded Unshielded
current lots of reference
kHz m m W A kg
Three-phase supply voltage: 200…240 V 50/60 Hz
ATV 71H075M3…HU22M3 4 150 300 150 12 – VW3 A5 101 5.500
ATV 71HU30M3…HU75M3 4 200 260 250 48 – VW3 A5 102 8.000
300 300 350 90 – VW3 A5 103 10.000
ATV 71HD11M3X, HD15M3X 4 150 300 350 90 – VW3 A5 103 10.000
ATV 71HD18M3X, HD22M3X 2.5 150 300 350 90 – VW3 A5 103 10.000
ATV 71HD30M3X…HD45M3X 2.5 150 300 430 215 3 VW3 A5 104 15.500
ATV 71HD55M3X, HD75M3X 2.5 150 300 475 314 3 VW3 A5 105 32.000
Three-phase supply voltage: 380…480 V 50/60 Hz
ATV 71H075N4…HU40N4
ATV 71W075N4…WU40N4
ATV 71P075N4Z…PU40N4Z
ATV 71HU55N4…HD18N4
ATV 71WU55N4…WD18N4
ATV 71PU55N4Z…PD11N4Z
ATV 71HD22N4, HD30N4
ATV 71WD22N4, WD30N4
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.
4 75 90 150 12 – VW3 A5 101 5.500
85 95 250 48 – VW3 A5 102 8.000
160 200 350 90 – VW3 A5 103 10.000
4 85 95 250 48 – VW3 A5 102 8.000
160 200 350 90 – VW3 A5 103 10.000
200 300 430 215 3 VW3 A5 104 15.500
4 140 170 350 90 – VW3 A5 103 10.000
150 300 430 215 3 VW3 A5 104 15.500
ATV 71HD37N4, ATV 71WD37N4 2.5 97 166 350 90 – VW3 A5 103 10.000
200 300 430 215 3 VW3 A5 104 15.500
ATV 71HD45N4…HD75N4
2.5 150 300 430 215 3 VW3 A5 104 15.500
ATV 71WD45N4…WD75N4
ATV 71HD90N4, ATV 71QD90N4 2.5 200 300 430 215 3 VW3 A5 104 15.500
ATV 71HC11N4, HC13N4
2.5 150 250 475 314 3 VW3 A5 105 32.000
ATV 71QC11N4, QC13N4
ATV 71HC16N4, HC20N4
2.5 250 300 530 481 3 VW3 A5 106 58.000
ATV 71QC16N4, QC20N4
ATV 71HC25N4 Motor P 220 kW 2.5 250 300 530 481 3 VW3 A5 106 58.000
ATV 71QC25N4 Motor P 250 kW 2.5 200 250 598 759 3 VW3 A5 107 93.000
ATV 71HC28N4, HC31N4
200 250 598 759 3 VW3 A5 107 93.000
ATV 71QC31N4
ATV 71HC40N4 Motor P 355 kW 2.5 200 250 598 759 3 VW3 A5 107 93.000
ATV 71QC40N4 Motor P 400 kW 2.5 250 300 682 1188 3 VW3 A5 108 120.000
ATV 71HC50N4, ATV 71QC50N4 2.5 250 300 682 1188 3 VW3 A5 108 120.000
Three-phase supply voltage: 500…600 V 50/60 Hz (2)
ATV 71HU15S6X…HU75S6X 2.5 50 100 250 48 – VW3 A5 102 8.000
75 150 350 90 – VW3 A5 103 10.000
150 250 430 215 3 VW3 A5 104 15.500
250 400 860 215 3 2 x VW3 A5 104 31.000
Three-phase supply voltage: 500…690 V 50/60 Hz (3)
ATV 71HU22Y…HU75Y 4 36 44 150 12 – VW3 A5 101 5.500
41 46 250 48 – VW3 A5 102 8.000
77 97 350 90 – VW3 A5 103 10.000
ATV 71HD11Y…HD30Y 4 41 46 250 48 – VW3 A5 102 8.000
77 97 350 90 – VW3 A5 103 10.000
97 145 430 215 3 VW3 A5 104 15.500
ATV 71HD37Y…HD55Y 2.5 68 82 350 90 3 VW3 A5 103 10.000
73 145 430 215 3 VW3 A5 104 15.500
ATV 71HD75Y… HD90Y 2.5 73 145 430 215 3 VW3 A5 104 15.500
ATV 71HC11Y, HC13Y
2.5 50 250 475 314 3 VW3 A5 104 15.500
ATV 71QC11Y, QC13Y
ATV 71HC16Y, HC20Y
2.5 50 250 475 314 3 VW3 A5 105 32.000
ATV 71QC16Y, QC20Y
ATV 71HC25Y, HC31Y
2.5 50 250 530 481 3 VW3 A5 106 58.000
ATV 71QC25Y, QC31Y
ATV 71HC40Y, HC50Y
2.5 50 250 598 759 3 VW3 A5 107 93.000
ATV 71QC40Y, QC50Y
ATV 71HC63Y, ATV 71QC63Y 2.5 50 250 682 1188 3 VW3 A5 108 120.000
IP 20 protection kits
Description For motor chokes Reference Weight
kg
Mechanical kit including
an IP 20 cover and cable clamps
VW3 A5 104, 105 VW3 A9 612 –
VW3 A5 106…108 VW3 A9 613 –
(1) Cable length depends on the drive/motor choke combination.
For an application with several motors connected in parallel, the cable length must include all cabling.
Recommended cable types:
> > Shielded cables: “GORSE” cable, type GUOSTV-LS/LH; “PROTOFLEX” cable, type EMV2YSL CY
> > Unshielded cables: “GORSE” cable, type H07 RN-F4GXX; “BELDEN” cable, type 2950X
(2) Maximum length given for a 600 V 60 Hz three-phase supply voltage.
(3) Maximum length given for a 690 V 50 Hz three-phase supply voltage.
6/21
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

VW3 A7
Variable speed drives
Complex, high-power machines
Braking resistors
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Supply voltage: Single-phase 200…240 V 50/60 Hz
Type of variable speed
drives
ATV312 ATV32 ATV71
ATV312H018M2…H075M2,
ATV312HU11M2, HU15M2,
ATV312H018M3…H075M3,
ATV312HU11M3, HU15M3,
ATV312HU22M2,
ATV312HU22M3,
ATV 32H018M2…H075M2
ATV 32HU11M2, HU15M2
Degree of protection
of the resistor
Ohmic value at
20°C (Ω)
Average power
(kW) available at
50°C (1)
Reference
Weight
(kg)
ATV 71H037M3, H075M3 IP 20 100 0.05 VW3 A7 701 1.900
ATV 32HU22M2 ATV 71HU15M3, HU22M3 IP 20 60 0.1 VW3 A7 702 2.400
ATV312HU40M3, ATV 71HU30M3, HU40M3 IP 20 28 0.2 VW3 A7 703 3.500
ATV312HU55M3, HU75M3 ATV 71HU55M3, HU75M3 IP 20 15 1 VW3 A7 704 11.000
ATV312HD11M3, HD15M3 ATV 71HD11M3X IP 20 10 1 VW3 A7 705 11.000
ATV 71HD15M3X IP 20 8 1 VW3 A7 706 11.000
ATV 71HD18M3X,
IP 20 5 1.3 VW3 A7 707 11.000
HD22M3X
ATV 71HD30M3X IP 20 4 1 VW3 A7 708 11.000
ATV 71HD37M3X,
IP 20 2.5 1 VW3 A7 709 11.000
HD45M3X
ATV 71HD55M3X,
IP 23 1.8 15.3 VW3 A7 713 50.000
HD75M3X
(1) Load factor for resistors: the value of the average power that can be dissipated at 50°C from the resistor into the casing is determined for a load factor during braking that corresponds
to the majority of normal applications:
For VW3 A7 701…709:
- 2 s braking with a 0.6 Tn braking torque for a 40 s cycle
- 0.8 s braking with a 1.5 Tn braking torque for a 40 s cycle
For VW3 A7 713:
- 10 s braking with a 2 Tn braking torque for a 30 s cycle
Supply voltage: Three-phase 380…480 V 50/60 Hz
Type of variable speed drives
ATV312 ATV32 ATV71
ATV312H037N4…H075N4,
ATV312HU11N4…HU22N4,
ATV312HU30N4, ATV-
312HU40N4
ATV312HU55N4, ATV-
312HU75N4,
ATV312HU40M3, ATV312H-
D11N4, HD15N4,
ATV 32H037N4…H075N4
ATV 32HU11N4…HU30N4
ATV 32HU40N4
ATV 32HU55N4, HU75N4
ATV 32HD11N4, HD15N4
ATV 71H075N4…HU40N4
ATV 71W075N4, WU40N4
ATV 71P075N4Z…
PU55N4Z
ATV 71HU55N4, HU75N4
ATV 71WU55N4, WU75N4
ATV 71PU55N4Z, PU75N4Z
ATV 71HD11N4, HD15N4
ATV 71WD11N4, WD15N4
ATV 71PD11N4Z
ATV 71HD18N4…HD30N4
ATV 71WD18N4…WD30N4
ATV 71HD37N4
ATV 71WD37N4
ATV 71HD45N4...HD75N4
ATV 71WD45N4...WD75N4
ATV 71HD90N4
ATV 71QD90N4
ATV 71HC11N4, HC13N4
ATV 71QC11N4, QC13N4
ATV 71HC16N4
ATV 71QC16N4
ATV 71HC20N4
ATV 71QC20N4
ATV 71HC25N4, HC28N4
ATV 71QC25N4
ATV 71HC31N4, HC40N4
ATV 71QC31N4, QC40N4
ATV 71HC50N4
ATV 71QC50N4
Degree of protection
of the resistor
Ohmic value at
20°C (Ω)
Average power
(kW) available at
50°C (1)
Reference
Weight
(kg)
IP 20 100 0,05 VW3 A7 701 1,900
IP 20 60 0,1 VW3 A7 702 2,400
IP 20 28 0,2 VW3 A7 703 3,500
IP 20 15 1 VW3 A7 704 11,000
IP 20 10 1 VW3 A7 705 11,000
IP 20 5 1,3 VW3 A7 707 11,00
IP 23 2,75 25 VW3 A7 710 80,000
IP 23 2,1 37 VW3 A7 711 86,000
IP 23 2,1 44 VW3 A7 712 104,000
IP 23 1,05 56 VW3 A7 715 136,000
IP 23 1,05 75 VW3 A7 716 172,000
IP 23 0,7 112 VW3 A7 717 266,000
IP 23 0,7 150 VW3 A7 718 350,000
(1) Load factor for resistors: the value of the average power that can be dissipated at 50°C from the resistor into the casing is determined for a load factor during braking that
corresponds to the majority of normal applications:
For VW3 A7 701…705 and VW3 A7 707:
- 2 s braking with a 0.6 Tn braking torque for a 40 s cycle
- 0.8 s braking with a 1.5 Tn braking torque for a 40 s cycle
For VW3 A7 710…712 and 715…718:
- 10 s braking with a 2 Tn braking torque for a 30 s cycle
6/22
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.

VW3 A7
Variable speed drives
Complex, high-power machines
Hoist Resistors
Supply voltage: Single-phase 200…240 V 50/60 Hz
Type of variable speed drives
ATV32
ATV71
Degree of protection
of the resistor
Ohmic value at
20°C (Ω)
Average power
(kW) available at
50°C (1)
Reference
ATV32H037M2...HU22M2 ATV 71H037M3, H075M3 100 1.6 1 VW3 A7 801 6.000
– ATV 71HU15M3 60 5.6 1 VW3 A7 802 21.000
– ATV 71HU22M3…HU40M3 24.5 9.8 1 VW3 A7 803 28.000
– ATV 71HU55M3, HU75M3 14 22.4 1 VW3 A7 804 54.000
– ATV 71HD11M3X, HD15M3X 8.1 44 1 VW3 A7 805 92.000
– ATV 71HD18M3X 4.2 62 1 VW3 A7 806 126.000
– ATV 71HD22M3X, HD30M3X 3.5 19.5 1 VW3 A7 807 51.000
– ATV 71HD37M3X, HD45M3X 1.85 27.4 1 VW3 A7 808 94.000
– ATV 71HD55M3X 1.8 30.6 1 VW3 A7 809 103.000
– ATV 71HD75M3X 1.4 44 1 VW3 A7 810 119.000
(1) Operating factor for hoist resistors: The value of the average power that can be dissipated at 50°C from the resistor is
determined by a load factor during braking. For VW3 A7 801…808:
- 100 s braking with 1 Tn braking torque for a 200 s cycle
- 20 s braking with 1.6 Tn braking torque for a 200 s cycle
For VW3 A7 809 and VW3 A7 810 :
- 10 s braking with 2 Tn braking torque for a 240 s cycle
- 110 s braking with 1.25 Tn braking torque for a 240 s cycle
Weight
(kg)
1
2
3
4
Supply voltage: Three-phase 380…480 V 50/60 Hz
Type of variable speed drives
ATV32
ATV32H037N4...U075N4
ATV32HU11N4...ATV32HU22N4
ATV32HDU30N4...U75N4
ATV32HD11N4, ATV32HD15N4
ATV71
ATV 71H075N4…HU22N4
ATV 71W075N4…WU22N4
ATV 71P075N4Z…PU22N4Z
ATV 71HU30N4…HU55N4
ATV 71WU30N4…WU55N4
ATV 71PU30N4Z…PU55N4Z
Degree of protection
of the resistor
Ohmic value at
20°C (Ω)
Average power
(kW) available at
50°C (1)
Reference
Weight
(kg)
100 1,6 1 VW3 A7 801 6,000
60 5,6 1 VW3 A7 802 21,000
– ATV 71HU75N4, HD11N4
24,5 9,8 1 VW3 A7 803 28,000
ATV 71WU75N4, WD11N4
ATV 71PD11N4Z
– ATV 71HD15N4…HD30N4 14 22,4 1 VW3 A7 804 54,000
ATV 71WD15N4…WD30N4
– ATV 71HD37N4…HD55N4 8,1 44 1 VW3 A7 805 92,000
ATV 71W37N4…WD55N4
– ATV 71HD75N4
4,2 62 1 VW3 A7 806 126,000
ATV 71WD75N4
– ATV 71HD90N4
2,75 56 1 VW3 A7 811 130,000
ATV 71QD90N4
– ATV 71HC11N4, HC13N4
2,1 75 1 VW3 A7 812 181,000
ATV 71QC11N4, QC13N4
– ATV 71HC16N4
2,1 112 1 VW3 A7 813 250,000
ATV 71QC16N4
– ATV 71HC20N4
1,05 112 1 VW3 A7 814 280,000
ATV 71QC20N4
– ATV 71HC25N4, HC28N4
1,05 150 1 VW3 A7 815 362,000
ATV 71QC25N4
– ATV 71HC31N4, HC40N4
0,7 225 1 VW3 A7 816 543,000
ATV 71QC31N4, QC40N4
– ATV 71HC50N4
0,7 330 1 VW3 A7 817 642,000
ATV 71QC50N4
(1) Operating factor for hoist resistors: The value of the average power that can be dissipated at 50°C from the resistor is
determined by a load factor during braking. For VW3 A7 716…718:
- 10 s braking with 2 Tn braking torque for a 30 s cycle
For VW3 A7 801…808 and VW3 A7 818:
- 100 s braking with 1 Tn braking torque for a 200 s cycle
- 20 s braking with 1.6 Tn braking torque for a 200 s cycle
For VW3 A7 809…817:
- 10 s braking with 2 Tn braking torque for a 240 s cycle
- 110 s braking with 1.25 Tn braking torque for a 240 s cycle
5
6
7
8
9
10
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.
6/23

chapter 7
Machine safety
All technical information about products listed in this
catalogue are available on: www.schneider-electric.com

Contents
Machine safety
bb
General presentation
vv
Safety Legal Framework.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/2
vv
Risk assessment .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/4
vv
Functional Safety of machinery
Introduction.................................................................................................. 7/6
Standard EN ISO 13849-1........................................................................... 7/6
Standard EN/IEC 62061............................................................................. 7/10
Select the applicable standard................................................................... 7/13
1
2
vv
Hoisting standard EN 60204-32 .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/14
vv
SISTEMA.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/15
vv
Specific safety functions related to motion
STO Safe Torque Off.................................................................................. 7/16
SS1 Safe Stop 1......................................................................................... 7/17
SLS Safety Limited Speed......................................................................... 7/18
vv
Hoisting application examples
Example of risk analysis............................................................................. 7/20
Example of Safety chain to reach Performance level PLc / SIL1................ 7/22
Example of Safety chain to reach Performance level Pld / SIL2................. 7/23
3
4
bb
Safety products level
vv
Reliable values according to standards EN/ISO 13849-1 & EN/IEC 62061
For Preventa safety modules..................................................................... 7/24
For Preventa safety controllers.................................................................. 7/24
For Electromechanical components........................................................... 7/25
For Altivar 312, Altivar 32 and Altivar 71..................................................... 7/25
bb
Variable speed drive incorporated safety functions
vv
Definition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/26
5
6
vv
Incorporated safety function in Altivar 71. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/26
vv
Incorporated safety functions in Altivar 32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/26
b b Safety modules
For monitoring Emergency Stops and Limit switches................................. 7/28
bb
Safety controllers
For monitoring Emergency Stops and Limit switches, Coded magnetic
switches & Enabling switch........................................................................ 7/28
bb
Emergency stops
Ø 22 trigger action latching pushbuttons.................................................... 7/29
Ø 22 trigger action latching pushbutton stations......................................... 7/29
Accessories............................................................................................... 7/29
bb
Motor control
vv
Switch disconnectors
Front mounting........................................................................................... 7/30
Enclosed.................................................................................................... 7/30
vv
Safety device .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/31
7
8
9
10
7/1

Presentation
Machine safety
Safety Legal Framework
1
2
3
4
5
6
Safety Legal framework
Hoisting application
EC Directive
EC Directive:
Legal instrument to harmonise the legislation of the European member states
> > Defines the essential health and safety requirements (EHSRs)
> > Transposed into national law (act, decree, order, regulations)
Standard
Standard:
> > A “standard” is a technical specification approved by a recognised
standardisation body for repeated or continuous application, with which
compliance is not compulsory
Harmonised standard
Harmonised standard:
> > A standard becomes harmonised when published throughout the member states
Presumption of conformity
Presumption of conformity:
> > When a product conforms to a harmonised European standard, the reference to
which has been published in the Official Journal of the European Union for a
specific Directive, and which covers one or more of the essential safety
requirements, the product is presumed to comply with those essential safety
requirements of the Directive.
> > In many cases European standards (ENs) are technically very similar to
International (IEC or ISO) standards. However only European standards include
a list of which EHSRs are covered, so only European standards can confer a
Presumption of Conformity.
European Directives and Safety Standards
Link between some of the main Safety Standards and the European
Directives according with the sectors of activity
Fundamental rights
from EU
Free circulation
(CE mark)
Workers .
protection
Environment
protection
European Union
Directive
Machinery
2006/42/EC
Use of Work
Equipment
89/391/EC
Seveso II
2008/99/EC96/82/EC
7
8
9
10
It is of course
necessary to ensure
compliance with all the
other EHSRs as well as
those for which a
Presumption of
Conformity is given by
the use of a specific
standard.
Sector of Activity
Safety Standards
Generic Standard
EN/IEC 61508
Machine.
Builder
Harmonized
Standards
EN ISO 13849-1
EN/IEC 62061
End User.
System Integrator
EN ISO 13849-1
EN/IEC 62061
EN/IEC 61508
Hoisting Machinery
Standards
IEC 60204-32 Safety of machinery Electrical equipment
of machines
End User
System Integrator
EN/IEC 61511
Part 32:
Requirements for
hoisting machines.
Note: For Hoisting applications, conforming to the requirements of the Hoisting standard
IEC 60204-32 enables compliance with the Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC.
A list of such standards can be accessed at
http://www.newapproach.org/Directives/DirectiveList.asp
7/2

Presentation
Machine safety
Safety Legal Framework
A B1 B2 C
A, B & C standards
European standards for the Safety of machinery form the following
structure:
Type A standards
> > Basic safety standards giving basic concepts, principles for design, and general
aspects that can be applied to all machinery
Type B standards
> > Generic safety standards dealing with one safety aspect or one type of
safeguard that can be used across a wide range of machinery:
> > Type B1 standards on particular safety aspects (e.g. safety distances, surface
temperature, noise)
> > Type B2 standards on safeguards (e.g. two-hand controls, interlocking
devices, pressure sensitive devices, guards)
Type C standards
> > Machine safety standards dealing with detailed safety requirements for a
particular machine or group of machines
1
2
3
When a Type-C standard deviates from one or more provisions
dealt with by a Type A standard or by a Type B standard, the Type C
standard takes precedence.
Some examples of these types of standards are:
EN ISO 12100 A 2010 Safety of Machinery - General Principles for Design -
Risk Assessment and Risk Reduction
EN ISO 13850 B Emergency Stop - Principles for Design
EN/IEC 62061 B Functional Safety of Safety-related Electrical, Electronic .
and Electronic Programmable Control Systems
EN ISO 13849-1 B Safety of Machinery - Safety-related Parts of Control Systems -
Part 1 General Principles for Design
EN 349 B Minimum Gaps to avoid crushing of parts of the Human Body
EN ISO 13857 B Safety of Machinery - Safety Distances to prevent Hazard zones being
reached by upper and lower Limbs
EN 60204-1 B Safety of Machinery - Electrical Equipment of Machines - Part 1: General
Requirements
EN 1088/ISO 14119 B Interlocking Devices associated with Guards - Principles for Design and
Selection
EN 60947-5-5 B Low-voltage Switchgear and Control Gear - Part 5-5: Control Circuit
Devices and Switching Elements - Electrical Emergency Stop Devices
with mechanical latching function
EN 842 B Visual danger signals - General requirements, design and testing
EN 1037 B Prevention of unexpected start-up
EN 953 B General requirements for the design and construction of fixed and
movable guards
EN 60204-32 C Safety of machinery - Electrical equipment of machines - Part 32:
Requirements for hoisting machines
EN 13557 C Cranes - Controls and control stations
EN 12077-2 C Cranes safety - Requirements for health and safety - Part 2: Limiting and
indicating devices
EN 341 C Cranes - Bridge and Gantry cranes
EN 13135-1 C Cranes - Equipment - Part1: Electrical equipment
EN 13135-2 C Cranes - Equipment - Part2: Non-electrical equipment
EN 13157 C Cranes - Safety - Hand Powered Cranes
EN 13155 C Cranes - Safety - Non-fixed Load Lifting Attachments
EN 13557 C Cranes - Control and Control Stations
EN 14439 C Cranes - Safety. Tower cranes
EN 14492-1 C Cranes - Power Driven Winches and Hoists - Part 1: Driven Winches
EN 14492-2 C Cranes - Cranes - Power Driven Winches and Hoists - Part 2: Power
Driven Hoists
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
7/3

Presentation
Machine safety
Risk assessment
1
Assessment of machinery related risk
European legislation
Machines are sources of potential risk and the Machinery Directive requires
a risk assessment to ensure that any potential risk is reduced to less than
the acceptable risk.
2
3
Risk related
to the
potential
hazard
Definition of risk
Severity
of the
potential
harm
Probability of
occurence
Frequency and
duration of
exposure
Possibility of
avoiding or
limiting the
probability of the
occurence of an
event that could
cause harm
Standard EN/ISO 12100 defines risk as follows: risk is the severity multiplied by the
possibility of occurrence.
It defines an iterative process for achieving machine safety, which states that the
risks for each potential hazard can be determined in four stages.
This method provides the basis for the requisite risk reduction.
Risk assessment
> > Risk assessment consists of a series of logic steps which make it possible to
systematically analyse and evaluate machinery-related risks.
>
> Risk assessment is followed, whenever necessary, by a reduction of the risk...
This definition taken from standard EN/ISO 12100 is based on an iterative
process represented in the diagram opposite.
Determination of machine limits
4
Risk assessment starts by determining the limits of the machine at all stages
of its life cycle:
> > Transport, assembly, installation
> > Commissioning
> > Use
> > De-commissioning, dismantling
5
The use limitations must then be specified:
> > Operating modes
> > Level of training required
> > Space limits (amplitude, movement...)
> > Time limits (life cycle, frequency of maintenance...)
6
7
8
Start
Determination of
machine limits
Identification
of the potential hazards
Risk estimation
Risk analysis
Risk evaluation
Identification of the potential hazard
If a potential hazard exists, a hazardous phenomenon will cause harm if
measures are not taken.
All the tasks associated with the machine’s life cycle must be identified,
such as:
> > Assembly, transport and installation
> > Adjustment, testing
> > Learning, programming
> > Tool changing
> > Feeding, removal of product from the machine
> > Starting, stopping
> > Emergency Stops, restarting after an unexpected stop
> > Maintenance, cleaning, etc.
Risk evaluation
9
Is the machine safe?
End
Yes
10
No
Risk reduction
Logic steps for risk analysis
7/4

Presentation
Machine safety
Risk assessment
Risk estimation
The risk is a function of the severity of the harm and the probability that this
harm will occur.
1
Risk
Elements of the risk
Severity
of
harm
Probability of
harm occuring
Exposure of
the person or
persons to
hazardous
events
Occurrence of a
hazardous
event
Possibility of
avoiding or
limiting the
harm
> > The severity of the harm takes into account:
> > The severity of injuries (slight, serious, death)
> > The extent of the harm (number of persons).
> > The probability of the harm occurring takes into account:
> > Exposure to the hazard (nature of access, time spent in the hazardous zone,
number of persons exposed, frequency of access,...)
> > The occurrence of a hazardous event (accident history, comparison of risks,....)
> > The possibility of avoiding or limiting the harm (experience, awareness of the
risk, ...)
2
3
Risk evaluation
On the basis of the risk assessment, the designer has to define the safety
related control system.
To achieve that, the designer will choose one of the two standards
appropriate to the application:
> > either standard EN ISO 13849-1, which defines performance levels (PL)
> > or standard EN/IEC 62061, which defines safety integrity level (SIL)
4
5
Risk reduction
The process of risk reduction for dangerous events starts by:
> > intrinsic prevention (inherently safe design)
> > definition of the appropriate protective means (guards, carters, fix fences, ...)
> > personal training
6
If the selected preventive measure depends on a safety related control
system, the designer has to perform an iterative process for the design of
the safety relative control system.
> > The first stage is to define the necessary safety-related control functions:
> > either through the choice of components
> > or by adapting the control system architecture. Redundancy (double circuit
components), for example, significantly increases the reliability of the solution
> > Once the limits of available technologies have been reached, it will not be
possible to further reduce the rate of dangerous failures. To achieve the required
level of safety, it will be necessary to use a diagnostic system that allows
dangerous failures to be detected
7
8
9
10
7/5

Presentation
Machine safety
Functional Safety of Machinery
Introduction
Standard EN ISO 13849-1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Event: limit switch
Standards to be applied according to
the design selected for the safetyrelated
machine control system
Guard
contact
Safety functions
Logic
Representation of the safety function
L
Contactor
Inputs Processing Outputs
Risk related
to the
potential
hazard
Risk analysis
Severity .
of the potential
harm
Action: motor stop
Probability of
occurrence: .
- Frequency and
duration of
exposure
- Possibility of
avoiding or
limiting the
probability of the
occurrence of an
event that could
cause the harm
Introduction to Functional Safety of Machinery
The functional safety standards are intended to encourage designers to
focus more on the functions that are necessary to reduce each individual
risk, and on the performance required for each function, rather than simply
relying on particular components. These standards make it possible to
achieve greater levels of safety throughout the machine’s life.
> > Under the old standard, EN 954-1, categories (B, 1, 2, 3 and 4) dictated how a
safety-related electrical control circuit must behave under fault conditions.
Designers can follow either EN ISO 13849-1 or EN/IEC 62061 to demonstrate
conformity with the Machinery Directive. These two new standards consider not
only whether a fault will occur, but also how likely it is to occur.
> > This means there is a quantifiable, probabilistic element in compliance: machine
builders must be able to determine whether their safety circuit meets the
required safety integrity level (SIL) or performance level (PL). Panel builders and
designers should be aware that manufacturers of the components used in safety
circuits (such as safety detection components, safety logic solvers and output
devices like contactors) must provide detailed data on their products.
Standard EN ISO 13849-1
Machinery safety - Safety-related parts of control systems
Standard EN ISO 13849-1 is an evolution of standard EN 954-1.
Field of application of the standard
This standard gives safety requirements and advice relating to principles for the
design and integration of safety-related parts of control systems (SRP/CS),
including software design. For these parts, it specifies the characteristics, including
the performance level, needed to achieve these safety functions. It applies to the
SRP/CS of all types of machine, regardless of the technology and type of energy
used (electric, hydraulic, pneumatic, mechanical, etc.).
Process
Risk assessment as defined in standard EN/ISO 12100 leads to decisions on risk
reduction measures.
If these measures depend on a control system, then EN/ISO 12100 can apply..It defines
a 6-stage design process:
1 - Selection of the essential safety functions that SRP/CS must perform. For each
safety function, specify the required characteristics
2 - Determine the required performance level (PLr)
3 - Design and technical creation of safety functions: identify the parts that perform
the safety function
4 - Evaluate the performance level PL for each safety-related part
5 - Check that the performance level PL achieved is greater than or equal to the
required level (PLr)
6 - Check that all requirements are satisfied
We will now illustrate these stages, taking as an example a safety function where a
severe injury can be caused by a trolley not stopping at the end of the Jib and thus
causing the trolley to fall. A person can be exposed to this dangerous situation
around the hoisting machine.
Stage 1 - Selection of safety functions
The diagram opposite shows a safety function which consists of several parts:
> > The input actuated by opening of the guard (SRP/CSa)
> > The control logic, limited in this example to opening or closing of a contactor
coil (SRP/CSb)
> > The power output that controls the motor (SRP/CSc)
> > The connections (Iab, Ibc)
Stage 2 - Estimation of required performance level (PLr)
Considering our example of the person coming into area where the dangerous
hoisting machine is operating we now estimate the risk using the risk graph.
The parameters to be considered are:
> > S Severity of the injury
> > S1 Slight injury, normally reversible
> > S2 Serious, normally irreversible, including death
> > F Frequency and/or duration of exposure to the hazardous phenomenon
> > F1 Rare to fairly frequent and/or short duration of exposure
> > F2 Frequent to permanent and/or long duration of exposure
> > P Possibility of avoiding the hazardous phenomena or limiting the harm
> > P1 Possible under certain circumstances
> > P2 Virtually impossible
7/6

Presentation
Machine safety
Functional Safety of Machinery
Standard EN ISO 13849-1
Starting point for the
evaluation of the
contribution to the risk
reduction of a safety
function
Required
performance
level PLr:
Estimation of required performance level
S = Severity of injury
S1 = Slight (normally reversible injury)
S2 = Serious (normally irreversible) injury including death
F = Frequency and/or exposure time to the hazard
F1 = Seldom to less often and/or the exposure time is short
F2 = Frequent to continuous and/or the exposure time is long
P = Possibility of avoiding the hazard or limiting the harm
P1 = Possible under specific conditions
P2 = Scarcely possible
L = Low contribution to risk reduction
H = High contribution to risk reduction
Estimation
L
H
Standard EN ISO 13849-1
Machinery safety - Safety-related parts of control systems
Process (continued)
Stage 2 - Estimation of required performance level (PLr) (continued)
For our example: a serious injury S1 can be caused by being exposed near the hoisting
machine as if there is no safe guarding to ensure the trolley stops the load and trolley will
fall..After considering the severity of the injury we investigate the frequency and/or
duration of the possible entry to the dangerous area..Here we define the frequency of
exposure to the hazard is low F1 (occasional presence) as there are restrictions to enter
the area..The last step is based upon the possibility to avoid the hazard and limiting the
harm..To evaluate this we take into consideration that it is possible to avoid the harm as
the visibility around the dangerous machine is monitored by the operator and in this case
there is a possibility to avoid the harm under certain conditions so we define it as P1.
The result of the estimation gives a required performance level PLr = c.
Stage 3 - Design and creation of the safety functions
At this point, we need to describe the PL calculation method.
For a SRP/CS (or a combination of SRP/CS), PL could be estimated with the figure
shown on page 7/9, after estimation of several factors such as :
> > Hardware and software system structure (categories)
> > Mechanism of failures, diagnostic coverage (DC),
> > Components reliability, Mean Time To dangerous Failure (MTTF d
)
> > Common Cause Failure (CCF)
> > Categories (Cat.) and designated architectures
The table below summarises system behaviour in the event of a failure and the
principles used to achieve the safety, for the 5 categories defined:
Cat. System behaviour Designated architectures
B A fault can lead to loss of the safety function
1 As for category B but the probability of this
occurence is lower than for the category B
2 A fault can lead to loss of the safety function
between two periodic inspections and loss of the
safety function is detected by the control system
at the next test.
3 For a single fault, the safety function is always
ensured. Only some faults will be detected. The
accumulation of undetected faults can lead to
loss of the safety function.
4 When faults occur, the safety function is always
ensured. Faults will be detected in time to
prevent loss of the safety function
I
I
i m
i m
m
L
L
TE
i m
i m
i m
O
O
OTE
m
i
I1
m
L1 O1
c
I2
i m
L2
m
i m O2
I1
i m
L1
m
i m
O1
c
m
i m
I2 L2 i m O2
Key:
im: Interconnecting means
m: Monitoring
c: Cross monitoring O, O1, O2: Output device, e.g. main contactor
I, I1, I2: Input device, e.g. sensor TE: Test equipment
L, L1, L2: Logic OTE: Output of TE
> > MTTF d
(Mean Time To dangerous Failure)
The value of the MTTF d
of each channel is given in 3 levels (see table below) and
shall be taken into account for each channel (e.g. single channel, each channel of a
redundant system) individually.
Reliability levels of components
Index
Range
Low
3 years y MTTF d
< 10 years
Medium
10 years y MTTF d
< 30 years
High
30 years y MTTF d
< 100 years
A MTTF d
of less than 3 years should never be found, because this would mean that
after one year in operation, 30% of all those components in use would have failed
to a dangerous state. The maximum value is limited to 100 years because devices
dealing with a significant risk should not depend on the reliability of a single
component. Additional measures such as redundancy and tests are required.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
7/7

Presentation
Machine safety
Functional Safety of Machinery
Standard EN ISO 13849-1 .
1
2
3
Standards to be applied according to
the design selected for the safetyrelated
machine control system
Standard EN ISO 13849-1
Machinery safety - Safety-related parts of control systems
Process (continued)
Stage 3- (continued)
> > Diagnostic coverage (DC): this term is expressed as a percentage and quantifies
the ability to diagnose a dangerous failure.
For example, in the event of welding of a N/C contact in a relay, the state of the N/O
contact could incorrectly indicate the opening of the circuit, unless the relay has
mechanically linked N/O and N/C contacts, when the fault can be detected.
The standard recognises four levels:
Diagnostic coverage (DC)
Denotation
Range
Nil DC < 60%
Low 60% y DC < 90%
Medium 90% y DC < 99%
High
99% y DC
> > Relationship between Categories, DC and MTTF d
of each channel and the PL
4
Performance level PL
a
b
c
PFHD
u 10 -6 … < 10 -5
u 10 -6 … < 10 -5
5
d
u 10 -7 … < 10 -6
e
u 10 -8 … < 10 -7
6
7
8
9
Cat. B Cat. 1 Cat. 2 Cat. 2 Cat. 3 Cat. 3 Cat. 4
DCavg =
0 (nil)
DCavg =
0 (nil)
DCavg =
low
DCavg =
medium
DCavg =
low
DCavg =
medium
DCavg =
high
MTTF d
: low medium high
> > Using the above chart we can now select the most appropriate architecture, the required
Diagnostic coverage as well as ensure the products selected have the right MTTF d
values.
> > As we require PL= “c” the chart states as a minimum a category 1 architecture with a
Diagnostic coverage of 0 (Nil) and a MTTF d
of High is required. It is possible to use
architectures with higher categories to solve the safety function needs.
> > We start with determining the architecture required to solve the function. We use the
following Category 1 architecture (see page 7/9):
Cat. System behaviour
1
As for category B but the
probability of this occurence
is lower than for the
category B
Designated architectures
Event
Channel 1
Input Processing Output
Knowing our architecture it is now possible to select the most appropriate products.
Using the offer catalogs we define the products as illustrated below.
Action
10
Limit switch
Safety relay module
Application scheme of the example
Contactor
The selection of the right products may take several iterations as it is only possible
to ensure the right products are selected after calculations have been made.
7/8

Presentation
Machine safety
Functional Safety of Machinery
Standard EN ISO 13849-1
Standard EN ISO 13849-1
Machinery safety - Safety-related parts of control systems
Process (continued)
Stage 4 - Evaluate the performance level PL for each safety-related part
Typically the data needed for the calculation of the performance level is being
provided by the components supplier. For safety processing devices the MTTF d
,
DC and performance level values are provided. For other non-safety components
such as contactors, limit switches, etc. which wear primary as a result of their
mechanical actuation, B10 d
values are provided by the supplier in some cases.
When the B10 d
values are not available, the annex C from the 13849-1 standard
has to be used.
Example
B 10d
(where 10% of the population fail MTTF d
DC
to dangerous failure mode)
SRP/CS a
: Limit switch
2 000 000 (the B10 d
is coming from the 284 –
typical components values table from
Annex C 13849-1)
SRP/CS b
: XPS AXE safety module - 457 99,99%
SRP/CS c
: TeSys contactor 1 369 863 194 99%
> > For estimating the performance level of a safety function, the condition is that the
MTTF d
, the DC and the category from each component are known. The
procedure to follow:
> > Calculation of MTTF d
and DC of the complete system
> > Analysis of the category.
> > For electromechanical products, the MTTF d
is calculated on the basis of the total
number of operations that the product can perform, using B 10d
values:
In our case, the machine operates for 220 days per year, 8 hours per day with a
cycle of 90 s
N = 220 x 8 x (3600 / 90) = 70 400 operations/year
MTTF d
= B 10d
/ (0.1 x N)
> > For the limit switch: the MTTF d
= (2 000 000) / (0.1) x 70 400 = 284 years
> > For the contactor:
> > The MTTF d
= (1 369 863) / (0.1) x 70 400 = 194 years
The MTTF d
for each channel will then be calculated using the formula:
i.e. 284 years.
A similar formula is used to calculate the diagnostic capability
1
2
3
4
5
6
The DC is our example is < 60%, e.g. nil.
Stage 5 - Checking that required performance level is achieved
The result of the above calculations is summarised below:
> > An architecture: category 1
> > A mean time to failure > 30 years: high MTTF d
> > A Diagnostic Capability < 60% (nil)
Looking at this table, we confirm that PL level c is achieved:
a
7
8
b
c
d
9
e
Cat. B Cat. 1 Cat. 2 Cat. 2 Cat. 3 Cat. 3 Cat. 4
DCavg =
0 (nil)
DCavg =
0 (nil)
DCavg =
low
DCavg =
medium
DCavg =
low
DCavg =
medium
DCavg =
high
Checking the PL
Stage 6 - Validation of the required performance level
The design of SRP/CS must be validated and must show that the combination of
SRP/CS performing each safety function satisfies all the applicable requirements
of EN/ISO 13849.
10
7/9

Presentation
Machine safety
Functional Safety of Machinery
Standard EN/IEC 62061
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Standards to be applied according to
the design selected for the safetyrelated
machine control system
Standard EN/IEC 62061
Machinery safety - Safety-Related Electrical Control systems (SRECS)
Functional Safety of safety-related electrical, electronic and electronic
programmable control systems
Field of application of the standard
Safety-related electrical control systems in machines (SRECS) are playing an
increasing role in ensuring the overall safety of machines and are more and more
frequently using complex electronic technology.
This standard is specific to the machine sector within the framework of EN/
IEC 61508..It gives rules for the integration of sub-systems designed in
accordance with EN/ISO 13849..It does not specify the operating requirements
of non-electrical control components in machines (for example: hydraulic,
pneumatic).
Functional approach to safety
As with EN ISO 13849-1, the process using the EN/IEC 62061 starts with analysis of
the risks (EN/ISO 12100) in order to be able to determine the safety requirements.
A particular feature of this standard is that it prompts the user to make a
functional analysis of the architecture, then split it into sub-functions and
analyse their interactions before deciding on a hardware solution for them
(the SRECS).
> > A functional safety plan must be drawn up and documented for each design
project. It must include:
> > A specification of the safety requirements for the safety functions (SRCF) that
is in two parts:
> > Description of the functions and interfaces, operating modes, function
priorities, frequency of operation, etc.
> > Specification of the safety integrity requirements for each function, expressed
in terms of SIL (Safety Integrity Level)
> > The structured and documented design process for electrical control systems
(SRECS)
> > The procedures and resources for recording and maintaining appropriate
information
> > The process for management and modification of the configuration, taking into
account organisation and authorised personnel
> > The verification and validation plan
> > Functional safety
The decisive advantage of this approach is that of being able to offer a failure
calculation method that incorporates all the parameters that can affect the
reliability of electrical systems, whatever the technology used...
The method consists of assigning a SIL to each function, taking into account the
following parameters:
> > The probability of a dangerous failure of the components (PFH d
)
> > The type of architecture; with or without redundancy, with or without diagnostic
device making it possible to avoid some of the dangerous failures
> > Common cause failures (power cuts, overvoltage, loss of communication
network, etc.) (CCF)
> > The probability of a dangerous transmission error where digital
communication is used
> > Electromagnetic interference (EMC)
9
10
7/10

Presentation
Machine safety
Functional Safety of Machinery
Standard EN/IEC 62061
Risk
related to the
hazardous
phenomenon
identified
SRECS: Safety-related control system
Input
Severity .
of the potential
harm
Se
Processing
Output
Probability of
the harm
occurring
Frequency
and duration
of exposure
Fr
Probability of
an event
occurring
Pr
Probability of
avoiding or
limiting the
harm Av
Sub-systems
Sub-system components
Stage 1: Basic structure of the electrical control system
Standard EN/IEC 62061
Machinery safety - Safety-Related Electrical Control systems (SRECS)
Process
Designing a system is split into 5 stages after having drawn up the functional safety
plan:
1 - Based on the safety requirements specification (SRS), assign a safety level
(SIL) and identify the basic structure of the electrical control system (SRECS),
describe each related function (SRCF)
2 - Break down each function into a function block structure (FB)
3 - List the safety requirements for each function block and assign the function
blocks to the sub-systems within the architecture
4 - Select the components for each sub-system
5 - Design the diagnostic function and check that the specified safety level (SIL) is
achieved.
Stage 1 - Assign a safety integrity level (SIL) and identify the structure of the
SRECS
Based on the risk assessment performed in accordance with standard EN/
ISO 12100, estimation of the required SIL is performed for each hazardous
phenomenon and is broken down into parameters, see illustration opposite.
> > Severity Se
The severity of injuries or damage to health can be estimated by taking into account
reversible injuries, irreversible injuries and death.
The classification is shown in the table below:
Consequence
Severity Se
Irreversible: death, loss of an eye or an arm 4
Irreversible: shattered limb, loss of a finger 3
Reversible: requires the attention of a medical practitioner 2
Reversible: requires first aid 1
> > Probability of the harm occurring
Each of the three parameters Fr, Pr, Av must be estimated separately using the
most unfavourable case. It is strongly recommended that a task analysis model be
used in order to ensure that estimation of the probability of the harm occurring is
correctly taken into account.
> > Frequency and duration of exposure Fr
The level of exposure is linked to the need to access the hazardous zone (normal
operation, maintenance, ...) and the type of access (manual feeding, adjustment,
...). It must then be possible to estimate the average frequency of exposure and its
duration.
The classification is shown in the table below:
Frequency of dangerous exposure
Fr
y 1 hour 5
>1 hour... y 1 day 5
> 1 day... y 2 weeks 4
2 weeks... y 1 year 3
> 1 year 2
> > Probability of occurrence of a hazardous event Pr.
Two basic concepts must be taken into account:
> > the predictability of the dangerous components in the various parts of the
machine in its various operating modes (normal, maintenance,
troubleshooting), paying particular attention to unexpected restarting
> > behaviour of the persons interacting with the machine, such as stress, fatigue,
inexperience, etc.
Probability of occurrence of a dangerous event
Pr
Very high 5
Probable 4
Possible 3
Almost impossible 2
Negligible 1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
7/11

Presentation
Machine safety
Functional Safety of Machinery
Standard EN/IEC 62061
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Standards to be applied according to
the design selected for the safetyrelated
machine control system
SRECS
Objective SIL 2
Input Processing Output
Limit
switch
Function
block
FB1
Logic
Function
block
FB2
Stage 2: Break down into function blocks
Motor
control
Function
block
FB3
Standard EN/IEC 62061
Machinery safety - Safety-Related Electrical Control systems (SRECS)
Process (continued)
Stage 1 -(continued)
> > Probability of avoiding or limiting the harm Av
This parameter is linked to the design of the machine. It takes into account the
suddenness of the occurrence of the hazardous event, the nature of the dangerous
component (cutting, temperature, electrical) and the possibility for a person to
identify a hazardous phenomenon.
Probability of avoiding or limiting the harm
Av
Impossible 5
Almost impossible 3
Probable 1
> > Assignment of the SIL
Estimation is made with the help of the table below.
In our example (for hoisting), the degree of severity is 4 because there is a risk of
death for a person being around a crane; this value is shown in the first column of
the table.
All the other parameters must be added together in order to select one of the
classes (vertical columns in the table below), which gives us:
> > Fr = 3 access weekly or monthly
> > Pr = 2 low probability of occurrence of the hazardous event (e.g. operator
monitoring)
> > Av = 3 probability of avoiding almost impossible
Therefore a class CI = 3 + 2 + 3 = 8
A level of SIL 2 must be achieved by the safety-related electrical control system(s)
(SRECS) on the machine.
Estimation of the SIL
Se Class CI
3-4 5-7 8-10 11-13 14-15
4 SIL 2 SIL 2 SIL 2 SIL 3 SIL 3
3 - - SIL 1 SIL 2 SIL 3
2 - - - SIL 1 SIL 2
1 - - - - SIL 1
> > Basic structure of the SRECS
Without going into detail about the hardware components to be used, the system is
broken down into sub-systems. In our case, we find the 3 sub-systems that will
perform the input, processing and output functions. The figure opposite illustrates
this stage, using the terminology given in the standard.
Stage 2 - Break down each function into a function block structure (FB)
A function block (FB) is the result of a detailed break down of a safety-related
function.
The function block structure gives an initial concept of the SRECS architecture.
The safety requirements of each block are deduced from the specification of the
safety requirements of the system’s function.
Stage 3 - List the safety requirements for each function block and assign the
function blocks to the sub-systems within the architecture
Each function block is assigned to a sub-system in the SRECS architecture. A
failure of any sub-system will lead to the failure of the safety-related control
function. More than one function block may be assigned to each sub-system. Each
sub-system may include sub-system elements and, if necessary, diagnostic
functions in order to ensure that anomalies can be detected and the appropriate
action taken.
These diagnostic functions (D) are considered as separate functions; they may be
performed within the sub-system, by another internal or external sub-system.
7/12

Presentation
Machine safety
Functional Safety of Machinery
Standard EN/IEC 62061
Select the applicable standard
Standard EN/IEC 62061
Machinery safety - Safety-Related Electrical Control systems (SRECS)
Process (continued)
> > Types of sub-system architecture
Sub-system element 1
Sub-system type A
Sub-system element n
1
Sub-system element 1
Sub-system element 2
Sub-system type B
Common cause failure
2
Sub-system element 1
Sub-system element n
Diagnostic function(s)
Sub-system type C
Sub-system element 1
Diagnostic function(s)
Sub-system element 2
Sub-system type D
Common cause failure
3
Stage 4 - Select the components for each sub-system
As the safety integrity level required in the example mentioned above is SIL 2, each
of the components must achieve this level.
Once the targeted SIL is determined, the components constructing the system
from safety-related sub-systems (sensor/switch, logic, actuator) have to be
selected. The components must have PFH d
(probability of dangerous failure per
hour) equal to the required SIL rating needed.
Stage 5 - Design the diagnostic function
The SIL of the sub-system depends not only on the components, but also on the
architecture selected.
In EN 62061, a safety integrity requirement is expressed as a target failure value for
the probability of dangerous failure per hour (PFH d
) of each safety related control
function (SRCF).
This can be calculated from reliability data for each component or sub-system, and
is related to the SIL as shown in Table 3 of the standard:
Relationship between SIL and PFH d
values
SIL Probability of dangerous failures per hour (PFH d
)
3 u 10 -8 ... < 10 -7
2 u 10 -7 ... < 10 -6
1 u 10 -6 ... < 10 -5
For each of the four logical architectures A to D presented above, there is a different formula
to calculate the PFH d
. The calculation method is complex and will not be presented here
(please see EN/IEC 62061 for the formula and the parameters taken into account).
Select the applicable standard
In order to be able to select the applicable standard, a common table in both
standards gives indications which are summarised in the table below:
Technology used EN ISO 13849-1
max. PL
EN/IEC 62061
max. SIL
Non electric only, e.g...hydraulic e Not covered
Including some electromechanical, .
e (for designated 3
for example relays and/or non complex electronics architectures only)
Including complex electronics, .
d 3
for example programmable
For building specific complex sub-systems or for higher level requirements
including software, standard EN/IEC 61508 relating to systems must be used.
Relationship between the performance level (PL) and the Safety
Integrity Level (SIL)
PL SIL Probability of dangerous failures per hour 1/h
a No correspondance u 10 -5 … < 10 -4
b 1 u 3 x 10 -6 … < 10 -5
c 1 u 10 -6 … < 3 x 10 -6
d 2 u 10 -7 … < 10 -6
e 3 u 10 -8 … < 10 -7
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Typically for hoisting applications use standard EN ISO 13849-1.
7/13

Presentation
Machine safety
Hoisting standard EN 60204-32
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Hoisting standard EN 60204-32
The functional safety standards EN ISO 13849-1 and IEC 62061 address the
requirements for reducing each individual machine risk.
Requirements specific to the hoisting machine are addressed by different
standards (refer to table, see page 7/3) that may impose special
requirements on the system in a wide variety of ways, including safety
performance, physical parameters, labelling, etc. The most representative
hoisting standard is EN 60204-32 taking into account electrical equipment
for cranes.
EN 60204-32
This standard applies to the application of electrical and electronic
equipment and systems to hoisting machines and related equipment.
> > The equipment covered by this standard commences at the point of connection of
the supply to the electrical equipment of the hoisting machine (crane supply
switch) including systems for power supply and control feeders outside the hoisting
machine, for example, flexible cables or conductor bars.
> > For the purpose of this standard, hoisting machines include cranes of all types,
like overhead travelling cranes, offshore cranes, tower cranes, slewing luffing
cranes, gantry cranes, cable cranes, rubber tired gantry cranes (RTGs).
Machines which are only manually controlled by an operator
In case of manually controlled hoisting machine:
> > The emergency stop is mandatory on all cranes.
Machines with automatic mode
For automatic cranes, it is mandatory to use access control devices to make
sure that the machine is not moving when there is a person present in the
working area. In case of hoisting machine with automatic mode :
> > The emergency stop
> > The access control
> > The limit switch
are mandatory, the functional safety level required needs to be defined.
Most important safety information from the standard EN 60204-32
> > Other safe guarding functions typically found on most types of hoisting machines
are:
> > Hoisting overrun limit switch
> > Overspeed detection device
> > Rope slack detection device
> > For example on the emergency stop chain, overrun limit switch of the hoist
movement has to be added to the safety chain to protect the hoist equipment
from damage.
> > In most of the cases of the safety chain a safety module (e.g..Preventa range)
is needed to be included in order to reach PLc or PLd.
> > The emergency stop function is a function which is intended
> > to avert arising or to reduce existing hazards to persons, damage to machinery
or to work in progress;
> > to be initiated by a single human action when the normal stopping function is
inadequate for this purpose.
The emergency stop function shall be available and operational at all times
regardless of the operating mode.
The emergency stop equipment shall neither be used as an alternative to proper
safeguarding measures nor as an alternative for automatic safety devices, but it
may be used as a back-up measure.
The Emergency Stop is mandatory on all machines.
> > The access control
> > Mandatory to use access control devices in case of hoisting machines with
automatic mode
> > Other safeguarding functions
> > To help ensure the machine is operating within the appropriate way safe
position detection is important via travel limiters, as well as Overspeed
detection, overload and anticollision must be considered.
Please refer to the safety catalogue and the Schneider Electric SISTEMA
library for the appropriate devices.
7/14

Presentation
Machine safety
SISTEMA Performance Level (PL) verification
tool for EN ISO 13849-1
SISTEMA Performance Level (PL)
verification tool for EN ISO 13849-1
Schneider Electric library for SISTEMA
Download
To support the EN ISO 13849-1 standard, BGIA, the German Institute for
Occupational Health, has developed SISTEMA, a free-to-download software
utility that developers and designers can use to evaluate the safety of the
machine in the context of the standard.
The tool permits the designer to model the structure of the safety-related control
components based on the designated architectures of the standard, permitting
automated calculation of the reliability values with various levels of detail, including
that of the attained PL.
Using SISTEMA, relevant risk parameters are entered step-by-step into input
dialogs. Each parameter change is reflected immediately on the user interface
together with its impact on the whole system.
Schneider Electric publishes software libraries for its safety components which
contain relevant reliability data. This can be imported into SISTEMA and combined,
the two eliminate time-consuming consultation of tables and calculation of
formulae and the final results can be printed out in a summary document.
Step by Step instructions
> > Download SISTEMA software from the IFA website .
http://www.dguv.de/ifa/en/pra/softwa/sistema/index.jsp
> > Install the SISTEMA software
> > Download the Schneider Electric library for SISTEMA.
http://www2.schneider-electric.com/sites/corporate/en/solutions/oem/
machine-safety/evaluate-the-safety-of-your-machine.page
> > Open the Library file in the SISTEMA software
1
2
3
4
5
6
SISTEMA software
7
8
9
10
7/15

Presentation
Machine safety
Specific safety functions related to motion
1
2
3
Specific safety functions related to
motion
STO Safe Torque Off
The STO function is the most common and basic drive-integrated safety
function. It ensures that no torque-generating energy can continue to affect
a motor and prevents unintentional start-ups.
> > The logic input “STO” is always assigned to this function.
If a paired terminal line in two channels is required for control of STO, the function
can be enabled also by the safe logic inputs.
The STO status (diagnostic information) is accessible with the drive or with SoMove
software.
Frequency
Actual.
frequency
4
STO activation
Time
5
6
> > STO Normative reference
The normative definition of STO function is in §4.2.2.2 of the IEC 61800-5-2 (on the
07/2007 version):
> > “Power, that can cause rotation (or motion in the case of a linear motor), is not
applied to the motor. The PDS(SR)(Power Drive System with safety-related
functions) will not provide energy to the motor which can generate torque (or
force in the case of a linear motor).
> > NOTE 1 This safety function corresponds to an uncontrolled stop in
accordance with stop category 0 of EN 60204-1.
> > NOTE 2 This safety function may be used where power removal is required to
help prevent an unexpected startup.
> > NOTE 3 In circumstances where external influences (for example, falling of
suspended loads) are present, additional measures (for example, mechanical
brakes) may be necessary to help prevent any hazard.
> > NOTE 4 Electronic means and contactors are not adequate for protection
against electric shock, and additional measures for isolation may be
necessary.“
7
8
9
10
7/16

Presentation
Machine safety
Specific safety functions related to motion
SS1 Safe Stop 1
SS1 Safe Stop 1 consists of
> > Monitored deceleration of the movement according a specified ramp
> > STO (triggered after standstill has been reached)
> > Description
This function is used to stop the motor following a dedicated down ramp. The motor
speed is monitored during the down ramp. STO is initiated when the motor speed is
below a specified threshold.
The unit of SS1 down ramp is in Hz/s to get the shape of the ramp you need to
configure 2 parameters (only available on Altivar 32)
> > [SS1ramp unit] (SSrU)(Hz/s) to give the unit of the ramp 1 Hz/s, 10Hz/s and
100 Hz/s
> > [SS1RampValue] (SSrt) (0,1) to set the value of the ramp
Ramp calculation: ramp = SSRU x SSRT x 0.1 - SSRT is in decimal of sec (0.1) -
Example: if SSRU = 10 Hz/s and SSRT = 50 the down ramp is 50 Hz/s.
When the SS1 function is activated it has the highest priority.
When a fault is detected within the safety function, the drive will trip and stop using
the internal STO command.
This safety function is configured with SoMove software. The SS1 status is
accessible with the drive or with SoMove software.
> > Behavior at the activation of SS1 function
The SS1 function monitors the Motor Speed and check the [SS1 trip threshold] (SStt)
During the SS1 ramp, if the trip area is reached, drive will trip in (SAFF) and the
drive stops in free wheel mode.
When the Motor Speed reaches the [Standstill level] (SSSL) a STO is set.
The protection depends on the stator frequency.
Frequency
Actual.
frequency
1
1
2
3
4
5
2
3
6
3
STO activation
Time
1 SS1 trip threshold
2 SS1 deceleration ramp
(dV/dT)
3 Stop
> > Behavior after the deactivation of the SS1 function
After a SS1 stop has been activated a new start order must be given to the
machine.
If the SS1 request disappeared before the end of safe function, the safe function
continues to run until STO is reached.
7
8
9
10
7/17

Presentation
Machine safety
Specific safety functions related to motion
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Specific safety functions related to
motion
SLS Safety Limited Speed
SLS monitors an adjustable speed limit. In case of exceeding the limit speed,
the drive is shut down safety
> > Description
This function is used to limit a machine speed. The main goal is to monitor the
motor speed and to adjust the speed to a set point.
This function offers 3 types:
> > SLS type 1: used to monitor the motor speed and trips in STO in case of over
speed.
> > SLS type 2: used to limit the motor speed to a set point and trips in STO in case
of over speed.
> > SLS type 3: Same as type 2 with a dedicated behavior when the motor speed
is above the tolerance threshold. Trips in STO in case of over speed.
When the function is activated, the SLS function has the reference priority to all
others reference channel. This safety function is configured with SoMove software,
see commissioning..The SLS status is accessible with the drive or with SoMove software.
> > Behavior at the activation of SLS function (only available on Altivar 32)
SLS type 1
When the function is activated,
> > if the current frequency or stator frequency is above the [SLS tolerance
threshold] (SLtt), the SAFF detected fault is trigged,
> > if the current frequency or stator frequency is under the [SLS tolerance
threshold] (SLtt), the speed is limited to the actual speed. The main reference
channel can only decrease the speed reference.
While the function is activated,
> > If the current frequency decrease and reach the [Standstill level] (SSSL)
frequency, STO is activated..If the current frequency or stator frequency increase
and reach the [SS1 trip threshold] (SLtt), drive trips in SAFF detected fault.
Frequency
Actual.
frequency
SLS trip
threshold
Setpoint
Standstill
detection
Actual.
frequency
SLS activation
1
2
3
Time
1 Error and Stop
2 Reference high limitation
3 Stop
SLS type 2
When the function is activated,
> > If the current frequency is above the [SLS tolerance threshold] (SLtt), the drive
decelerates until the [Set point] (SLSP) frequency with the same ramp as SS1
function.
> > If the current frequency is under the [SLS tolerance threshold] (SLtt) and
upper the [Set point] (SLSP), the drive decelerates until the [Set point] (SLSP)
frequency with the same ramp as SS1 function.
> > If the current frequency is under the [Set point] (SLSP), the speed is high
limited by the set point.
Once the [Set point] (SLSP) is reached, is it still possible to vary the reference
speed between [Standstill level] (SSSL) and the [Set point] (SLSP).
While the function is activated,
> > If the current frequency decrease and reach the [Standstill level] (SSSL)
frequency, STO is activated.
> > If the current frequency or stator frequency increase and reach the [SS1 trip
threshold] (SLtt), drive trips in SAFF detected fault.
Frequency
1
5
SLS activation
2
3 3
4
2
4
Time
1 SS1 trip threshold
2 Error and Stop
3 Reference high limitation
4 Stop
5 SS1 deceleration ramp
(dV/dT)
7/18

Presentation
Machine safety
Specific safety functions related to motion
SLS Safety Limited Speed (continued)
SLS type 3
When the function is activated,
> > If the current frequency is above the [SLS tolerance threshold] (SLtt) the drive
decelerates until the [Standstill level] (SSSL) frequency with the same ramp
as SS1 function and a STO is set.
> > If the current frequency is under the [SLS tolerance threshold] (SLtt) and
upper the [Set point] (SLSP), the drive decelerates until the [Set point] (SLSP)
frequency with the same ramp as SS1 function and it remains equal to the
Setpoint frequency till the deactivation.
> > If the current frequency is under the [Set point] (SLSP), the current reference
is not changed but limited to the [Set point] (SLSP).
While the function is activated,
> > If the current frequency decrease and reach the [Standstill level] (SSSL)
frequency, STO is activated.
> > If the current frequency or stator frequency increase and reach the [SS1 trip
threshold] (SLtt), drive trips in SAFF detected fault.
The [Set point] (SLSP), is linked to the rotor frequency.
1
2
3
Frequency
Actual.
frequency
SLS trip
threshold
Setpoint
Standstill
detection
1
5
SLS activation
2 2 2
4 4 4
3
3
Time
1 SS1 trip threshold
2 Error and Stop
3 Reference high limitation
4 Stop
5 SS1 deceleration ramp
(dV/dT)
4
5
> > Behavior at the deactivation of SLS function
For all SLS types
> > If the drive is still running when the function is deactivated, the main reference
and the current run order is applied.
> > If the drive is already stopped (STO or end of SS1) a new run order must be set
to restart.
> > If the SLS request disappeared before the end of SS1 deceleration, the safe
function continues to run until [Set point] (SLSP) or [Standstill level] (SSSL)
are reached.
When a stop order appeared, the drive stops even if a safe function is activated (but
the safe function stays active and continues to monitor the trip area). A stop order
has the priority to safe function.
If a detected fault appeared when a safe function is configured, the drive stops
following the detected fault reaction configured and a new run order must be set to
restart.
6
7
8
9
10
7/19

Presentation
Machine safety
Hoisting applications examples
Example of risk analysis
1
Example of a risk analysis
Logic steps for risk analysis
Start
2
3
Determination of
machine limits
Identification
of the potential hazards
Risk estimation
Risk analysis
Risk evaluation
4
Risk evaluation
Is the machine safe?
End
5
No
Yes
Risk reduction
6
OEM or End User requirements
7
8
9
10
Risks identified in hoisting machine
> > Risk of crushing a person between the hoisting machinery and the building
structure
> > Risk of shock or crushing by the load
> > Specific risks associated with commissionning, maintenance and
inspections
> > Risks related to interventions in height
> > Risks related to electricity
> > Risk due to type of load (Metal plant, nuclear…)
On hoisting machine the risk evaluation can be done by using risk assessment
matrixes. Typically, the risk is estimated from high to very high.
Evaluate the performance level required for each safety related part. .
Using the risk estimation determine the Performance Level (PLr) or Safety
Integrity Level (SIL) of each function.
An example of safety function where a severe injury can be caused by an
operator moving a load from one location to another and due to external factors
the load can become loose and fall. A person can be crushed when exposed to
this dangerous situation around the hoisting machine.
7/20

Presentation
Machine safety
Hoisting applications examples
Example of risk analysis
Logic steps for risk analysis (continued)
(continued)
For our example: a serious injury S2 can be caused by being exposed near the
hoisting machine as if there is no safe guarding to prevent load from falling.
After considering the severity of the injury we investigate the frequency and/or
duration of the possible entry to the dangerous area. Here we define the
frequency of exposure to the hazard is low F1 (occasional presence) as there
are restrictions to enter the area. The last step is based upon the possibility to
avoid the hazard and limiting the harm. To evaluate this we take into
consideration that it is possible to avoid the harm as the visibility around the
dangerous machine is monitored by the operator and in this case there is a
possibility to avoid the harm under certain conditions so we define it as P1.
Starting point for the
evaluation of the
contribution to the risk
reduction of a safety
function
Required
performance
level PLr
S = Severity of injury
S1 = Slight (normally reversible
injury)
S2 = Serious (normally irreversible)
injury including death
F = Frequency and/or exposure
time to the hazard
F1 = Seldom to less often and/
or the exposure time is short
F2 = Frequent to continuous
and/or the exposure time is
long
P = Possibility of avoiding the
hazard or limiting the harm
P1 = Possible under specific
conditions
P2 = Scarcely possible
How to reduce the risk?
3 possibilities:
1: Measure design
> > Follow FEM rules
> > Follow the rules EN 60204-32
> > Downgrade of the nominal capacity of the machine
2: Staff information
> > User guide
> > Appropriate licence for driving machine
> > Prevent presence of staff around machine
3: Specific safeguarding functions for prevention and risk reduction:
Safeguarding functions for prevention and risk reduction
Concerning machine exceeding 1000 Kg:
> > Device for checking the class of use and load spectrum in order to check
the stresses of the bridge and its compliance with FEM design and
facilitate the scheduling of maintenance operations
> > Device to limit the improper crane operation
> > Lighting and/or embedded signalling to illuminate the area of development
and signal the approach of the bridge
> > Collision avoidance device for moving bridges on the same runway
> > Collision avoidance device when several bridges operate in superposition
> > Management system interference when multiple bridges are involved in
moving a single load, or when they overlook other lifting devices
> > Limiting the working area of the bridge to prevent it from carrying loads
over areas with people
> > Protective barrier or safety switches to ensure that the gantry crane will
not collide with people or objects
> > Depending on the conditions of use and the type of load, an emergency
brake is used acting on the drum with separate overspeed sensor, in the
case the service brake fails
> > Ensure area where the crane is operating is clear from obstructions and
completely visible
> > When the speed exceeds 30 m / min in trolley or 40 m / min in translation,
use speed drives or soft starters to obtain progressive starting and
stopping of the horizontal movements
> > Use limit switches on all movements and a rope end limit switch
> > A load capacity limiter
> > Written procedure to prioritize actions when previous solutions have not
been technically implemented or are not appropriate
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
7/21

Presentation
Machine safety
Hoisting applications examples
Example of Safety chain
with Emergency stop to reach Performance level c
1
2
3
Examples of safety chain with
emergency stop
Safety chain to reach Performance level PLc / SIL1
> > Safety module type XPS AXE + Emergency Stop with 1 NC contacts
A typical example of hoisting for manually controlled machine - the operator has to
monitor the load of the crane and check there are no people near to the load. The
operator must be trained and informed how to drive the machine. The operator
monitoring is the first safety barrier.
In case of any trouble the operator must stop the machine by pushing at the
emergency stop. The emergency stop is the second safety barrier. What is now the
safety level required for the emergency stop?
Because of the operator is monitoring the area, it can be considered that the
frequency and the exposure times are short.
Performance level required in this case is PLr = c
To reach to required PL (PLc), the following architecture of Category 1 type
(1-channel) is proposed:
4
Required
performance
level PLr
3 x 400 VAC
24 VDC
5
6
7
8
9
Starting point for the
evaluation of the
contribution to the
risk reduction of a
safety function
S = Severity of injury
S1 = Slight (normally reversible injury)
S2 = Serious (normally irreversible) injury including death
F = Frequency and/or exposure time to the hazard
F1 = Seldom to less often and/or the exposure time is short
F2 = Frequent to continuous and/or the exposure time is long
P = Possibility of avoiding the hazard or limiting the
harm
P1 = Possible under specific conditions
P2 = Scarcely possible
(1) Fault relay contact
Motor
Brake
control
Brake
R2C (1)
R2A (1)
Related products:
> > Emergency stop - Harmony XB4, See chapter 8
> > Limit switch OsiSense XF, See chapter 9
> > Preventa Safety Module XPS AXE, See page 7/28
> > TeSys contactor (nominal load), See chapter 5
> > Variable Speed Drive Altivar 312, See chapter 6
The performance level reached (reference SISTEMA and Schneider Electric
SISTEMA library) with this combination of products is
> > PLc and
> > PFH(1/h) of 2,31e -6 which corresponds to SIL1.
10
7/22

Presentation
Machine safety
Hoisting applications examples
Example of Safety chain
with Emergency stop to reach Performance level d
Safety chain to reach Performance level Pld / SIL2
> > Safety module type XPS AXE + Emergency Stop with 2 NC contacts
A typical example of hoisting machine with automatic mode - without of an operator
to monitor to area around the crane, the risk of a harm is higher and a higher safety
level is needed.
Performance level required in this case is PLr = d
To reach the required PLd an architecture of Category 3 type (2-channel
architecture) is proposed:
1
2
Required
performance
level PLr
3 x 400 VAC
24 VDC
3
Starting point for the
evaluation of the
contribution to the
risk reduction of a
safety function
S = Severity of injury
S1 = Slight (normally reversible injury)
S2 = Serious (normally irreversible) injury including death
F = Frequency and/or exposure time to the hazard
F1 = Seldom to less often and/or the exposure time is short
F2 = Frequent to continuous and/or the exposure time is long
P = Possibility of avoiding the hazard or limiting the
harm
P1 = Possible under specific conditions
P2 = Scarcely possible
Power
(1) Fault relay contact
Motor
Brake
Brake
control
R2C(1)
R2A (1)
4
5
6
Related products:
> > Emergency stop - Harmony XB4, See chapter 8
> > Limit switch - OsiSense XF, See chapter 9
> > Preventa Safety Module XPS AXE, See page 7/28
> > TeSys contactor (nominal load), See chapter 5
> > Variable Speed Drive Altivar 71 (or Altivar 32) - STO, See chapter 6
The performance level reached (reference SISTEMA and Schneider Electric
SISTEMA library) with this combination of products is
> > PLd and
> > PFH(1/h) of 1,56e -7 which corresponds to SIL2.
7
8
9
10
7/23

Presentation
Machine safety
Safety products level
1
Reliable values according to standards
EN/ISO 13849-1 and EN/IEC 62061
Preventa safety Modules
2
3
4
5
6
EN/ISO 13849-1
Category
for the device internal
MTTF d (mean time to
dangerous failure. in years)
PL (Performance Level): up
to...
DC (diagnostic capability)
for the device internal
Device + outputs.
in
Stop category 0
Device + outputs.
in
Stop category 1
Single channel .
with output
in
Single channel .
with output
in
Device + outputs.
in
Stop category 0
Device + outputs.
in
Stop category 1
Device +
outputs.
in
Device +
outputs.
in
Reference
Stop category 0 Stop category 1
Stop category 0 Stop category 1
XPS ABV11330P 4 3 53 53 e d > 99 % 60…90 %
XPS AC5121P 4 – 210.4 – e – > 99 % –
XPS AF5130P 4 – 243.0 – e – > 99 % –
XPS AK311144P 4 – 154.5 – e – > 99 % –
XPS AR311144P 4 – 277.8 – e – > 99 % –
XPS ATE5110P 4 3 134.8 54.5 e d > 99 % 98.4 %
XPS ATE3710P 4 3 134.8 54.5 e d > 99 % 98.4 %
XPS AV11113P 4 4 75.8 75.8 e e > 99 % > 99 %
XPS AXE5120P 4 – 457.0 – e – > 99 % –
EN/IEC 62061 (EN/IEC 61508)
PFH d (Dangerous Failure per
Hour)
SILCL (Safety Integrity Level
Claim Level)
Device + outputs. Device + outputs. Device + outputs. Device + outputs.
Reference
in .
Stop category 0
in .
Stop category 1
in .
Stop category 0
in .
Stop category 1
XPS ABV11330P 3.00 x 10 -8 2.00 x 10 -7 3 2 1
XPS AC5121P 3.56 x 10 -9 – 3 – 1
XPS AF5130P 4.62 x 10 -9 – 3 – 1
XPS AK311144P 7.39 x 10 -9 – 3 – 1
XPS AR311144P 2.22 x 10 -9 – 3 – 1
XPS ATE5110P 6.81 x 10 -9 1.96 x 10 -8 3 2 1
XPS ATE3710P 6.81 x 10 -9 1.96 x 10 -8 3 2 1
XPS AV11113P 7.95 x 10 -9 7.95 x 10 -9 3 3 1
XPS AXE5120P 3.00 x 10 -8 – 3 – 1
HFT (Hardware Fault Tolerance)
7
8
9
10
EN/ISO 13849-1
Category
for the device internal
MTTF d (mean time to
dangerous failure. in years)
PL (Performance Level): up
to...
DC (diagnostic capability)
for the device internal
Device + outputs.
in
Stop category 0
Device + outputs.
in
Stop category 1
Single channel .
with output
in
Single channel .
with output
in
Device + outputs.
in
Stop category 0
Device + outputs.
in
Stop category 1
Device +
outputs.
in
Device +
outputs.
in
Reference
Stop category 0 Stop category 1
Stop category 0 Stop category 1
XPS MP11123P 4 – 75.8 – e – > 99 % –
XPS MCppZp (transistor outputs) 4 4 76.6 76.6 e e > 99 % > 99 %
XPS MCppZp(Relay outputs) 4 4 71.0 71.0 e e > 99 % > 99 %
EN/IEC 62061 (EN/IEC 61508)
PFH d (Dangerous Failure per
Hour)
Preventa safety controllers
SILCL (Safety Integrity Level
Claim Level)
Device + outputs. Device + outputs. Device + outputs. Device + outputs.
Reference
in
Stop category 0
in
Stop category 1
in
Stop category 0
in
Stop category 1
XPS MP11123P 7.95 x 10 -9 – 3 – 1
XPS MCppZp (transistor outputs) 1.29 x 10 -8 1.29 x 10 -8 3 3 1
XPS MCppZp(Relay outputs) 1.40 x 10 -8 1.40 x 10 -8 3 3 1
HFT (Hardware Fault Tolerance)
7/24

Presentation
Machine safety
Safety products level
Functional safety and manufacturer
reliability data of electromechanical
components according to EN/ISO
13849-1 and EN/IEC 62061
Electromechanical components
The following values apply to high or continuous demand mode of operations used
in machinery applications.
The B10 d
value is given to a lifetime of 20 years, but is mainly limited by mechanical
or contact wear.
1
Ranges
B10 d
Emergency stop push-buttons Ø 22 mm XB4 & XB5 1 500 000
Pushbuttons Ø 22 mm XB4 & XB5 Spring return 10 000 000
Pushbuttons Ø 22 mm XB4 & XB5 Double headed 2 000 000
Pushbuttons Ø 22 mm XB4 & XB5 Push-push to release 1 000 000
Selector switches Ø 22 mm XB4 & XB5 Non illuminated 2 000 000
Selector switches Ø 22 mm XB4 & XB5 Illuminated 1 000 000
Toggle switches Ø 22 mm XB4 & XB5 1 000 000
Joystick controllers Ø 22 mm XB4 & XB5 2 000 000
Emergency stop trip wire switches XY2 C 50 000
Safety Limit switches with plunger or roller lever head XCS M/D/P 50 000 000
Safety switches with key (guard switches) XCS 5 000 000
Safety switches with key (electromagnet guard switches) XCS 5 000 000
Safety switches with rotary opening head XCS 5 000 000
Safety coded magnetic switches XCS DMC/DMP/DMR at 10mA 50 000 000
contactors with nominal load 1 300 000
contactors with mechanical load 20 000 000
Cam switches K1/K2 2 000 000
Motor control devices
Contactors & Circuit breakers
Please refer to Chapter 10 for catalogue information on contactors and circuit
breakers.
2
3
4
5
Variable Speed Drive Specific safety inputs
Altivar 312, Altivar 32 and Altivar 71
Please refer to Chapter 6 for catalogue information on the drives.
The safety values of the
presented variable speed
drives are included in the
Schneider Electric
SISTEMA library
The analysis of the standard logic inputs show that there are conform
according the following standards
Standard
LI (logic input)
IEC 61508-5-2 / IEC 61508 SIL 1
EN/IEC 62061
SIL 1 CL
EN 954-1 (1) Category 1
EN ISO 13849-1 (2)
Category 1 - PLc
(1) According to table 6 of EN/IEC 62061 (2005) [DA6].
(2) According to table 4 of EN ISO 13849-1 (2008) [DA2].
Summary of safety-relevant data of the standard logical inputs of the range
of variable speed drives: Altivar 312, Altivar 32 & Altivar 71
> > “Sink” mode
> > “Source” mode
Altivar 32 Altivar 312 Altivar 71
MTTF d
(in year) 352 319 286
DC
46.7% 45.0% 42.1%
None None None
PL c c c
Category 1 1 1
SIL 1 1 1
Altivar 32 Altivar 312 Altivar 71
MTTF d
(in year) 3854 1137 1115
DC
91.5% 73.75% 73.38%
Medium Low Low
PL d c c
Category 2 2 2
SIL 1 1 1
6
7
8
9
10
7/25

Presentation
Machine safety
Variable speed drive incorporated safety
functions
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Variable speed drive incorporated
safety functions
The Altivar 71 and Altivar 32 variable speed drives contain some
incorporated safety functions (e.g. Safe Torque Off, Safe Stop 1, Safe
Limited Speed) that allow developing applications for the protection of
people and machine. The safety functions are configured with SoMove
software. The safety integrated functions provide the following benefits:
> > Replacement of external safety equipment
> > Reduced wiring efforts and space requirements
> > Reduced costs
Definition
> > STO Safe Torque Off.
The STO function is the most common and basic drive-integrated safety
function. It ensures that no torque-generating energy can continue to affect a
motor and prevents unintentional start-ups.
> > SS1 Safe Stop 1.
The Safe Stop 1 (SS1) function is to cause a motor to stop rapidly and safely
within the shortest possible time and switches the motor to a torque-free (STO)
mode after standstill has been reached.
> > SLS Safe Limited Speed.
The Safe Limited Speed (SLS) function is used if people need access within a
dangerous area of a machine and their safety can only be guaranteed by
reduced speed of the machine. The Safe Limited Speed is initially activated and
the speed is reduced, then once the safe speed is reached access to the
dangerous area is permitted. Throughout this time the safe monitoring is active
using the SLS function to ensure that exceeding of the set speed limit is
prevented.
Altivar 71
Incorporated safety function in Altivar 71:
> > STO Safe Torque Off
Altivar 32
Incorporated safety functions in Altivar 32:
> > STO Safe Torque Off
> > SS1 Safe Stop 1
> > SLS Safe Limited Speed
> > Safety function (SF) level required for STO function
Configuration
SIL
(Safety Integrity Level)
according to IEC 61-508
PL
(Performance Level)
according to EN ISO 13849
STO with or without safety module SIL 2 PL “d”
STO & LI3 with or without safety SIL 3
PL “e”
module
LI3 & LI4 SIL 2 PL “d”
LI5 & LI6 SIL 2 PL “d”
> > For the machine environment (IEC60204-1 & Machinery Directive), reset shall
not initiate a restart in any cases. One of the most constringent case is when
STO is activated, and there is a loss of power supply.
> > Due to the loss of the power supply the motor is not allowed to restart when the
power supply is returned to normal state.
> > Safety relays can also be used to prevent an unexpected restart condition to
occur. If a machine goes into automatic restart mode when the STO function is
deactivated it will then require the use of safety relays.
10
7/26

Presentation
Machine safety
Variable speed drive incorporated safety
functions
Altivar 32 (Incorporated safety functions - continued)
SS1 Normative reference
The normative definition of SS1 function is in §4.2.2.2 of the IEC 61800-5-2:
“The PDS(SR) (Power Drive System with safety-related functions) either
Type B. initiates and monitors the motor deceleration rate within set limits to stop
the motor and initiates the STO function when the motor speed is below a specified
limit; or
Type C. initiates the motor deceleration and initiates the STO function after an
application specific time delay.”
NOTE: This safety function corresponds to a controlled stop in accordance with
stop category 1 of IEC 60204-1.
In accordance with the IEC 60204-1, the SS1 function generates a stop category 1
for the PDS generates a stop category 0 after:
> > the motor stop (when the motor speed is below a specified limit)
> > or an application specific time delay.
> > Safety function (SF) level required for SS1 function
Function Configuration SIL
(Safety Integrity
Level) according to
IEC 61508
SS1 type C STO with safety module SIL 2 PL “d”
STO & LI3 with safety module SIL 3 PL “e”
SS1 type B LI3 & LI4 SIL 2 PL “d”
LI5 & LI6 SIL 2 PL “d”
PL
(Performance
Level) according to
EN ISO 13849
> > SLS Normative reference
The normative definition of SLS function is in §4.2.3.4 of the IEC 61800-5-2 «The
SLS function helps to prevent the motor from exceeding the specified speed limit».
The safety function (SF) level required for SLS function is:
Configuration
SIL
(Safety Integrity Level)
according to IEC 61-508
LI3 & LI4 : SLS SIL 2 PL “d”
LI5 & LI6 : SLS SIL 2 PL “d”
Note: The SLS function is not validated in vertical position of the drive.
> > Summary of safety-relevant data of the safe inputs of Altivar 32
Function Standard Input STO input STO Input
& LI3
PL
(Performance Level)
according to EN ISO 13849
LI3 & LI4
or LI5 & LI6
STO IEC 61508 DC 93.1% 91.5% 90%
SIL capability 2 3 2
IEC 62061 SIL CL capability 2 3 2
EN 954-1 (1) Category 3 4 3
ISO 13849-1 (2) PL d e d
Category 3 4 3
MTTF d
in years 13900 “L1” 3850 4290
“L2” 29300
SS1 type B IEC 61508 DC 78.7%
SLS
SIL capability 2
IEC 62061 SIL CL capability 2
EN 954-1 (1) Category 3 3
ISO 13849-1 (2) PL d
Category 3
MTTF d
in years 3670
(1) According to table 6 of IEC 62061 (2005)
(2) According to table 4 of EN13849-1 (2008)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
7/27

Preventa
Automation
Machine safety
Safety modules for monitoring
emergency stops and limit switches
1
2
3
4
Maximum safety level of the solution attained
(EN ISO 13849-1, EN/IEC 62061)
PL e / Cat. 4, SILCL 3
Number of circuits Safety 3 N/O 3N/O 3 N/O 3 N/O 7 N/O 3N/O + 3N/O .
time del.
2N/O + 1N/O
time del.
2N/O + 3N/O .
time del.
Additional 1 solid-state 1 N/C – 1 N/C . 2 N/C . 3 solid-state – 4 solid-state
+ 4 solid-state + 4 solid-state
Display (number of LEDs) 2 2 3 4 4 11 3 4
Width of housing 22.5 mm 22.5 mm 22.5 mm 45 mm 90 mm 45 mm 22.5 mm 45 mm
Optimum solutions: safety modules (for monitoring 1 safety function)
Supply voltage (1) 24 VDC – – – – XPSAV11113P XPSABV11330P (2) –
24 VAC/DC XPSAC5121P XPSAXE5120P (2) XPSAF5130P XPSAK311144P XPSAR311144P – – XPSATE5110P
230 VAC – – – – – – – XPSATE3710P
(1) For version with non removable terminal block, delete the letter P from the end of the reference (example: XPSAV11113P becomes XPSAV11113).
(2) For a version with spring terminals, replace the letter P with the letter C at the end of the reference (example: XPSAXE5120P becomes XPSAXE5120C)
5
6
7
Universal
Safety controllers for monitoring
emergency stops and limit switches
coded magnetic switches
enabling switch
8
9
0
Maximum safety level of the solution attained PL e / Cat. 4, SILCL 3
(EN ISO 13849-1, EN/IEC 62061)
Number of circuits Safety 2 x 2N/O + 6 solid-state 2 x 3N/O per function
Additional – 3 solid-state
Display (number of LEDs) 30 12
Width of housing 74 mm 45 mm
Communication interface Modbus Modbus, CANopen Modbus, Profibus DP –
Universal solutions: safety controllers (for monitoring several safety functions simultaneously)
Supply voltage 24 VDC XPSMC32Z (1) (2) XPSMC32ZC (1) (2) XPSMC32ZP (1) (2) XPSMP11123P (3)
(1) Version with 32 inputs. For version with 16 inputs, replace 32 in the reference by 16 (example: XPSMC32Z becomes XPSMC16Z).
(2) Configuration software XPSMCWIN (complete version) or SSVXPSMCWINUP (update version), connecting cable, adaptor and set of screw terminal plug-in connectors
XPSMCTS16 and XPSMCTS32 or set of spring clip terminal plug-in connectors XPSMCTC16 and XPSMCTC32 to be ordered separately.
(3) For fixed connector version, delete the letter P from the end of the reference (example: XPSMP11123P becomes XPSMP11123).
7/28
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.

Preventa
Operator dialog
Machine safety
Emergency stops
Ø 22 trigger action latching pushbuttons
22 21
22 21
13
14
13
14
32 31
NC + NO.
contact
NC + NO + NC
contact
Turn to release
Key release
(key n° 455)
Turn to release
Pushbuttons Metal Plastic
Key release
(key n° 455)
1
Mechanical life (millions of operating cycles) 0.3 0.3
Shock / vibration resistance 10 gn / 5 gn 10 gn / 5 gn
Degree of protection IP 65 IP 65
Rated operational characteristics AC 15, A 600 / DC 13, Q 600 (conforming to EN IEC 60947-5-1)
Dimensions Ø x Depth Ø 40 x 82 mm Ø 40 x 104 mm Ø 40 x 81.5 mm Ø 40 x 103 mm
Contact NC + NO XB4BS8445 XB4BS9445 XB5AS8445 XB5AS9445
2 NC + 1 NO XB4BS84441 ZB4BS944+ZB4BZ141 ZB5AS844 + ZB5AZ141 ZB5AS944+ZB5AZ141
2
3
ISO entry
(to EN 50262)
Ø 22 trigger action latching pushbutton stations
4
22 21
13
14
NC + NO.
contact
22 21
32 31
NC + NC.
contact
5
Enclosure
22 21
13
14
32 31
NC + NO + NC.
contact
Turn to release
Plastic
2 x ISO M20 cable entries or n° 13 (Pg 13.5) cable gland
Mechanical life (millions of operating cycles) 0.1 0.1
Shock / vibration resistance 10 gn / 5 gn 10 gn / 5 gn
Degree of protection IP 65 IP 65
Key release (key n° 455)
Rated operational characteristics AC 15, A 600 / DC 13, Q 600 (conforming to EN IEC 60947-5-1)
Dimensions W x D x H 68 x 91 x 68 mm 68 x 113 x 68 mm
Contact NC + NO XALK178E XALK188E
NC + NC XALK178F XALK188F
2 NC + 1 NO – XALK188G
Accessories
6
7
8
Type Legend Padlocking kit Bellows seals
Colour Red with white lettering Yellow with black lettering Yellow Red Silicone Black EPDM
Dimensions 30 x 40 mm (1) Ø 60 mm
References Marking: “Arrêt d'urgence” ZBY2130 ZBY9130 – – –
(1) circular appearance
With legend holder
“Emergency stop” ZBY2330 ZBY9330 – – –
“Not Halt” ZBY2230 ZBY9230 – – –
– – ZBZ3605 ZBZ48 ZBZ28
9
10
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.
7/29

Vario
Motor control
Machine safety
Switch disconnectors
Front mounting
1
2/T1 1/L1
Type
4/T2 3/L2
5/L3
6/T3
Door mounting
Mini-Vario for standard applications
Backplate
mounting in
enclosure
2
3
Front plate dimensions (mm) 60 x 60 60 x 60
Fixing Ø 22.5 mm Ø 22.5 mm
Degree of protection IP 20 IP 20
Rated operational voltage (Ue) 690 V 690 V
Thermal current in open air (Ith) 12 A VCDN12 VCCDN12
20 A VCDN20 VCCDN20
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
4
5
6
2/T1
Type
4/T2
6/T3
Door mounting
Vario for high performance applications
Backplate .
mounting in .
enclosure
Front plate dimensions (mm) 60 x 60 60 x 60 90 x 90 60 x 60 60 x 60 90 x 90
Fixing Ø 22.5 mm 4 screws 4 screws Ø 22.5 mm 4 screws 4 screws
Degree of protection IP 20 IP 20 IP 20 IP 20 IP 20 IP 20
Rated operational voltage (Ue) 690 V 690 V 690 V 690 V 690 V 690 V
Thermal current in open air (Ith) 12 A VCD02 VCF02 – VCCD02 VCCF02 –
20 A VCD01 VCF01 – VCCD01 VCCF01 –
25 A VCD0 VCF0 – VCCD0 VCCF0 –
32 A VCD1 VCF1 – VCCD1 VCCF1 –
40 A VCD2 VCF2 – VCCD2 VCCF2 –
63 A – VCF3 – – VCCF3 –
80 A – VCF4 – – VCCF4 –
125 A – – VCF5 – – VCCF5
175 A – – VCF6 – – VCCF6
7
Enclosed
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
8
9
0
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
Type Mini-Vario Vario
Front plate dimensions (mm) 60 x 60 60 x 60 90 x 90
Dimensions W x D x H 82.5 x 106 x 131 mm 90 x 131 x 146 mm 241 x 191 x 291 mm
Degree of protection IP 55 IP 65 IP 65
Rated operational voltage (Ue) 690 V 690 V 690 V
Thermal current in enclosure (Ithe) 10 A VCFN12GE VCF02GE –
16 A VCFN20GE VCF01GE –
20 A VCFN25GE VCF0GE –
25 A VCFN32GE VCF1GE –
32 A VCFN40GE VCF2GE –
50 A – VCF3GE (1) –
63 A – VCF4GE (1) –
100 A – – VCF5GEN
140 A – – VCF6GEN
(1) Dimensions W x D x H: 150 x 152 x 170 mm.
7/30
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.

TeSys
Motor control
Machine safety
Motor starters
Safety device
1
Type
Safety devices
With red mushroom head Turn to release Turn to release Key release
Padlockable in “Off” position (key n° 455)
References GV2K04 GV2K031 GV2K021
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.
7/31

chapter 8
Operator dialog
All technical information about products listed in this
catalogue are available on: www.schneider-electric.com

Contents
Operator dialog
bb
Introduction to hoisting
vv
Harmony and Magelis for your hoisting applications.. . . . . . . . . . . 8/2 & 8/3
bb
Control & signalling components
vv
Pendant control stations for control circuits
Ready to use................................................................................................ 8/4
Separate components (for mounting in enclosures XACA............................ 8/5
vv
Controllers stations for hoisting applications
Controllers type XD “Light hoisting”............................................................ 8/6
Controllers type XK Medium hoisting”, “Heavy hoisting”.............................. 8/7
Controllers type XJ..................................................................................... 8/8
Desks for hoisting applications..................................................................... 8/9
vv
Pushbuttons, switches and pilot lights Ø 22
with metal bezel
Contact functions............................................................................ 8/10 & 8/11
Light functions............................................................................................ 8/12
Separate components and accessories..................................................... 8/13
vv
Pushbuttons, switches and pilot lights Ø 22
with plastic bezel
Contact functions............................................................................ 8/14 & 8/15
Light functions............................................................................................ 8/19
vv
Wireless and batteryless pushbuttons
Packages and components ............................................................ 8/16 & 8/17
vv
Control stations for XB5 pushbuttons, switches and pilot lights,
Ø 22 with plastic bezel
Complete stations ..................................................................................... 8/18
vv
Pushbuttons, switches and pilot lights Ø 30
with metal bezel
Contact functions....................................................................................... 8/20
Light functions............................................................................................ 8/21
Separate components and accessories..................................................... 8/22
vv
Cam switches
12 and 20 A ratings..................................................................................... 8/23
10 to 150 A ratings...................................................................................... 8/24
vv
Rotating mirror beacons:
Ø 84, 106, 120, 130 mm rotating beacons.................................................. 8/25
vv
Modular tower lights
Ø 70 mm, for customer assembly............................................................... 8/26
bb
Human/Machine interfaces
vv
Small Panel
Magelis STO/STU with graphic screen....................................................... 8/27
vv
Advanced Panel
Magelis XBT GT with 3.8” & 5.7” touchscreen............................................ 8/28
Magelis XBT GT with 7.5”, 10.4”, 12.1” and 15” touchscreen...................... 8/29
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
8/1

Presentation
Operator dialog
General presentation
Harmony and Magelis for your hoisting applications
1
Harmony and Magelis for your hoisting
applications
From the simple pushbutton to the operator
dialog terminal, Schneider Electric is the
world’s leading supplier
2
Control units, Joystick controllers & controller stations,
desks
3
4
> > Pendant control stations, pushbuttons, desk and joystick controllers are a
fundamental part of the design of an hoisting application..
By themselves or associated with automation, they ensure the start, acceleration
or braking of the drive motors of the hoisting equipments.
> > Our control devices are specially designed to hoisting applications and
distinguished by its robustness and resistance to both mechanical shock and
chemical agents, so they can be used even in the harshest environments.
5
6
7
Operator dialog terminals & Signalling Units
> > The remote signalling by flashing lights or sound signals by buzzer and sirens,
can be used to warn of a dangerous event which is imminent, such as excessive
wind speed events or overload.
> > The terminals (HMI) allow you to customize your control panel, show the
recording data and incidents for preventive maintenance of the crane, such as
the Working Safety Period, overspeeding and overloading, or the possible failure
of the encoder.
8
9
10
Highly robustness
Wide ranges
Comfort & simplicity
Ease of installation
8/2

Presentation
Operator dialog
General presentation
Harmony and Magelis for your hoisting applications
Pendant Stations: XACA
> > High resistance both to mechanical shocks and chemical agents (harsh
environments)
> > Ready-to-use or fully customizable (from 2 to 12 pushbuttons)
> > To be used on control or power circuits
> > Functions: 1 or 2 speed up, down, right, and left movements; emergency stop
option available
1
2
Controllers (Joysticks): Harmony XKB/D/M
> > Extremely robust and fully configurable
>
>
> > XKB for light hoisting application
> > XKD for medium hoisting application
> > XKM for heavy hoisting application
> Mechanical durability: from 3 to 4 millions movement per direction
> Use with XJC controller stations or seated controller desks
3
4
5
Harmony Control units: Harmony XB4, XB5, 9001K &
9001SK
> > Rugged design and protection for harsh environment
> > Ø 22 (Harmony XB4 & XB5) and Ø 30 mm ranges (9001K & 9001SK)
> > Plastic and metal bezel ranges
> > Maximum flexibility with both complete products and sub-assemblies for
customer assembly
> > Up to IP66, IP69K
> > A complete set of accessories to provide a solution for applications where
exposure to high pressure cleaning, dust and extreme temperatures is an
everyday occurrence.
> > Large diameter head (for gloved hand)
> > High contrasted marking (UV resistant for a long life)
6
7
8
Magelis HMI solutions
> > Unique machine automation software suite, SoMachine
>
> > Simple installation
> > Cost-effective & compact
>
> > Flexible and powerful
> > Supports web and multimedia
> Magelis STU, STO: small panels for light and medium hoisting application
> Magelis XBT GT: advanced panels for medium and heavy hoisting application
9
10
8/3

Harmony
XAC
Operator dialog
Pendant control stations .
for control circuits
Ready to use
1
Type XACA “Pistol grip”
2
3
Degree of protection
IP 65 / Nema 4, 4X / Class II
Rated operational characteristics AC 15 (240 V 3 A), DC 13
Conventional thermal current Ithe 10 A
Connection Screw clamp terminals, 1 x 2.5 mm 2 or 2 x 1.5 mm 2
For control of single-speed motors 2-speed motors
Dimensions (mm) W x H x D 52 x 295 x 71 (x 85 with ZA2BS834) 52 x 295 x 71 (x 85 with ZA2BS834)
Number of operators mechanically interlocked 2 2
Emergency stop without ZA2BS834 without ZA2BS834
References XACA201 XACA2014 XACA207 XACA2074
4
5
Type XACA
6
7
For control of single-speed motors
Dimensions (mm) W x H x D 80 x 314 x 70 (x 90 with ZA2BS834) 80 x 440 x 70 (x 90 with ZA2BS844)
Number of operators mechanically interlocked between pairs 2 4
Emergency stop without ZA2BS834 without ZA2BS844
References XACA271 XACA2714 XACA471 XACA4714
8
9
For control of single-speed motors
+ I / O
10
Dimensions (mm) W x H x D 80 x 500 x 70 (x 90 with ZA2BS844) 80 x 560 x 70
Number of operators mechanically interlocked between pairs 6 8
Emergency stop without ZA2BS844 without
References XACA671 XACA6714 XACA871
Empty enclosures type XACA
Number of ways 2 3 4 5 6 8 12
References XACA02 XACA03 XACA04 XACA05 XACA06 XACA08 XACA12
8/4
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.

Operator dialog
Separate components (for mounting in enclosures XACA)
Mushroom head, latching, trigger action (1)
turn to release Ø 40 ZA2BS844
Ø 30
ZA2BS834
1
2
Mushroom head, latching, trigger action (1)
key release Ø 40 ZA2BS944
Ø 30
ZA2BS934
3
Booted operators
white
black
XACA9411
XACA9412
4
Selector switch
2 pos. stay put ZA2BD2
3 pos. stay put ZA2BD3
Key switch
key n° 455 2 pos. stay put ZA2BG4
3 pos. stay put ZA2BG5
5
Pilot light heads
white
green
red
yellow
Pilot light bodies
direct supply
direct supply, through resistor
Blanking plug
with seal and
fixing nut
ZA2BV01
ZA2BV03
ZA2BV04
ZA2BV05
ZB2BV006
ZB2BV007
ZB2SZ3
6
7
Isolating switch, slow break, for front mounting
Emergency stop NC+NC+NC XENT1192
with positive opening operation
Double blocks latching, slow break
Single-speed NO+NO
XENG3781
Single-speed NO+NC
XENG3791
Contact blocks (for mounting in enclosure base)
NO
XACS101
NC+NO
XACS105
8
Contacts blocks for XACA941p. .
Contact blocks
Protective guard (for base mounted units)
Single-speed NC+NO
XENG1491
Single-speed NO
ZB2BE101
For selector switch
XACA982/983
2-speed NC+NO+NO
XENG1191
Single-speed NC
ZB2BE102
For emergency stop pushbutton XACA984
Legends, 30 x 40 mm With symbols conforming to NF E 52-124 With text
9
References ZB2BY4901 ZB2BY4903 ZB2BY4907 ZB2BY4909 ZB2BY4913 ZB2BY4915 ZB2BY4930 ZB2BY2303 ZB2BY2304
blank
white or yellow
background
References ZB2BY2904 ZB2BY2906 ZB2BY2910 ZB2BY2912 ZB2BY2916 ZB2BY2918 ZB2BY2931 ZB2BY1W140
(1) Trigger action mechanically latching Emergency stop pushbuttons conform to standards EN/IEC 60204-32, EN/ISO 13850, Machinery directive 2006/42/EC and standard EN/
IEC 60947-5-5.
10
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.
8/5

Harmony
XD
Operator dialog
Controllers for hoisting applications
“Light hoisting”
Products for customer assembly
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Type
Applications
Characteristics
“Light hoisting”
Compact and light weight
For control of small materials
handling equipment, elevating
work platforms, fork-lift trucks,
etc.
Can be installed on control
panels or enclosures
types XAL, XAM and XAP
For control of materials handling equipment, public work cranes,
etc.
Can be installed on portable controller stations type XJP
Mechanical durability (in millions of operating cycles)
1 in each direction
Number of Basic 2 or 4 depending on model 4 4
directions Variable composition – 8 8
Number of movements 1 or 2 2 2
Maximum number of notches in each direction XD2: 1 or 2
3 3
XD4, XD5: 1
Types of lever Notched with stayput operation b b b
movement
with spring return to zero b b b
operation
Unnotched with spring return to zero – b b
operation
Operating schemes Predefined cams Variable composition cams
Maximum number of contacts per movement
XD2: 4 (1 or 2 N/O contacts in
each direction)
4 or 4 + 1 zero (centre) position
contact
4 or 4 + 1 zero (centre) position
contact
XD4, XD5: 2 (1 N/O contact in
each direction)
Contact (1) Supply a and c
Nominal thermal current
10 A
Mechanical durability of contact blocks
5 1
(in millions of operating cycles)
Control device
Vertical lever
Handles (2) simple b b b
with zero (centre) position mechanical – b b
interlocking
with zero (centre) position mechanical and – b b
electrical interlocking
“Dead man’s” type – b b
with built-in pushbutton – b b
Lever gate
Fixed composition
30° in each direction
Variable composition
Variable composition
Maximum number of potentiometers per movement – 1 or 2 depending on contact block
arrangement
Reference XD2, XD4, XD5 XKB A XKB E
1 or 2 depending on contact blocks
arrangement
Please consult your Customer Care Centre
(1) N/C slow break contacts with positive opening operation. Contacts closed in absence of cam lobe.
(2) Handles type b1 and b2 are designed in accordance with the French hoisting standard NF E 52070 (Dec. 1985): Electrical equipment of hoisting devices, paragraph 8231: all
control devices must be designed, constructed and positioned in such a manner as to avoid any accidental operation…
10
8/6
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.

Harmony
XK
Operator dialog
Controllers for hoisting applications
“Medium hoisting”
“Heavy hoisting”
Products for customer assembly
1
Type
Characteristics
Applications “Medium hoisting” “Heavy hoisting”
Compact and fully
configurable unit
For control of cranes,
overhead travelling cranes,
etc.
Can be installed on fixed
seated controller desks type
XJC
Extremely robust and fully configurable unit
For control of overhead travelling cranes (iron and steelworks, rolling
mills) etc.
Can be installed on seated controller desks type XJC
Mechanical durability (in millions of operating cycles) 3 in each direction 4 in each direction
Number of Basic 4 4 2 2
directions Variable composition 8 8 2 2
Number of movements 2 2 1 1
Maximum number of notches in each direction 5 6 6 9
Types of Notched with stayput operation b b b b
lever
with spring return to zero
movement
operation
b b b b
Unnotched with spring return to zero b b b b
operation
Operating schemes
Variable composition cams
Maximum number of contacts per movement 16 24 24 12
2
3
4
5
Contact (1) Supply a and c a and c
Nominal thermal current 10 A 20 A
Mechanical durability of contact blocks
3 4
(in millions of operating cycles)
Control device Vertical lever Vertical lever Vertical lever Side lever
Handles (2) simple b b b b
with zero (centre) position mechanical interlocking b b b –
with zero (centre) position mechanical and b b b –
electrical interlocking
“Dead man’s” type b b b –
with built-in pushbutton b b b –
Lever gate Predefined or customised Predefined or – –
customised
Maximum number of potentiometers per movement 2 2 2 1
Type XKD F XKM A XKM B XKM C
Consult your Customer Care Centre
(1) N/C slow break contacts with positive opening operation. Contacts closed in absence of cam lobe.
(2) Handles type b1 and b2 are designed in accordance with the French hoisting standard NF E 52070 (Dec. 1985): Electrical equipment of hoisting devices, paragraph 8231: all
control devices must be designed, constructed and positioned in such a manner as to avoid any accidental operation…
6
7
8
9
10
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.
8/7

Harmony
XJ
Operator dialog
Controller stations for hoisting applications
Products for customer assembly
1
2
3
4
5
Type
Characteristics
Applications
“Heavy hoisting”
Portable controller stations
For remote control of overhead travelling cranes
Model Portable Yes
With harness, protective guards and chest frame, depending on model
Fixed –
Associated controller type XKB XJP A5: 2 controllers type XKB fitted with –
4-contact blocks per movement, with or without
potentiometers
XJP A6: 2 controllers type XKB fitted with
4-contact blocks per movement + 1 zero (centre)
position contact, with or without potentiometers
XKD – 2 controllers type XKD F with or without
potentiometers
XKM – –
Other components
Ø 22 mm pushbuttons, switches and pilot lights:
up to 8 units
Material
Glass-reinforced polyester
Colour: yellow
Dimensions 430 x 150 x 230 480 x 255 x 395
Weights
v Empty with cable boot: 2 kg
v Fitted: approximately 4 kg
Ø 22 mm pushbuttons, switches and pilot lights: 1 to
7 units depending on model
Ø 30 mm pushbuttons, switches and pilot lights: 1 to
5 units depending on model
v Empty with cable boot: 3.5 kg
v Fitted: approximately 7.5 kg
6
References
XJP Ap
Please consult your Customer Care Centre
XJ9 BA1
Please consult your Customer Care Centre
7
8
9
10
8/8
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.

Harmony
XJ
Operator dialog
Desks for hoisting applications
Products for customer assembly
1
Type
Applications
Characteristics
“Heavy hoisting”
Rotating seated controller desks
2
For control of cranes, overhead travelling cranes (iron and steelworks, rolling mills, etc.)
Model Portable –
Fixed
Fixed to the floor
Seat + enclosures rotating assembly (friction bearing)
Associated controller type XKB –
3
XKD
XKM
1 controller type XKD maximum on each enclosure, with or without potentiometers
1 or 2 controllers type XKM depending on width of enclosure, with or without potentiometers
4
Other components
Material
Type of seat
Dimensions
Weights
References
Ø 22 mm or Ø 30 mm pushbuttons, switches and pilot lights
Up to 22 units, depending on enclosures selected
Steel
“High comfort” seat, with armrests and headrest, depending on model
Helical spring suspension with double-action hydraulic shock absorbers
1360 x 610 x 1170 mm
Enclosures: width 250 to 430 mm
Customisable mounting
55 kg without equipment
XJC Dp
Please consult your Customer Care Centre
5
6
7
8
9
10
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.
8/9

Harmony
XB4
Operator dialog
Pushbuttons, switches and pilot lights Ø 22
with metal bezel
Contact functions
1
= +
Pushbuttons, spring return
2
3
Type of head
Chromium plated circular bezel
Degree of protection
IP 66 / Nema 4X, 13 / Class I
Mounting (mm) panel cut-out
+ 0.4
Ø 22.5 (22.4 0 recommended)
mounting centres
30 (horizontal) x 40 (vertical)
Depth (mm) below head 43
Connection (1)
Screw clamp terminals
Type of push Flush Flush, booted
Unmarked Products Complete For user assembly Complete For user assembly
4
5
6
7
8
References black NO XB4BA21 ZB4BZ101 ZB4BA2 XB4BP21 ZB4BZ101 ZB4BP2
Type of push
green NO XB4BA31 ZB4BZ101 ZB4BA3 XB4BP31 ZB4BZ101 ZB4BP3
red NC XB4BA42 ZB4BZ102 ZB4BA4 XB4BP42 ZB4BZ102 ZB4BP4
yellow NO XB4BA51 ZB4BZ101 ZB4BA5 XB4BP51 ZB4BZ101 ZB4BP5
blue NO XB4BA61 ZB4BZ101 ZB4BA6 XB4BP61 ZB4BZ101 ZB4BP6
Flush
With international marking Products Complete For user assembly
References green NO XB4BA3311 ZB4BZ101 ZB4BA331 – – –
red NC XB4BA4322 ZB4BZ102 ZB4BA432 – – –
white NO XB4BA3341 ZB4BZ101 ZB4BA334 – – –
black NO XB4BA3351 ZB4BZ101 ZB4BA335 _ _ _
Type of push Projecting Mushroom head, Ø 40 mm
Unmarked Products Complete For user assembly Complete For user assembly
References black NO – – – XB4BC21 ZB4BZ101 ZB4BC2
red NC XB4BL42 ZB4BZ102 ZB4BL4 – – –
Type of push Double-headed pushbuttons Triple-headed pushbuttons
Degree of protection IP 66 - IP 69K IP 66 - IP 69K
With international marking Products Complete For user assembly Complete For user assembly
(A)
References (A) NO + NC XB4BL73415 ZB4BZ105 ZB4BL7341 – – –
(B) NO + NC + NO – – – XB4BA711237 ZB4BZ103 +
ZBE102
(1) Alternative connections: plug-in connector, .
Faston connectors (6.35 and 2 x 2.8).
(B)
= +
+
ZB4BA71123
9
Ø 40 mm mushroom head Emergency stop pushbuttons (2)
Trigger action (EN/ISO 13850)
Type of push
Push-pull NO + NC
Unmarked Products Complete For user assembly
10
References red NO + NC XB4BT845 ZB4BZ105 ZB4BT84
Type of push
Turn to release NO + NC
References red NO + NC XB4BS8445 ZB4BZ105 ZB4BS844
Type of push
Key release NO + NC
References red NO + NC XB4BS9445 ZB4BZ105 ZB4BS944
(2) Emergency stop trigger action and mechanical latching pushbuttons conform to standards EN/IEC 60204-1 and EN/ISO 13850, to Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC and to standard
EN/IEC 60947-5-5. Please consult your Regional Sales Office for a full explanation of these standards and directives.
8/10
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.

Operator dialog
.
Contact functions
= +
1
Selector switches and key switches
Type of head
Chromium plated circular bezel
Degree of protection
IP 66 / Nema 4X, 13 / Class I
Mounting (mm) panel cut-out
+ 0.4
Ø 22.5 (22.4 0 recommended)
mounting centres
30 (horizontal) x 40 (vertical)
Depth (mm) below head 43
Connection (1)
Screw clamp terminals
Type of operator
Handle
Products Complete For user assembly Complete For user assembly
2
3
Number and type of positions 2 positions 2 positions 2 positions 2 positions
stay put stay put spring return to left spring return to left
References black NO XB4BD21 ZB4BZ101 ZB4BD2 XB4BD41 ZB4BZ101 ZB4BD4
Number and type of positions 3 positions 3 positions 3 positions 3 positions
stay put stay put spring return to centre spring return to centre
References black NO + NO XB4BD33 ZB4BZ103 ZB4BD3 XB4BD53 ZB4BZ103 ZB4BD5
4
5
= +
6
Type of operator Key, n° 455
Products Complete For user assembly Complete For user assembly
Number and type of positions (2) 2 positions 2 positions 2 positions 2 positions
stay put stay put stay put stay put
References black NO XB4BG21 ZB4BZ101 ZB4BG2 XB4BG41 ZB4BZ101 ZB4BG4
Number and type of positions 2 positions 2 positions 3 positions 3 positions
spring return to left spring return to left stay put stay put
References
black NO XB4BG61 ZB4BZ101 ZB4BG6 – – –
black NO + NO – – – XB4BG33 ZB4BZ103 ZB4BG3
7
8
9
10
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.
8/11

Harmony
XB4
Operator dialog
Pushbuttons, switches and pilot lights Ø 22
with metal bezel
Light functions
1
= +
Pilot lights
2
3
Type of head
Circular bezel
Smooth lens cap
Degree of protection
IP 66 / Nema 4X, 13 / Class I
Mounting (mm) panel cut-out
+ 0.4
Ø 22.5 (22.4 0 recommended)
mounting centres
30 (horizontal) x 40 (vertical)
Depth below head 43
Connection (1)
Screw clamp terminals
Light source Integral LED Direct supply for BA 9s bulb (not included)
Products Complete Complete For user assembly
4
5
6
Supply voltage 24 V AC/DC 110…120 V AC 230…240 V AC 250 V max., 2.4 W max.
References white XB4BVB1 XB4BVG1 XB4BVM1 XB4BV61 ZB4BV6 ZB4BV01
green XB4BVB3 XB4BVG3 XB4BVM3 XB4BV63 ZB4BV6 ZB4BV03
red XB4BVB4 XB4BVG4 XB4BVM4 XB4BV64 ZB4BV6 ZB4BV04
yellow XB4BVB5 XB4BVG5 XB4BVM5 XB4BV65 ZB4BV6 ZB4BV05
blue XB4BVB6 XB4BVG6 XB4BVM6 – – –
= +
Illuminated pushbuttons and selector switches
Type
Flush push, spring return, illuminated pushbuttons
Light source Integral LED Direct supply for BA 9s bulb (not included)
Products Complete Complete For user assembly
7
8
Supply voltage 24 V AC/DC 110…120 V AC 230…240 V AC 250 V max., 2.4 W max.
References white NO + NC XB4BW31B5 XB4BW31G5 XB4BW31M5 XB4BW3165 ZB4BW065 ZB4BW31
green NO + NC XB4BW33B5 XB4BW33G5 XB4BW33M5 XB4BW3365 ZB4BW065 ZB4BW33
red NO + NC XB4BW34B5 XB4BW34G5 XB4BW34M5 XB4BW3465 ZB4BW065 ZB4BW34
orange NO + NC XB4BW35B5 XB4BW35G5 XB4BW35M5 XB4BW3565 ZB4BW065 ZB4BW35
blue NO + NC XB4BW36B5 XB4BW36G5 XB4BW36M5 – – –
9
10
Type Double-headed pushbuttons with LED pilot light Illuminated selector switches
(1 flush green push, 1 projecting red push) (2 position stay put)
Degree of protection IP 66 - IP 69K IP 66
Light source Integral LED Integral LED
Products Complete Complete
Supply voltage 24 V AC/DC 110…120 V AC 230…240 V AC 24 V AC/DC 110…120 V AC 230…240 V AC
References green NO + NC – – – XB4BK123B5 XB4BK123G5 XB4BK123M5
red NO + NC – – – XB4BK124B5 XB4BK124G5 XB4BK124M5
orange NO + NC – – – XB4BK125B5 XB4BK125G5 XB4BK125M5
White NO + NC XB4BW73731B5 XB4BW73731G5 XB4BW73731M5 – – –
(1) Alternative connections: plug-in connector, Faston connectors (6.35 and 2 x 2.8), spring clamp terminal.
8/12
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.

Operator dialog
.
Separate components and accessories
1
Electrical blocks (1) (2)
Single contact blocks Light blocks with integral LED Light block, direct supply
Rated operational characteristics
AC-15, 240 V - 3 A
Consumption
18 mA 24 V AC/DC
Positive operation of contacts NC contacts with positive
14 mA 120 V AC
conforming to IEC/EN 60947-5-1 opening operation
14 mA 240 V AC
Screw clamp Spring clamp To combine with heads for integral LED
For BA 9s bulb (not included)
terminal terminal
24 V AC/DC 110…120 V AC 230…240 V AC 250 V max., 2.4 W max.
References (5)* NC ZBE101 ZBE1015 white ZBVB1 ZBVG1 ZBVM1 ZBV6
NO ZBE102 ZBE1025 green ZBVB3 ZBVG3 ZBVM3 Colour provided by lens
red ZBVB4 ZBVG4 ZBVM4
orange ZBVB5 ZBVG5 ZBVM5
blue ZBVB6 ZBVG6 ZBVM6
2
3
4
Diecast metal enclosures
(Zinc alloy, usable depth 49 mm) 1 vertical row 2 vertical rows
Number of cut-outs Front face dimensions 1 2 3 4 2 4 6
References 80 x 80 mm XAPM1201 – – – XAPM1202 – –
80 x 130 mm – XAPM2202 XAPM2203 – – XAPM2204 –
80 x 175 mm – – XAPM3203 XAPM3204 – – XAPM3206
5
6
7
Accessories (2)
Legend holders, 30 x 40 mm, for 8 x 27 mm legends
Marking Background colour: black or red white or yellow
References (10)* Blank ZBY2101 ZBY4101
International 0 (red background) ZBY2931 I ZBY2147 AUTO ZBY2115 STOP ZBY2304 –
English OFF ZBY2312 ON ZBY2311 START ZBY2303 – –
French ARRET (red b/grnd) ZBY2104 ARRET-MARCHE ZBY2166 MARCHE ZBY2103 – –
German AUS ZBY2204 AUS-EIN ZBY2266 EIN ZBY2203 – –
Spanish PARADA (red b/grnd) ZBY2404 PARADA-MARCHA ZBY2466 MARCHA ZBY2403 – –
Legend holders, 30 x 50 mm, for 18 x 27 mm legends
Background colour black or red white or yellow
References (10)* Blank ZBY6101 ZBY6102
Ø 60 mm legend for mushroom head Emergency stop pushbutton
Background colour
yellow
Marking Blank EMERGENCY STOP ARRET D’URGENCE NOT HALT PARADA DE EMERGENCIA
References ZBY9140 ZBY9330 ZBY9130 ZBY9230 ZBY9430
(1) Alternative connections: plug-in connector, Faston connectors (6.35 and 2 x 2.8), spring clamp terminal.
(2) Electrical blocks and accessories also for use with Harmony XB5plastic range
* sold in lots of
8
9
10
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.
8/13

Harmony
XB5
Operator dialog
Pushbuttons, switches and pilot lights Ø 22
with plastic bezel
Contact functions
1
= +
Pushbuttons, spring return
2
3
Type of head
Circular bezel
Degree of protection
IP 66 / Nema 4X, 13 / Class II
Mounting (mm) panel cut-out
+ 0.4
Ø 22.5 (22.4 0 recommended)
mounting centres
30 (horizontal) x 40 (vertical)
Depth (mm) below head 43
Connection (1)
Screw clamp terminals
Type of push Flush Flush, booted
Unmarked Products Complete For user assembly Complete For user assembly
4
5
6
7
8
References black NO XB5AA21 ZB5AZ101 ZB5AA2 XB5AP21 ZB5AZ101 ZB5AP2
Type of push
green NO XB5AA31 ZB5AZ101 ZB5AA3 XB5AP31 ZB5AZ101 ZB5AP3
red NC XB5AA42 ZB5AZ102 ZB5AA4 XB5AP42 ZB5AZ102 ZB5AP4
yellow NO XB5AA51 ZB5AZ101 ZB5AA5 XB5AP51 ZB5AZ101 ZB5AP5
blue NO XB5AA61 ZB5AZ101 ZB5AA6 XB5AP61 ZB5AZ101 ZB5AP6
Type of push Double-headed pushbuttons Triple-headed pushbuttons
Degree of protection IP 66 - IP 69K IP 66 - IP 69K
Flush
With international marking Products Complete For user assembly Complete For user assembly
References green NO XB5AA3311 ZB5AZ101 ZB5AA331 – – –
red NC XB5AA4322 ZB5AZ102 ZB5AA432 – – –
white NO XB5AA3341 ZB5AZ101 ZB5AA334 – – –
black NO XB5AA3351 ZB5AZ101 ZB5AA335 – – –
Type of push Projecting Mushroom head, Ø 40 mm
Unmarked Products Complete For user assembly Complete For user assembly
References black NO – – – XB5AC21 ZB5AZ101 ZB5AC2
red NC XB5AL42 ZB5AZ102 ZB5AL4 – – –
With international marking Products Complete
(A)
For user assembly
Complete
(B)
For user assembly
References (A) NO + NC XB5AL73415 ZB5AZ105 ZB5AL7341 – – –
(B) NO + NC + NO – – – XB5AA711237 ZB5AZ103 +
ZBE102
(1) Alternative connections: plug-in connector, .
Faston connectors (6.35 and 2 x 2.8).
= +
+
ZB5AA71123
9
Ø 40 mm mushroom head Emergency stop pushbuttons (2)
Trigger action (EN/ISO 13850)
Type of push
Push-pull NO + NC
Unmarked Products Complete For user assembly
10
References red NO + NC XB5AT845 ZB5AZ105 ZB5AT84
Type of push Turn to release NO + NC
References red NO + NC XB5AS8445 ZB5AZ105 ZB5AS844
Type of push Key release NO + NC
References red NO + NC XB5AS9445 ZB5AZ105 ZB5AS944
(2) Emergency stop trigger action and mechanical latching pushbuttons conform to standards EN/IEC 60204-1 and EN/ISO 13850: to Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC and to standard
EN/IEC 60947-5-5. Please consult your Regional Sales Office for a full explanation of these standards and directives.
8/14
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.

Operator dialog
.
Contact functions
= +
1
Selector switches and key switches
Type of head
Circular bezel
Degree of protection
IP 66 / Nema 4X, 13 / Class II
Mounting (mm) panel cut-out
+ 0.4
Ø 22.5 (22.4 0 recommended)
mounting centres
30 (horizontal) x 40 (vertical)
Depth (mm) below head 43
Connection (1)
Screw clamp terminals
Type of operator
Handle
Products Complete For user assembly Complete For user assembly
2
3
Number and type of positions 2 positions 2 positions 2 positions 2 positions
stay put stay put spring return to left spring return to left
References black NO XB5AD21 ZB5AZ101 ZB5AD2 XB5AD41 ZB5AZ101 ZB5AD4
Number and type of positions 3 positions 3 positions 3 positions 3 positions
stay put stay put spring return to centre spring return to centre
References black NO + NO XB5AD33 ZB5AZ103 ZB5AD3 XB5AD53 ZB5AZ103 ZB5AD5
Type of operator Key, n° 455
Number and type of positions (2) 2 positions 2 positions 2 positions 2 positions
stay put stay put stay put stay put
References black NO XB5AG21 ZB5AZ101 ZB5AG2 XB5AG41 ZB5AZ101 ZB5AG4
(2) The symbol indicates key withdrawal position.
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.
8/15

Harmony
XB5R
Operator dialog
Wireless and batteryless pushbuttons
Packages and components
1
Ready to use packs Panel mounting Mobile application
2
3
Wireless and batteryless 22mm pushbutton assembled on fixing collar Plastic head Metal head Plastic head Metal head Plastic head in handy box
Caps 1 black cap 1 set of 10 different
coloured caps
1 black cap 1 set of 10 different
coloured caps
Receiver
Non programmable Programmable receiver Non programmable Programmable receiver
receiver
receiver
Relay output 1relay output type RT 3A 2 relays output type RT 3A 1relay output type RT 3A 2 relays output type RT 3A
Voltage receiver 24 VDC 24….240 AC/DC 24 VDC 24….240 AC/DC
References XB5RFB01 XB4RFB01 XB5RFA02 XB4RFA02 XB5RMB03 XB5RMA04
The pushbutton and receiver are factory paired
4
5
6
7
8
Transmitter components for wireless and
Transmitter for wireless and Plastic head Metal head
batteryless pushbuttons
batteryless pushbuttons
Wireless and batteryless pushbuttons including
- a transmitter fitted with fixing collar.
- a spring return pushbutton head with clipped-in cap
Reference ZBRT1 – –
Cap colour White – ZB5RTA1 ZB4RTA1
Black – ZB5RTA2 ZB4RTA2
Green – ZB5RTA3 ZB4RTA3
White I on green background – ZB5RTA331 ZB4RTA331
Red – ZB5RTA4 ZB4RTA4
White O on red background – ZB5RTA432 ZB4RTA432
Yellow – ZB5RTA5 ZB4RTA5
Blue – ZB5RTA6 ZB4RTA6
9
10
8/16
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.

Operator dialog
1
Programmable receivers
Programmable receivers equipped with
- 2 buttons (learn, parameter setting).
- 6 indicating LEDs (power ON, outputs, signal strenght)
Output type 4 PNP outputs 200 mA / 24V 2 relay outputs type RT 3A
Receiver voltage 24 VDC 24….240 AC/DC
References ZBRRC ZBRRA
2
3
4
Relay antenna
5
The relay antenna is placed between transmitter and receiver
Reference
Used to increase the distance and/or get round obstacles.
- 5m cable.
- 1 power-ON LED.
- 2 LEDs reception / transmission.
- Relay antenna voltage : 24….240 AC/DC
ZBRA1
6
7
8
Empty boxes Handy box, plastic, empty Empty plastic boxes
1 cut-out 1 cut-out 2 cut-outs
References ZBRM01 XALD01 XALD02
9
10
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.
8/17

Harmony
XB5
Operator dialog
Pushbuttons, switches and pilot lights Ø 22
with plastic bezel
Light functions
1
= +
Pilot lights
2
3
Type of head
Circular bezel
Smooth lens cap
Degree of protection
IP 66 / Nema 4X, 13 / Class II
Mounting (mm) panel cut-out
+ 0.4
Ø 22.5 (22.4 0 recommended)
mounting centres
30 (horizontal) x 40 (vertical)
Depth below head 43
Connection (1)
Screw clamp terminals
Light source Integral LED Direct supply for BA 9s bulb (not included)
Products Complete Complete For user assembly
4
5
6
Supply voltage 24 V AC/DC 110…120 V AC 230…240 V AC 250 V max., 2.4 W max.
References white XB5AVB1 XB5AVG1 XB5AVM1 XB5AV61 ZB5AV6 ZB5AV01
green XB5AVB3 XB5AVG3 XB5AVM3 XB5AV63 ZB5AV6 ZB5AV03
red XB5AVB4 XB5AVG4 XB5AVM4 XB5AV64 ZB5AV6 ZB5AV04
orange XB5AVB5 XB5AVG5 XB5AVM5 XB5AV65 ZB5AV6 ZB5AV05
blue XB5AVB6 XB5AVG6 XB5AVM6 – – –
= +
Illuminated pushbuttons and selector switches
Type
Flush push, spring return, illuminated pushbuttons
Light source Integral LED Direct supply for BA 9s bulb (not included)
Products Complete Complete For user assembly
7
8
Supply voltage 24 V AC/DC 110…120 V AC 230…240 V AC 250 V max., 2.4 W max.
References white NO + NC XB5AW31B5 XB5AW31G5 XB5AW31M5 XB5AW3165 ZB5AW065 ZB5AW31
green NO + NC XB5AW33B5 XB5AW33G5 XB5AW33M5 XB5AW3365 ZB5AW065 ZB5AW33
red NO + NC XB5AW34B5 XB5AW34G5 XB5AW34M5 XB5AW3465 ZB5AW065 ZB5AW34
orange NO + NC XB5AW35B5 XB5AW35G5 XB5AW35M5 XB5AW3565 ZB5AW065 ZB5AW35
blue NO + NC XB5AW36B5 XB5AW36G5 XB5AW36M5 – – –
9
10
Type Double-headed pushbuttons with LED pilot light Illuminated selector switches
(1 flush green push, 1 projecting red push) (2 position stay put)
Degree of protection IP 66 - IP 69K IP 66
Light source Integral LED Integral LED
Products Complete Complete
Supply voltage 24 V AC/DC 110…120 V AC 230…240 V AC 24 V AC/DC 110…120 V AC 230…240 V AC
References green NO + NC – – – XB5AK123B5 XB5AK123G5 XB5AK123M5
red NO + NC – – – XB5AK124B5 XB5AK124G5 XB5AK124M5
orange NO + NC – – – XB5AK125B5 XB5AK125G5 XB5AK125M5
white NO + NC XB5AW73731B5 XB5AW73731G5 XB5AW73731M5 – – –
(1) Alternative connections: plug-in connector, Faston connectors (6.35 and 2 x 2.8), spring clamp terminal.
Separate components and accessories: see previous page.
8/18
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.

Harmony
XAL
Operator dialog
Control stations
For XB5 pushbuttons, switches and pilot lights
Ø 22 with plastic bezel
(1):
Number of cut-outs Number (p)
1 1
2 2
3 3
4 4
5 5
Complete stations with 1 pushbutton, selector switch or key switch
(light grey RAL 7035 base with dark grey RAL 7016 lid)
Degree of protection
IP 65 / Nema 4X and 13 / Class II
Dimensions (mm) W x H x D 68 x 68 x 113 max. (with key release Ø 40 mushroom head pushbutton)
Fixing (mm)
2 x Ø 4.3 on 54 mm centres
Function 1 Start or Stop function 1 Start-Stop function
Marking On spring return push On legend holder and legend below head
Number and type of pushbutton/selector switch/key switch 1 flush green p/b 1 flush red p/b 1 projecting red p/b 1 2 position stay put selector switch or key switch
Black handle Key n° 455 (key withdrawal LH pos.)
References NO I XALD102 – – – –
Start XALD103 – – – –
O - I – – – XALD134 XALD144
O – XALD112 XALD115 – –
(1) Empty enclosures:
Basic reference: XALK0p, replace the p
by the number of cut-outs required (see
cut-out table above)
Function
Emergency stop (2) (light grey RAL 7035 base with yellow RAL 1012 lid)
Number and type of mushroom head pushbutton 1 red Ø 40 head, turn to release 1 red Ø 40 head, key release
Latching mechanism Trigger action (EN/ISO 13850) Trigger action (EN/ISO 13850)
References NC XALK178 XALK188
NC + NC XALK178F XALK188F
NO + NC XALK178E XALK188E
NC + NC + NO XALK178G XALK188G
(2) Emergency stop trigger action and mechanical latching pushbuttons conform to standards EN/IEC 60204-1 and EN/ISO 13850, to Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC and to standard
EN/IEC 60947-5-5. Please consult your Regional Sales Office for a full explanation of these standards and directives.
1
2
3
4
5
6
(1) Empty enclosures:
Basic reference: XALD0p, replace the p
by the number of cut-outs required (see
cut-out table above)
Complete stations with 2 and 3 pushbuttons or 2 pushbuttons + 1 pilot light
(light grey RAL 7035 base with dark grey RAL 7016 lid)
Dimensions (mm) W x H x D 2-way control stations: 68 x 106 x 62; 3-way control stations: 68 x 136 x 87
Fixing (mm)
2-way control stations: 2 x Ø 4.3 on 54 x 68 centres; 3-way control stations: 2 x Ø 4.3 on 54 x 98 centres
Function Start-Stop functions 2 functions 3 functions
Marking
On spring return push
Number and type of pushbutton/pilot light 1 flush green p/b 1 flush green pushbutton 1 flush white p/b 1 flush white p/b 1 flush white p/b
1 flush red p/b 1 flush red pushbutton 1 flush black p/b 1 flush red p/b 1 Ø 30 red mush-
1 red pilot light with integral LED 1 flush black p/b room head p/b
1 flush black p/b
24 V AC/DC 230 V AC
References NO + NC I - O XALD213 XALD363B XALD363M – – –
Start - Stop XALD215 – – – – –
NO + NO – – – XALD222 – –
NO + NC + NO – – – – XALD324 XALD328
Accessories Standard contact blocks Light blocks with integral LED, colour red
Description NO contact NC contact 24 V AC/DC 230 V AC
References ZENL1111 ZENL1121 ZALVB4 ZALVM4
7
8
9
10
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.
8/19

Harmony
9001K/SK
Operator dialog
Pushbuttons, switches and pilot lights Ø 30
with metal bezel
Contact functions
1
Pushbuttons, spring return
2
3
Type of push Flush Projecting Projecting (high guard)
Colour of push
Multi-colour (set of 7 clip-in coloured caps)
Degree of protection
IP 66 / Nema 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 6, 12 and 13 / Class II
Mounting (mm) panel cut-out Ø 31
mounting centres
57.2 x 44.5 (with legend 9001KN2pp), 57.2 x 50.8 (with legend 9001KN3pp)
Depth below head (mm) 42
Connection
Screw clamp terminals
References CO 9001KR1UH13 9001KR3UH13 9001KR2UH13
NO 9001KR1UH5 9001KR3UH5 9001KR2UH5
4
Mushroom head pushbuttons, latching (1) Emergency switching off Emergency stop
5
6
7
Type of push Push-pull Turn-to-Release, trigger action
Ø 41 mushroom head Ø 35 mushroom head Ø 40 red mushroom head
Degree of protection IP 66 / Nema 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 6, 12 and 13 / Class II IP 66 / Nema 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 6, 12 and 13 / Class III
Mounting (mm) panel cut-out Ø 31
mounting centres
57.2 x 44.5 (with legend 9001KN2pp),
57.2 x 50.8 (with legend 9001KN3pp)
Depth below head (mm) 42 60
Connection
Screw clamp terminals
References – – – 9001KR16
CO 9001KR9R94H13 9001KR9R20H13 –
NC 9001KR9RH6 9001KR9R20H6 –
2NO + 2NC – – 9001KR16H2
NO – – 9001KR16H13
57,2 x 44,5 (without legend plate),.
100 x 100 ((with legend plate 9001KN8330) (2)
(1) Mushroom head switching off mechanical latching pushbuttons conform to standard IEC 60364-5-53 and EN/IEC 60947-5-5. Mushroom trigger action and mechanical .
latching head Emergency stop pushbuttons conforming to standard EN/IEC 60204‐1 and EN/ISO 13850, to Machinery directive 2006/42/EC and standard EN/IEC 60947-5-5.
(2) For yellow circular Emergency Stop legend plates: see page 8/22
8
Selector switches and key switches
9
10
Type of operator Long black handle Key, n° 455
positions (2) 3 - spring return 2 - stay put 2 - spring return 3 - stay put 2 - stay put
Number and type
of positions
Degree of protection
IP 66 / Nema 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 6, 12 and 13 / Class II
Mounting (mm) panel cut-out Ø 31
mounting centres
57.2 x 44.5 (with legend 9001KN2pp), 57.2 x 50.8 (with legend 9001KN3pp)
Depth below head (mm) 42
Connection
Screw clamp terminals
References NO – 9001KS11FBH5 9001KS34FBH5 – –
CO 9001KS53FBH1 – – 9001KS43FBH1 9001KS11K1RH1
(2) The symbol indicates key withdrawal position.
8/20
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.

Operator dialog
.
Light functions
1
Pilot lights
Type of head
Smooth lens cap
Degree of protection
IP 66 / Nema 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 6, 12 and 13 / Class II
Mounting (mm) panel cut-out Ø 31
mounting centres
57.2 x 44.5 (with legend 9001KN2pp), 57.2 x 50.8 (with legend 9001KN3pp)
Depth below head (mm) 42
Connection
Screw clamp terminals
Type of light block With high luminosity LED (included) Incandescent BA 9s bulb
(included)
24 V AC/DC 48 V AC/DC 120 V AC/DC 230 V AC
References green 9001KP35LGG9 9001KP36LGG9 9001KP38LGG9 9001KP7G9
red 9001KP35LRR9 9001KP36LRR9 9001KP38LRR9 9001KP7R9
yellow 9001KP35LYA9 9001KP36LYA9 9001KP38LYA9 9001KP7A9
2
3
4
Illuminated pushbuttons, spring return
Type of head
Spring return flush push
Degree of protection
IP 66 / Nema 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 6, 12 and 13 / Class II
Mounting (mm) panel cut-out Ø 31
mounting centres
57.2 x 44.5 (with legend 9001KN2pp), 57.2 x 50.8 (with legend 9001KN3pp)
Depth below head (mm) 42
Connection
Screw clamp terminals
Type of light block With high luminosity LED (included) Incandescent BA 9s bulb
(included)
24 V AC/DC 48 V AC/DC 120 V AC/DC 230 V AC
References green CO 9001K3L35LGGH13 9001K3L36LGGH13 9001K3L38LGGH13 9001K2L7RH13
red CO 9001K3L35LRRH13 9001K3L36LRRH13 9001K3L38LRRH13 9001K2L7GH13
yellow CO 9001K3L35LYAH13 9001K3L36LYAH13 9001K3L38LYAH13 9001K2L7AH13
5
6
7
Illuminated Ø 41 mushroom head pushbuttons, latching, high luminosity LED
Degree of protection
IP 66 / Nema 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 6, 12 and 13 / Class II
Mounting (mm) panel cut-out Ø 31
mounting centres
57.2 x 44.5 (with legend 9001KN2pp), 57.2 x 50.8 (with legend 9001KN3pp)
Depth below head (mm) 42
Connection
Screw clamp terminals
Type of light block With high luminosity LED (included) Incandescent BA 9s bulb
(included)
24 V AC/DC 48 V AC/DC 120 V AC/DC 230 V AC/DC
Type of head
2 position, push-pull
References red CO 9001KR9P35RH13 9001KR9P36RH13 9001KR9P38RH13 9001KR9P7RH13
Type of head
3 position, push-pull (pull: spring return, centre: stay put, push: spring return)
References red NC + NC. 9001KR8P35RH25 9001KR8P36RH25 9001KR8P38RH25 9001KR8P7RH25
late break
8
9
10
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.
8/21

Harmony
9001K/SK
Operator dialog
Pushbuttons, switches and pilot lights Ø 30
with metal bezel
Accessories
1
Contact blocks with protected terminals
2
3
Type of contact
Single contact blocks
Connection
Screw clamp terminals
References CO 9001KA1
NO
9001KA2
NC
9001KA3
CO, late break
9001KA4
NC, late break
9001KA5
NO, early make
9001KA6
4
5
6
Enclosures
Type Number of Ø 30 mm cut-outs NEMA ratings Reference
Aluminium 1 1, 3, 4, 6, 12, 13 9001KY1
2 1, 3, 4, 6, 12, 13 9001KY2
3 1, 3, 4, 6, 12, 13 9001KY3
4 1, 3, 4, 6, 12, 13 9001KY4
Stainless steel 1 1, 3, 4, 4X, 13 9001KYSS1
2 1, 3, 4, 4X, 13 9001KYSS2
3 1, 3, 4, 4X, 13 9001KYSS3
7
8
9
10
Legends
44 x 43 mm 57 x 57 mm Ø 60 Ø 90
Type Aluminium Plastic Plastic
Colour of legend black background white background Yellow background
Marking Blank 9001KN200 9001KN100WP 9001KN9100 9001KN8100
START 9001KN201 9001KN101WP – –
STOP (red background) 9001KN202 9001KN102RP – –
FORWARD 9001KN206 9001KN106WP – –
REVERSE 9001KN207 9001KN107WP – –
RESET 9001KN223 9001KN123WP –
PULL TO START/ 9001KN379 9001KN179WP – –
PUSH TO STOP
EMERGENCY STOP – – 9001KN9330 9001KN8330
ARRET D’URGENCE – – 9001KN9330F 9001KN8330F
PARADA DE EMERGENCIA – – 9001KN9330S 9001KN8330S
8/22
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.

Harmony
K series
Operator dialog
Cam switches
12 and 20 A ratings
positions (°)
1-pole
2-pole
0
45
1
2
3
4
2-pole
0
90
1
2
3
4
2-pole
0
45 90 135 180 225
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
Cam switches, K1 / K2 series
Function Switches ON-OFF switches Stepping switches
45° switching angle 90° switching angle with “0” position
Degree of protection front face IP 65 (1) IP 65 (1) IP 65 (1)
Conventional thermal current (Ith) 12 A 20 A 12 A 20 A 12 A 20 A
Rated insulation voltage (Ui) conforming to IEC60947-1 690 V 690 V 690 V
Number of positions 2 2 2 + “0” position
Number of poles 2 2 2
Dimensions of front plate (mm) 45 x 45 45 x 45 45 x 45
Front mounting method Multifixing plate, 45 x 45 mm K1B002ALH K2B 002ALH K1B1002HLH K2B 1002HLH K1D012QLH K2D012QLH
Plastic mounting plate for Ø 22 mm hole K1B002ACH K2B 002ACH K1B1002HCH K2B 1002HCH K1D012QCH K2D012QCH
2
3
Cam switches, K1 / K2 series
positions (°)
315 0 45
1-pole
1
2
3
4
5
2-pole
6
7
8
0 90 180 270
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
225 270 315 0 45 90 135
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Function Changeover switches Ammeter switches Voltmeter switches
4
5
Degree of protection front face IP 65 (1) IP 65 (1) IP 65 (1)
Conventional thermal current (Ith) 12 A 20 A 12 A 20 A 12 A 20 A
Rated insulation voltage (Ui) conforming to IEC60947-1 690 V 690 V 690 V
Number of positions 2 + “0” position 3 + “0” position 6 + “0” position (measurements
(3 circuits + “0” position) between 3 phases & N + “0” pos.)
Number of poles 2 4 7
Dimensions of front plate (mm) 45 x 45 45 x 45 45 x 45
Front mounting method Multifixing plate, 45 x 45 mm K1D002ULH K2D002ULH K1F003MLH to be compiled * K1F027MLH to be compiled *
Plastic mounting plate for Ø 22 mm hole K1D002UCH K2D002UCH K1F003MCH to be compiled * K1F027MCH to be compiled *
(1) With seal KZ73 for switch with Multifixing plate, with seal KZ65 for Ø 22 mm hole mounting switches. Seal to be ordered separately.
(*) Please consult your Schneider Electric agency.
6
7
Cam switches with key operated lock, K1 series
positions (°)
Function Stepping switches Run switches Changeover switches + “0” pos.
Degree of protection front face IP 65 IP 65 IP 65
Conventional thermal current (Ith) 12 A 12 A 12 A
Rated insulation voltage (Ui) conforming to IEC60947-1 690 V 690 V 690 V
Number of positions 2 + “0” position 3 + “0” position 2 + “0” position
Number of poles 3 2 2
0
60 120
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
0 60 120 180
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Dimensions of front plate (mm) 55 x 100 55 x 100 55 x 100
Colour of handle red black red black red black
Front mounting method Ø 22 mm hole + Ø 43.5 mm hole K1F022QZ2 K1F022QZ4 K1G043RZ2 K1G043RZ4 K1D002UZ2 K1D002UZ4
300
0 60
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
8
9
10
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.
8/23

Harmony
K series
Operator dialog
Cam switches
10 to 150 A ratings
1
positions (°)
1-pole
2-pole
3-pole
0
60
1
2
3
4
5
6
1-pole
2-pole
3-pole
300 0
60
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
0 90 180 270
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
270 300 330 0 30 60 90
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Cam switches, K10series
2
3
4
5
6
7
Function Switches Changeover switches Ammeter Voltmeter
60° switching angle with “0” position switches switches
Degree of protection front face IP 65 IP 65 IP 65 IP 65
Conventional thermal current (Ith) 10 A 10 A 10 A 10 A
Rated insulation voltage (Ui) conforming to IEC60947-1 440 V 440 V 440 V 440 V
Number of positions 2 2 + “0” position 3 + “0” pos. (1) 6 + “0” pos..(2)
Number of poles 1 2 3 2 3 3 3
Dimensions of front plate (mm) 30 x 30 30 x 30 30 x 30 30 x 30
Front mounting method By Ø 16 mm or 22 mm hole K10A001ACH K10B002ACH K10C003ACH K10D002UCH K10F003UCH K10F003MCH K10F027MCH
(1) (3 circuits + “0” position).
(2) (Measurements between 3 phases and N + “0” position).
Cam switches, K30series
positions (°)
Function Switches Switches Changeover Starting Starting Reversing
ON-OFF with “0” position star-delta 2-speed
Degree of protection front face IP 40 IP 40 IP 40 IP 40 IP 40 IP 40
Conventional thermal current (Ith) 32 A 32 A 32 A 32 A 32 A 32 A
Rated insulation voltage (Ui) conforming to IEC60947-1 690 V 690 V 690 V 690 V 690 V 690 V
Number of positions 2 2 3 3 3 3
Number of poles 3 3 4 4 3 3 3
Dimensions of front plate (mm) 64 x 64 64 x 64 64 x 64 64 x 64 64 x 64 64 x 64
Front mounting method Multifixing K30C003AP (3) K30C003HP (3) K30D004HP (3) K30H004UP (3) K30H001YP (3) K30H004PP (3) K30E003WP(3)
(3) To order switches with other thermal current ratings (50, 63, 115, 150 A): replace the number 30 in the reference by 50, 63, 115 or 150 respectively.
Example: a switch with a 32 A current rating, for example K30C003AP, becomes K50 C003AP for a current rating of 50 A.
1-pole
2-pole
3-pole
0
60
1
2
3
4
5
6
1-pole
2-pole
0
90
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1-pole
2-pole
3-pole
4-pole
300 0 60 300 0 60
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
9
9
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
300 0 60
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13 14
15
16
300 0 60
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
8
Accessories for cam switches K1/K2
9
10
Rubber seals
for IP 65 degree of protection
For use with heads with 45 x 45 mm front plate with 60 x 60 mm front plate with 45 x 45 mm front plate
Ø 22 mm hole or 4 hole front mtg. Ø 22 mm hole or 4 hole front mtg. multifixing
References (5)* KZ65 KZ66 KZ73
* sold in lots of
8/24
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.

Harmony
XVR
Operator dialog
Rotating beacons
Ø 84, 106, 120, 130 mm rotating beacons
1
Ø 84 / 106 mm
Complete, pre-wired rotating beacons Ø 84 mm Ø 106 mm
Light source (included)
“ Super bright “ LEDs
Base mount 3 x Ø 05
Buzzer
Without buzzer
Degree of protection IP23 (IP 65 with accessories) IP23 (IP 55 with accessories)
Voltage 12V AC/DC 24V AC/DC 12V AC/DC 24V AC/DC
References Red XVR08J04 XVR08B04 XVR10J04 XVR10B04
Orange XVR08J05 XVR08B05 XVR10J05 XVR10B05
Green XVR08J03 XVR08B03 XVR10J03 XVR10B03
Blue XVR08J06 XVR08B06 XVR10J06 XVR10B06
2
3
4
Ø 120 mm
Complete, pre-wired rotating beacons
Ø 120 mm
Light source (included)
“ Super bright “ LEDs
Base mount
3 x M5
Buzzer Without buzzer With buzzer
Degree of protection
IP23
Voltage 12V AC/DC 24V AC/DC 12V AC/DC 24V AC/DC
References Red XVR12J04 XVR12B04 XVR12J04S XVR12B04S
Orange XVR12J05 XVR12B05 XVR12J05S XVR12B05S
Green XVR12J03 XVR12B03 XVR12J03S XVR12B03S
Blue XVR12J06 XVR12B06 XVR12J06S XVR12B06S
5
6
7
Ø 130 mm
Complete, pre-wired rotating beacons
Ø 130 mm
8
Light source (included)
“ Super bright “ LEDs
Base mount 3 x Ø 09
Buzzer
Without buzzer
Degree of protection IP66 - Resistant to vibration IP66 and IP67
Voltage 12V DC 24V DC 24V AC/DC 120V AC 230V AC
References Red XVR13J04 XVR13B04 XVR13B04L XVR13G04L XVR13M04L
Orange XVR13J05 XVR13B05 XVR13B05L XVR13G05L XVR13M05L
9
10
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.
8/25

Harmony
XVB
Operator dialog
Modular tower lights
Ø 70 mm, for customer assembly
1
Ø 70 mm / Up to IP66
Illuminated beacons XVBL Steady light Flashing light
2
3
Light source Incandescent BA 15d bulb, Protected BA 15d LED Protected BA 15d LED “Flash” discharge tube
10 W max. (not included) (included) (included) 5 J (2)
Degree of protection IP 66
References (1) 12…250 V AC/DC XVBL3p – – –
24 V AC/DC – XVBL0Bp XVBL1Bp XVBL6Bp
120 V AC – XVBL0Gp XVBL1Gp XVBL6Gp
230 V AC – XVBL0Mp XVBL1Mp XVBL6Mp
4
Ø 70 mm / Up to IP66
5
6
7
8
Tower lights XVBC
comprising 2 to 5 signalling units (3)
Base units Steady light Flashing
light
“Flash”
light
Audible
units (90 db
at 1 m)
Light source – Incandescent Integral Integral “Flash” –
BA 15d bulb, 10 W protected LED protected LED discharge tube
max. (not included) 5 J (2)
Degree of protection IP 66
Base unit references with cover XVBC21 (4) – – – – –
without cover XVBC07 (5) – – – – –
References (2) 12… 230 V AC/DC – XVBC3p – – – –
24 V AC/DC – – XVBC2Bp XVBC5Bp XVBC6Bp –
120 V AC – – XVBC2Gp XVBC5Gp XVBC6Gp –
230 V AC – – XVBC2Mp XVBC5Mp XVBC6Mp –
Audible unit references 12…48 V AC/DC – – – – – XVBC9B
unidirectional 120…230 V AC – – – – – XVBC9M
(1) To obtain the complete reference, replace thep by the number designating the colour as follow: 3 = green , 4 = red , 5 = orange, 6 = blue, 7 = clear, 8 = yellow.
(2) To order a lens unit with a 10 J discharge tube, replace the number 6 by 8 in the reference (example: XVBL6Bp becomes XVBL8Bp).
(3) A tower light comprises: 1 base unit + 1 to 5 signalling units maximum.
(4) For connection on AS-Interface, order base unit XVBC21A (side cable entry) or XVBC21B (bottom cable entry with M12 connector on flying lead).
(5) For indicator banks with “flash” discharge tube unit.
9
10
8/26
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.

Magelis
Operator dialog
Small Panels
Magelis STO/STU
with graphic screen
1
Type
Characteristics
Display LCD screen size / Resolution 3.4” / monochrome (200 X 80 pixels)
Type Green, orange, red White, pink, red Green, orange, red
Functions Representation of variables Alphanumeric, bitmap, bargraph, gauge, button, light, clock, flashing light, keypad
Curves / Alarm logs
Yes, with log / Yes, incorporated
Communication Serial link 1 RJ45 (RS 232 - RS 485) 1 Terminal Block RS232
Networks – – – Ethernet Ethernet
Downloadable protocols
Mitsubishi (Melsec), Omron (Sysmac), Zelio
Rockwell Automation (Allen Bradley),
Siemens (Simatic), Uni-TE, Modbus,
Modbus TCP
Development software
Vijeo Designer VJDpppTGpVppM (on Windows XP, Vista and 7) or Vijeo Designer Limited Edition
Dimensions W x D x H (mm) 116,5 x 38,5 x 77,5
Compatibility with PLCs
Twido, Modicon TSX Micro, Modicon Zelio
Premium, Modicon Quantum, .
Modicon M340
«Compact Flash» card slot
No
USB port
1 Host type A + 1 Device type miniB
Built-in Ethernet TCP/IP No Yes
Supply voltage
24 VDC
References HMISTO511 HMISTO512 HMISTO501 HMISTO531 HMISTO532
2
3
4
5
6
Type
Characteristics
Display LCD screen size / Resolution 3.5” / QVGA (320 X 240 pixels) 5.7” / QVGA (320 X 240 pixels)
Type
TFT 65 536 colours
Functions Representation of variables Alphanumeric, bitmap, bargraph, gauge, button, light, clock, flashing light, keypad
Curves / Alarm logs
Yes, with log / Yes, incorporated
Communication Serial link 1 RJ45 (RS 232 - RS 485)
Networks
Ethernet, IEEE 802.3, 10/100 BASE-T, RJ45
Downloadable protocols
Mitsubishi (Melsec), Omron (Sysmac), Rockwell Automation (Allen Bradley), Siemens (Simatic),
Uni-TE, Modbus, Modbus TCP
Development software
Vijeo Designer VJDpppTGpVppM (on Windows XP, Vista and 7) or Vijeo Designer Limited Edition
Dimensions W x D x H (mm) Front: 98 x 16 x 81 Front: 163 x 17.5 x 129.5
Rear : 118 x 30 x 98
Compatibility with PLCs
Twido, Modicon TSX Micro, Modicon Premium, Modicon Quantum, Modicon M340
«Compact Flash» card slot
No
USB port
1 Host type A + 1 Device type miniB
Built-in Ethernet TCP/IP Yes Yes
Supply voltage
24 VDC
References HMISTU655 HMISTU855
7
8
9
10
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.
8/27

Magelis
Operator dialog
Advanced Panel
Magelis XBT GT
with 3.8” touchscreen
1
Type
Characteristics
2
3
4
5
Display LCD screen size / Resolution 3.8” / QVGA
Type STN monochrome, amber or red TFT 256 colour
Functions Representation of variables Alphanumeric, bitmap, bargraph, gauge, button, light, clock, flashing light, keypad
Curves / Alarm logs
Yes, with log / Yes, incorporated
Communication Serial link 1 RJ45 (RS 232 - RS 485)
Networks – Ethernet, IEEE 802.3.
10/100 BASE-T, RJ45
Downloadable protocols
Mitsubishi (Melsec), Omron (Sysmac), Rockwell Automation (Allen Bradley), Siemens (Simatic)
Uni-TE, Modbus, Modbus TCP
Development software Vijeo Designer VJDpppTGpVppM (on Windows XP, Vista and 7)
Dimensions W x D x H (mm) 118 × 30 × 98
Compatibility with PLCs
Twido, Modicon TSX Micro, Modicon Premium, Modicon Quantum, Modicon M340
«Compact Flash» card slot
No
USB port Host type A 1 1 1
Built-in Ethernet TCP/IP No Yes
Supply voltage
24 VDC
References XBTGT1105 XBTGT1135 XBTGT1335
Magelis XBT GT
with 5.7” touchscreen
6
7
8
9
Type
Type
Characteristics
Display LCD screen size / Resolution 5.7” / QVGA 5.7” / VGA
Type STN Monochrome STN, colour TFT, colour 65536 colours
Blue .
backlighting
Black and White .
backlighting
4096 colours High brightness
Functions Representation of variables Alphanumeric, bitmap, bargraph, gauge, button, light, clock, flashing light, keypad
Curves / Alarm logs
Yes, with log / Yes, incorporated
Communication Serial link 1 Sub-D9 (RS 232/RS 422 - RS 485) + 1 RJ45 (RS 485)
Downloadable protocols
backlighting
Networks – Ethernet, IEEE 802.3 – Ethernet, IEEE 802.3 Ethernet Ethernet, IEEE 802.3
10/100 BASE-T, RJ45 10/100 BASE-T, RJ45 10/100 BASE-T 10/100 BASE-T, RJ45
Mitsubishi (Melsec), Omron (Sysmac), Rockwell Automation (Allen Bradley), Siemens (Simatic)
Uni-TE, Modbus, Modbus TCP/IP
Development software Vijeo Designer VJDpppTGpVppM (on Windows XP, Vista and 7)
Dimensions W x D x H (mm) 167.5 x 60 x 135
Compatibility with PLCs
«Compact Flash» card slot No Yes
Twido, Modicon TSX Micro, Modicon Premium, Modicon Quantum, Modicon M340, Modicon Momentum
USB port Host type A 1 2
Video in
No
Built-in Ethernet TCP/IP No No Yes No Yes Yes Yes
Supply voltage
24 VDC
References XBTGT2110 XBTGT2120 XBTGT2130 XBTGT2220 XBTGT2330 XBTGT2930 XBTGT2430
10
8/28
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.

Magelis
Operator dialog
Advanced Panel
Magelis XBT GT
with 7.5” and 10.4” touchscreen
1
Type
Characteristics
Display LCD screen size / Resolution 7.5” / VGA 10.4” / VGA 10,4” / SVGA
Type (colour) STN TFT TFT STN TFT TFT TFT
Number of colours 4096 65536 65536 4096 65536 65536 65536
Functions Representation of variables Alphanumeric, bitmap, bargraph, gauge, button, light, clock, flashing light, keypad
Curves / Alarm logs
Yes, with log / Yes, incorporated
Communication Serial link 1 Sub-D9 (RS 232/RS 422 - RS 485) + 1 RJ45 (RS 485)
Networks Ethernet, IEEE 802.3 10/100 BASE-T, RJ 45
Downloadable protocols
Mitsubishi (Melsec), Omron (Sysmac), Rockwell Automation (Allen Bradley), Siemens (Simatic)
Uni-TE, Modbus, Modbus TCP/IP
Development software Vijeo Designer VJDpppTGpVppM (on Windows XP, Vista and 7)
Dimensions W x D x H (mm) 215 x 60 x 170 313 x 56 x 239 271 x 57 x 213
Compatibility with PLCs
Twido, Modicon TSX Micro, Modicon Premium, Modicon Quantum, Modicon M340
«Compact Flash» card slot
Yes
USB port Host type A 1 1 1 2 2 2 2
Video in No No Yes No No Yes No
Built-in Ethernet TCP/IP
Yes
Supply voltage
24 VDC
References XBTGT4230 XBTGT4330 XBTGT4340 XBTGT5230 XBTGT5330 XBTGT5340 XBTGT5430
2
3
4
5
Magelis XBT GT
with 12.1” and 15” touchscreen
6
7
Type
Characteristics
Display LCD screen size / Resolution 12,1” / SVGA 15” / XGA
Type (colour) TFT TFT TFT
Number of colours 65536 65536 65536
Functions Representation of variables Alphanumeric, bitmap, bargraph, gauge, button, light, clock, flashing light, keypad
Curves / Alarm logs
Yes, with log / Yes, incorporated
Communication Serial link 1 Sub-D9 (RS 232/RS 422 - RS 485) + 1 RJ45 (RS 485)
Networks Ethernet, IEEE 802.3 10/100 BASE-T, RJ 45BASE-T, RJ 45
Downloadable protocols
Mitsubishi (Melsec), Omron (Sysmac), Rockwell Automation (Allen Bradley), Siemens (Simatic)
Uni-TE, Modbus, Modbus TCP/IP
Development software Vijeo Designer VJDpppTGpVppM (on Windows XP, Vista and 7)
Dimensions W x D x H (mm) 313 x 56 x 239 395 x 60 x 294
Compatibility with PLCs
Twido, Modicon TSX Micro, Modicon Premium, Modicon Quantum, Modicon M340
«Compact Flash» card slot
Yes
USB port Host type A 2
Video in No Yes Yes
Built-in Ethernet TCP/IP
Yes
Supply voltage
24 VDC
References XBTGT6330 XBTGT6340 XBTGT7340
8
9
10
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.
8/29

chapter 9
Detection
All technical information about products listed in this chapter
are available on: www.tesensors.com

Contents
Detection
bb
General presentation: OsiSense for your hoisting
applications
vv
Choose the best suited product for your applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9/2
1
vv
Tower crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9/3
vv
Overhead and gantry crane. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9/3
vv
Mobile crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9/4
2
vv
Block hoist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9/4
vv
Harbour crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9/5
bb
Telemecanique Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9/5
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
9/1

Presentation
Detection
General presentation
OsiSense for your hoisting applications
1
OsiSense for your hoisting
applications
Choose the best suited product for your
applications
2
3
4
Over run function
XF9D XCR
XF9F XCMD XCKM
Mechanical stop, ultimate stop to avoid possible damages of
the machine
> > Horizontal movements (X & Y axis)
>
>
> Power limit switch that directly cuts the motor power supplies: XF9D
> Rotary limit switch with contact integrated on the main electrical sequence:
XCR.
> > Vertical movements (Z axis)
>
>
>
> Power limit switch that directly cuts the motor power supplies: XF9F
> Mainly for over up movement
> Limit switch incorporated in the hoist winch or on the drum: XCMD or XCKM.
Give information drum/winch full and empty.
5
6
7
Stop and slow down functions
XCKMR XCRA XUE XUX
XRB XR2 XCKM XS
Electrical and mechanical stop, end of working area
Electrical stop, speed reduction in order to reach the stop at
slow speed
> > Horizontal movements (X & Y axis)
>
> Two steps cross limit switch, slow down and stop functions realized with one
single sensor: XCKMR or new limit switch XCKVR: available 1 st quarter 2012)
> > Rotary head industrial limit switch to detect a fix stop position: XCRA
> > Anticollision function with an other mobile equipment by using sensors with 2
logic outputs XUE or 1 logic output XUX
> > Vertical movements (Z axis)
> > Screw limit switches allow a complete hoisting position control: XRB or XR2
> > Limit switch linked with the drum giving stop down information “rope slack”
detection and stop up information “rope overlap” detection: XCKM
> > Inductive proximity sensor monitors the cable on the drum, giving stop down
information “drum empty” for rope’s end: XS
> > Limit switch on hoist fix point giving stop up function “overload”: XCKM
8
9
10
Positioning function
XCC
XS XS XUE
XCC XRB XR2
Electrical information giving any specific positions in the
working area
> > Horizontal movements (X & Y axis)
>
>
> Incremental and absolute rotary encoders for linear position control: XCC
> Detection of a fix point to overcome the wheel slippage and for any particular
known position: XS
> > Distance measurement sensors to monitor the position of other equipment by
using an analog output: XUE
> > Vertical movements (Z axis)
>
> Incremental and absolute rotary encoders: connected to the drum) for linear
height control: XCC
> > Screw limit switches allow a complete hoist positions control with up to 28
different positions and an analog signal: XRB or XR2
9/2

Presentation
Detection
General presentation
OsiSense for your hoisting applications
Tower crane
2
1
3
2
1
5
4
Detecting ...
1 Detecting a hoist
overspeed
2 Detecting specific position
for overload or overtorque
control
3 Detecting an over travel of
trolley movement
4 Detecting stop and slow
down of the horizontal
movement and any other
particular trolley position
5 Detecting rotation position
3
4
Solution breakdown
1 OsiSense XCC / XS, Ease of installation and adjustment
2 OsiSense XCKM / XCR, Robustness with positivity
3 OsiSense XF, The ultimate trolley protection
4 OsiSense XCKVR / XCKMR, 2 ways / 2 speeds by one single sensor, compactness and
robustness with positivity
5 OsiSense XR, Robustness and modularity, up to 28 contacts
5
1
Overhead and gantry crane
2
6
1
7
6
5
4
3
Detecting ...
1 Detecting stop and slow
down of the horizontal
movement and any other
particular trolley position
2 Detecting stop and slow
down of the hoisting
movement
3 Detecting an other crane.
Anticollision function
4 Detecting an over travel of
trolley movement
5 Detecting a hoist
overspeed
6 Detecting an over travel of
translation movement
7 Detecting an over up of
the vertical movement
7
8
9
Solution breakdown
1 OsiSense XCKVR / XCKMR, 2 ways / 2 speeds by one single sensor, compactness and
robustness with positivity
2 OsiSense XR, Robustness and modularity, up to 28 contacts
3 OsiSense XUX / XUE, Long distance detection
4 OsiSense XCKM / XCR, Robustness with positivity
5 OsiSense XCC / XS, Ease of installation and adjustment
6 OsiSense XF, The ultimate trolley protection
10
9/3

Presentation
Detection
General presentation
OsiSense for your hoisting applications
1
Mobile crane
1
2
3
4
2
3
Detecting ...
1 Detecting stop and slow
down of the hoisting
movement
2 Monitoring and
regulationg hydraulic
pressure
3 Detecting position of the
stabilizers
4 Detecting deployment of
the stabilizers
4
Solution breakdown
1 OsiSense XR, Robustness and modularity, up to 28 contacts
2 OsiSense XMLP, Compactness and robustness for reliable regulation
3 OsiSense XCC / XS, Ease of installation and adjustment
4 OsiSense XCKD + XCKZ05, Robustness for increased resistance to impact
5
Block hoist
6
7
8
1
Detecting ...
2
1 Detecting stop up and
down of the vertical
movement. Miniature
switches incorporated in
the hoist winch
2 Detecting stop of the
horizontal movement t
Solution breakdown
1 OsiSense XCMD, Compactness and modularity of the head for easy mechanical
integration
2 OsiSense XCR, 2 ways / 1 speed, compactness and robustness with positivity
9
10
9/4

Presentation
Detection
General presentation
OsiSense for your hoisting applications
3
Harbour crane
1
2
4
2
1
5
Detecting ...
1 Detecting stop and slow
down of the horizontal
movement and any other
particular trolley position
2 Detecting an over travel of
trolley movement.
Detecting anchoring of the
long travel. Monitoring the
boom sequence.
3 Detecting stop, slow down
and any other particular
position of the hoisting
and boom movements
4 Detecting an other crane.
Anticollision function
Solution breakdown
1 OsiSense XCC / XS, Ease of installation and adjustment
2 OsiSense XCKVR / XCKMR, 2 ways / 2 speeds by one single sensor, compactness and
robustness with positivity
3 OsiSense XCKM / XCR, Robustness with positivity
4 OsiSense XR, Robustness and modularity, up to 28 contacts
5 OsiSense XUX / XUE, Long distance detection
3
4
5
6
7
Telemecanique
Sensors is the
brand for
Schneider
Electric’s Factory
Automation
detection
products
Connect with the experts
> > A dedicated Sales team: trained
and experienced sales
professionals are available to help
you with any sensing application.
> > Telemecanique Sensors teams:
are available for pre and post
sales support. We become an
extension of your team and we
share our expertise with you.
http://www.tesensors.com
8
9
10
9/5

chapter 10
Associated offers
All technical information about products listed in this
catalogue are available on: www.schneider-electric.com

Contents
Associated offers
bb
Incoming protection & switching.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10/2
bb
Load & Circuit protection.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10/3
bb
Power supplies & Transformers
vv
Regulated switch mode - Rail mounting.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10/4
vv
Compact - Rail mounting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10/4
vv
Function modules for regulated switch mode power supplies. . . . . . . . 10/6
1
2
vv
Function modules for regulated switch mode power supplies. . . . . . . . 10/7
vv
Regulated switch mode. Panel mounting.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10/8
vv
Transformers .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10/9
3
bb
Electromechanical plug-in relays
vv
Interface and miniature relays.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10/10
vv
Universal and power relays. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10/11
4
vv
RSL relays mounted on sockets.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10/12
vv
RSL relays for customer assembly .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10/13
vv
Sockets for relays........................................................................................ 10/13
5
bb
Cabinets
vv
Spacial steel.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10/14
vv
Spacial Stainless-steel & Thalassa Insulating materials .. . . . . . . . . . . 10/15
6
bb
Index
vv
Product reference index.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10/16
7
8
9
10
10/1

Associated offers
Incoming protection & switching
Panorama
1
2
3
4
Range TeSys Vario Interpact TeSys GS NG Compact Masterpact
Rated operational 12 to 175 40 to 2500 32 to1250 10 to 125 100 to 3200 800 to 6300
current (A)
Number of poles 3 to 6 3 to 4
Short circuit making 0,5 to 3 50 to 220 5 to 90 10 to 50 25 to 150 42 to 150
capacity at 400V
Icm (kA)
Product name V INS GS NG125 NSX/NS NT or NW
Simplicity
Compacity
Whatever the type of protection needed, these products offers all the safety that the user
requires.
Designed for maximum performance and safety, each comprehensive and homogeneous
range operates with a wide choice of accessories and auxiliaries.
5
Selection aid
6
Function
Switch disconnector
Switch fuse
disconnector
Circuit-breaker
Isolation
& Disconnection
7
Switching
..
Protection
8
9
10
10/2
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.

Associated offers
Load & Circuit protection
Panorama
1
Range Short circuit and overload protection Fuse holder
Miniature circuit-breaker
Voltage 60 V DC/pole 250 V DC/pole 240 V AC/pole Ph/N 415 V AC/pole Ph/Ph 500 V AC 690 V DC
Number of poles 1 or 2P 1, 2, 3 and 4P -
Nominal current (A) 1 to 63 80 to 125 25 32 50 125
8 x 32 mm 10 x 38 mm 14 x 51 mm 22 x 58 mm
Breaking capacity (kA) 6 6 10 20 120
Type of loads / Tripping curve (1) B, C, D C B, C, D -
Width 18 mm/pole 27 mm/pole -
Product reference IEC Acti 9 iC60N Acti9 iC60HDC Acti 9 iC60N Multi 9 C120N DF8 DF10 DF14 DF22
IEC/UL Multi 9 C60N Multi 9 C60H-DC Multi 9 C60N –
2
3
Range Earth leakage protection Surge protection
RCBO (3) RCCB (4)
Voltage 240 V AC 240 to 415 V AC 240 V AC/pole Ph/N 240 V AC
Number of poles 1P+N 2, 3 and 4P
Nominal current (A) 6 to 32 25 to 63 -
Breaking capacity (kA) - - – 20
Type of loads / Tripping curve (1) C class A 30 or 300 mA Class A 30 or 300 mA Type 2
Width 36 mm 27 to 63 mm 36 to 72mm 72 to 120 mm
Product reference IEC Acti 9 DPN Vigi Acti 9 Vigi iC60 blocks (2) RCCB ID Quick PRD 20r
(1) Tripping curve: B (3 In

Phaseo
Associated offers
Power supplies
Regulated switch mode - Rail mounting
1
2
3
4
Type of power supply
7 to 60 W Single-phase
Rated input voltage
100…240 VAC
Rated output voltage 24 V 5 V 12 V
Rated power / Rated output current 7.5 W / 0.3 A 15 W / 0.6 A 30 W / 1.2 A 60 W / 2.5 A 20 W / 4 A 25 W / 2 A
Reset
Auto
Conformity to IEC 61000-3-2
Without
Certifications
cULus, cCSAus, TUV, CE, C-Tick
Dimensions W x D x H (mm) 36 x 59 x 90 54 x 59 x 90 72 x 59 x 90 54 x 59 x 90
Fixing (mm)
DIN rail 35x7.5 or 35x15 or on panel mount by screw
References ABL8MEM24003 ABL8MEM24006 ABL8MEM24012 ABL7RM24025 ABL8MEM05040 ABL8MEM12020
.
.
.
.
5
6
7
Type of power supply
Rated input voltage
Rated output voltage
72 to 240 W Single-phase - Wide input range
100…120 VAC and 200…500 VAC
24 V
Rated power / Rated output current 72 W / 3 A 120 W / 5 A 240 W / 10 A
Permissible temporary inrush current (boost)
Reset
Conformity to IEC 61000-3-2
1.5 In during 4 s
Auto or manual
Diagnostic relay (output voltage > 21.6V) No Yes
Certifications
Yes
cCSAus, CB scheme, CE
Dimensions W x D x H (mm) 44 x 120 x 143 56 x 120 x 143 85 x 140 x 143
Fixing (mm)
DIN rail 35x7.5 or 35x15
References ABL8RPS24030 ABL8RPS24050 ABL8RPS24100
Regulated, Switch-mode
Compact - Rail mounting
8
9
10
Type of power supply
85 to 480W Single-phase
Rated Input Voltage AC 120…230V 50/60Hz 120/230V
Rated Input Voltage DC 100…370V 300…350 V
Rated adjustable output Voltage 23…27,5 V 24…28V
Rated power / Rated output current 84W / 3,5A 120W / 5A 240W /10A 480W / 20A
Temporary permissible inrush current output 6A for 30s 8A for 30s 15A for 30s 30A for 5s
Reset after overload
Auto
Diagnostic relay (output voltage > 21.6V)
Yes
Fixing (mm) DIN rail 35 x 7,5
Dimensions W x D x H (mm) 39 x 115 x 134 64 x 140 x 139 80 x 127 x 146
References ABL4RSM24035 ABL4RSM24050 ABL4RSM24100 ABL4RSM24200
10/4
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.

Associated offers
1
60 to 144 W single-phase
100…240 VAC
24 V 12 V 48 V
72 W / 3 A 120 W / 5 A 60 W / 5 A 144 W / 2.5 A
Auto
Auto or manual
No
Yes
cULus, cCSAus, TUV, CE, C-Tick
27 x 120 x 120 54 x 120 x 120
DIN rail 75x7.5, 35x7.5 or 35x15
ABL8REM24030 ABL8REM24050 ABL7RP1205 ABL7RP4803
2
3
4
480 to 960 W single and 3-phases
100…120 VAC and 200…240 VAC 3 x 380…500 VAC
24 V
480 W / 20 A 960 W / 40 A
1.5 In during 4 s
Auto or manual
Yes
Yes
cCSAus, CB scheme, CE
145 x 140 x 143 95 x 155 x 143 165 x 155 x 143
DIN rail 35x7.5 or 35x15
ABL8RPM24200 ABL8WPS24200 ABL8WPS24400
Type of module
Compatibility
Rated output
voltage
Rated output
current
Converters DC/DC
Output connection of power supplies ABL8RPS24…,
ABL8WPS24…, ABL4RSM24... and ABL4WSR24...
5 V 12 V
6 A 2 A
Certifications
cCSAus, CB scheme, CE
Dimensions W x D x H (mm) 44 x 140 x 146
Fixing (mm)
DIN rail 35x7.5 or 35x15
References ABL8DCC05060 ABL8DCC12020
5
6
7
8
Type of power supply
480 to 960W 3-phase
Rated Input Voltage AC
400 … 500V 50/60 Hz
Working on 2 phases
Possible with output current = 75% of the nominal output current.
Output Voltage
24V
Rated power / Rated output current 480W / 20A 720W / 30A 960W / 40A
Temporary permissible inrush current output 30A for 5s 45A for 5s 60A for 5s
Reset after overload
Auto
Diagnostic relay
Yes
Fixation (mm) DIN rail 35 x 7,5
Dimensions W x D x H (mm) 80 x 127 x 146
References ABL4WSR24200 ABL4WSR24300 ABL4WSR24400
9
10
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.
10/5

Phaseo
Associated offers
Phaseo Power supplies
Function modules for regulated switch mode
power supplies
20
3,2AH 7AH 12AH
10
1
TEMPS DE MAINTIEN
mn h
4
2
60
40
20
10
40
200
mA
1000 10
A
20 40
COURANT DE MAINTIEN
Type of module Microcuts and cuts network solutions. (1)
2
3
4
Compatibility
Output connection of Universal power supplies ABL8RPS24…, ABL8WPS24…, ABL4RSM24...,
ABL4WSR24...
Technology Buffer module battery backup module + battery
Rated output voltage 40 A 20 A 40 A
Holding time 1A 2 s typique adjustable from 10 s to 24 H (battery depending)
Holding time for maximum current output 100 ms typique adjustable from 10 s to 30 mn
(battery depending)
adjustable from 10 to 10 mn
(battery depending)
Certifications
cCSAus, CB scheme, CE
Dimensions W x D x H (mm) 85 x 140 x 146 86 x 175 x 143 86 x 175 x 143
Fixing (mm) DIN rail 35x7.5 or 35x15 (1)
References Control module ABL8BUF24400 ABL8BBU24200 ABL8BBU24400
References battery 3,2AH (2) – ABL8BPK24A03 ABL8BPK24A03
7AH (2) – ABL8BPK24A07 ABL8BPK24A07
12AH (2) – ABL8BPK24A12 ABL8BPK24A12
(1) Battery module except 7AH and 12AH. For battery module 3.2AH with ABL1A02 kit.
(2) Battery to be chosen according to the graph page 6/2
5
6
7
8
9
10
10/6
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.

Phaseo
Associated offers
Phaseo Power supplies
Function modules for regulated switch mode
power supplies
1
Type of module
Redundancy power supplies solutions
Compatibility Connection of 2 power supplies inputs ABL4... or ABL8RP, ABL8WP up to 20 A (1 power supply 40A)
Rated output voltage
24 V
Rated output current
40 A
Certifications
cCSAus, CB scheme, CE
Dimensions W x D x H (mm) 44 x 140 x 146
Fixing (mm)
DIN rail 35x7.5 ou 35x15
References
ABL8RED24400
2
3
4
Type of module
Starter protection solution
Compatibility Output connection of Universal power supplies .
ABL8RPS24100..., ABL8RPM24200..., ABL8WPS24..., ABL4RSM24... and ABL4WSR24...
Rated output current
10A par voie
Calibres
1 / 2.5 / 4 / 5 / 7 / 8 / 10 A
Number of channels 4
Diagnostic relay
Yes
Manual switch off (1 per channel)
Two-pole
Certifications
cCSAus, CB scheme, CE
Dimensions (mm) 71 x 109 x 110
Fixing (mm)
DIN rail 35x7.5 or 35x15 or on panel mount by screw
References
ABL8PRP24100
5
6
7
8
9
10
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.
10/7

Phaseo
Associated offers
Phaseo Power supplies
Regulated switch mode. Panel mounting
1
Type of power supply
60W to 240W
2
3
4
Input voltage 85…264 VAC 85…132 VAC / 170…264 VAC
Output voltage 12 VDC 24 VDC 24 VDC
Rated power / Rated output currrent 60 W / 5 A 100 W / 8.3 A 60 W / 2.5 A 100 W / 4.2 A 150 W / 6.2 A 240 W / 10 A
Certifications
UL, c CSA us, CE, Ctick
Dimensions W x D x H (mm) 150 x 38 x 98 200 x 38 x 98 150 x 38 x 98 200 x 38 x 98 200 x 50 x 98 200 x 65 x 98
Fixing (mm) Panel mount by scew, by bracket ABL1A01 (1) , on DIN rail 35mm by panel ABL1A02 (1).
References Without filter ABL1REM12050 – ABL1REM24025 ABL1REM24042 ABL1REM24062 ABL1REM24100
With filter (2) – ABL1RPM12083 – ABL1RPM24042 ABL1RPM24062 ABL1RPM24100
(1) has to order separately.
(2) Anti harmonic IEC/EN 61000-3-2
Filtered rectified
5
Type of power supply
12W to 480W single-phase
6
7
Input voltage
215/230/245 V or 385/400/415 VAC
Rated output voltage
24 V
Certifications
cULus, ENEC
Rated power / Rated output current 12 W / 0.5 A 24 W / 1 A 48 W / 2 A 96 W / 4 A 144 W / 6 A 240 W / 10 A 360 W / 15 A 480 W / 20 A
Dimensions W x D x H (mm) 87 x 124 x 108 87 x 124 x 108 87 x 142 x 108 87 x 165 x 108 123 x 153 x 153 123 x 185 x 153 135 x 185 x 138 175 x 215 x 128
Fixing (mm) DIN rail 35x7.5 or 35x15 or on panel mount by screw On panel mount by screw
References ABL8FEQ24005 ABL8FEQ24010 ABL8FEQ24020 ABL8FEQ24040 ABL8FEQ24060 ABL8FEQ24100 ABL8FEQ24150 ABL8FEQ24200
8
9
Type of power supply
240W to 1440W 3-phases
10
Input voltage
3x 380 / 400 / 420 V
Rated output voltage
24 V
Certifications
cULus, ENEC
Rated power / Rated output current 240 W / 10 A 480 W / 20 A 720 W / 30 A 960 W / 40 A 1440 W / 60 A
Dimensions W x D x H (mm) 185 x 190 x 78 220 x 215 x 104 240 x 252 x 108 310 x 310 x 140 310 x 310 x 154
Fixing (mm)
On panel mount by screw
References ABL8TEQ24100 ABL8TEQ24200 ABL8TEQ24300 ABL8TEQ24400 ABL8TEQ24600
10/8
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.

Phaseo
Associated offers
Phaseo Transformers
1
Type of transformer
Double winding operating temperature
+60°C
+50°C
Rated input voltage
230/400 VAC (±15 V) 1-phase
Certifications c us, ENEC
Rated power / Rated output currrent 25 VA 40 VA 63 VA 100 VA 160 VA 250 VA 320 VA 400 VA 630 VA 1000 VA
Visualization LED display of voltage presence at primary Without
Fixing (mm) DIN rail 35x15 or on panel mount by screw On panel mount by screw
References ABT7PDU•••(1) ABT7TDU•••(1)
Rated output voltage 24/48 V 002B 004B 006B 010B 016B 025B 032B 040B 063B 100B
115/230 V 002G 004G 006G 010G 016G 025G 032G 040G 063G 100G
(1) Complete the reference according to the power and voltage using the table below (example: ABT7PDU002G)
2
3
4
5
Type of transformer
Single winding operating temperature +50°C
Rated input voltage
230/400 VAC (±15 V) 1-phase
Certifications
Rated output power 25 VA 40 VA 63 VA 100 VA 160 VA 250 VA 400 VA 630 VA 1000 VA
Fixing (mm)
On panel mount by screw
References
ABL6TS•••(2)
Rated output voltage 24 V 02B 04B 06B 10B 16B 25B 40B 63B 100B
115 V 02G 04G 06G 10G 16G 25G 40G 63G 100G
230 V 02U 04U 06U 10U 16U 25U 40U 63U 100U
(2) Complete the reference according to the power and voltage using the table below (example: ABL6TS02G)
6
7
8
Type of transformer
Single winding operating temperature +40°C
Rated input voltage
230 VAC (±15 V) 1-phase
Certifications
Without
Rated power / Rated output currrent 40 VA 63 VA 100 VA 160 VA 250 VA 320 VA 400 VA
Fixing (mm)
On panel mount by screw
References ABT7ESM•••(3)
Rated output voltage 24 V 004B 006B 010B 016B 025B 032B 040B
(3) Complete the reference according to the power and voltage using the table below (example: ABT7ESM004B)
9
10
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.
10/9

Zelio Relay
Associated offers
Electromechanical plug-in relays
Interface and miniature relays
1
2
3
4
5
Type of relay Interface relays Miniature relays
RSB
RXM
Contact characteristics
Thermal current Ith in A (temperature ≤ 55°C) 8 12 16 12 10 6 3
Number of contacts 2 “C/O” 1 “C/O” 1 “C/O” 2 “C/O” 3 “C/O” 4 “C/O” 4 “C/O”
Contact material AgNi AgNi AgNi AgNi AgNi AgNi AgAu
Switching voltage, min. / max. 5 / 250 VAC/DC 12 / 250 VAC/DC
Switching capacity, min. / max. (mA / VA) 5 / 2000 5 / 3000 5 / 4000 10 / 3000 10 / 2500 10 / 1500 2 / 1500
Coil characteristics
Average consumption, inrush, 0.75 VA / 0.45 W 1.2 VA / 0.9 W
Permissible voltage variation 0.8/0.85…1.1 Un (50/ 60Hz or =) 0.8…1.1 Un (50 / 60Hz or =)
References (1) (1) (1) (2) (2) (2)
Coil supply voltage 6 VDC RSB2A080RD RSB1A120RD RSB1A160RD – – – –
on DC 12 VDC RSB2A080JD RSB1A120JD RSB1A160JD RXM2AB2JD RXM3AB2JD RXM4AB2JD RXM4GB2JD
24 VDC RSB2A080BD RSB1A120BD RSB1A160BD RXM2AB2BD RXM3AB2BD RXM4AB2BD RXM4GB2BD
48 VDC RSB2A080ED RSB1A120ED RSB1A160ED RXM2AB2ED RXM3AB2ED RXM4AB2ED RXM4GB2ED
60 VDC RSB2A080ND RSB1A120ND RSB1A160ND – – – –
110 VDC RSB2A080FD RSB1A120FD RSB1A160FD RXM2AB2FD RXM3AB2ED RXM4AB2ED RXM4GB2ED
Coil supply voltage 24 VAC RSB2A080B7 RSB1A120B7 RSB1A160B7 RXM2AB2B7 RXM3AB2B7 RXM4AB2B7 RXM4GB2B7
on AC 48 VAC RSB2A080E7 RSB1A120E7 RSB1A160E7 RXM2AB2E7 RXM3AB2E7 RXM4AB2E7 RXM4GB2E7
120 VAC RSB2A080F7 RSB1A120F7 RSB1A160F7 RXM2AB2F7 RXM3AB2F7 RXM4AB2F7 RXM4GB2F7
220 VAC RSB2A080M7 RSB1A120M7 RSB1A160M7 – – – –
230 VAC RSB2A080P7 RSB1A120P7 RSB1A160P7 RXM2AB2P7 RXM3AB2P7 RXM4AB2P7 RXM4GB2P7
240 VAC RSB2A080U7 RSB1A120U7 RSB1A160U7 – – – RXM4GB2U7
6
7
8
9
10
Sockets for relays
Type of socket For interface relays RSB For miniature relays RXM
Mixed input/output type sockets with location for protection module
Separate input/output type sockets with location for protection module
Protection modules
– – – RXZE2M114(5) – RXZE2M114 RXZE2M114
– – – RXZE2M114M(5) – RXZE2M114M RXZE2M114M
RSZE1S48M RSZE1S35M RSZE1S48M(3) RXZE2S108M RXZE2S111M RXZE2S114M RXZE2S114M
Diode 6…230 VDC RZM040W RXM040W
RC circuit 24…60 VAC RZM041BN7 RXM041BN7
110…240 VAC RZM041FU7 RXM041FU7
Varistor 6…24 VDC or AC RZM021RB (6) RXM021RB
24…60 VDC or AC RZM021BN (6) RXM021BN
110…230 VDC or AC RZM021FP (6) RXM021FP
24 VDC or AC – –
240 VDC or AC – –
Multifunction timer module 24…230 VDC or AC – –
Accessories
Plastic maintaining clamp RSZR215 RXZR335
Metal maintaining clamp – RXZ400
Label for socket RSZL300 RXZL420 (except RXZE2M114)
Bus jumper 2 poles – RXZS2
DIN rail adapter – RXZE2DA
Panel mounting adapter – RXZE2FA
(1) References for relays without socket, for relays with socket, add the letter S to the end of the selected reference. (Example: RSB2A080B7 becomes RSB2A080B7S).
(2) References for relays with LED, for relays without LED, replace the number 1 in the reference by 2. (Example: RXM2AB2JD becomes RXM2AB1JD)
(3) To use RSB 1A160 pp relay with socket, terminals must be interconnected
10/10
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.

Zelio Relay
Associated offers
Electromechanical plug-in relays
Universal and power relays
1
Universal relays
Power relays
RUM RPM RPF
Cylindrics
Faston
10 10 3 10 10 15 15 15 15 30 (4) 30 (4)
2 “C/O” 3 “C/O” 3 “C/O” 2 “C/O” 3 “C/O” 1 “C/O” 2 “C/O” 3 “C/O” 4 “C/O” 2 “N/O” 2 “C/O”
AgNi AgNi AgAu AgNi AgNi AgNi AgNi AgNi AgNi AgSnO 2
AgSnO 2
12 / 250 VAC/DC 12 / 250 VAC/DC 12 / 250 VAC/DC
10 / 2500 10 / 2500 3 / 750 10 / 2500 10 / 2500 100 / 3750 100 / 3750 100 / 3750 100 / 3750 100 / 7200 100 / 7200
2…3 VA / 1.4 W 0.9 VA / 0.7 W 1.2 VA / 0.9 W 1.5 VA / 1.7 W 1.5 VA / 2 W 4 VA / 1.7 W
(2) (2) – (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) – –
– – – – – – – – – – –
RUMC2AB2JD RUMC3AB2JD – RUMF2AB2JD RUMF3AB2JD RPM12JD RPM22JD RPM32JD RPM42JD RPF2AJD RPF2BJD
RUMC2AB2BD RUMC3AB2BD RUMC3GB2BD RUMF2AB2BD RUMF3AB2BD RPM12BD RPM22BD RPM32BD RPM42BD RPF2ABD RPF2BBD
RUMC2AB2ED RUMC3AB2ED RUMC3GB2ED RUMF2AB2ED RUMF3AB2ED RPM12ED RPM22ED RPM32ED RPM42ED – –
– – – – – – – – – – –
RUMC2AB2FD RUMC3AB2FD – RUMF2AB2FD RUMF3AB2FD RPM12FD RPM22FD RPM32FD RPM42FD RPF2AFD RPF2BFD
RUMC2AB2B7 RUMC3AB2B7 RUMC3GB2B7 RUMF2AB2B7 RUMF3AB2B7 RPM12B7 RPM22B7 RPM32B7 RPM42B7 RPF2AB7 RPF2BB7
RUMC2AB2E7 RUMC3AB2E7 RUMC3GB2E7 RUMF2AB2E7 RUMF3AB2E7 RPM12E7 RPM22E7 RPM32E7 RPM42E7 – –
RUMC2AB2F7 RUMC3AB2F7 RUMC3GB2F7 RUMF2AB2F7 RUMF3AB2F7 RPM12F7 RPM22F7 RPM32F7 RPM42F7 RPF2AF7 RPF2BF7
– – – – – – – – – – –
RUMC2AB2P7 RUMC3AB2P7 RUMC3GB2P7 RUMF2AB2P7 RUMF3AB2P7 RPM12P7 RPM22P7 RPM32P7 RPM42P7 RPF2AP7 RPF2BP7
– – – – – – – – – – –
2
3
4
5
6
For universal relays RUM For power relays RPM For power relays RPF
RUZC2M RUZC3M RUZC3M – – RPZF1 RPZF2 RPZF3 RPZF4 –
– – – – – – – – – –
RUZSC2M RUZSC3M RUZSC3M RUZSF3M RUZSF3M – – – – –
1 and 2 poles 3 and 4 poles
RUW240BD RXM040W RUW240BD –
– RXM041BN7 – –
RUW241P7 RXM041FU7 RUW241P7 –
– RXM021RB – –
– RXM021BN – –
– RXM021FP – –
RUW242B7 RUW242B7 – –
RUW242P7 – RUW242P7 –
RUW101MW – RUW101MW –
– – –
RUZC200 RPZF1 (for 1 pole relays) –
RUZL420 – –
RUZS2 – –
– RPZ1DA RXZE2DA RPZ3DA RPZ4DA –
– RPZ1FA RXZE2FA RPZ3FA RPZ4FA –
(4) 30A with 13 mm space between relays; 25 A when relay mounting side by side
(5) Max 10 A operating
(6) With LED
7
8
9
10
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.
10/11

Zelio Relay
Associated offers
Electromechanical plug-in relays
RSL relays mounted on sockets
1
2
3
4
Type of relay
Pre-assembled equipped with LED and protection circuit
Sold in lots of 10
Contact characteristics
Thermal current Ith in A 6
Number of contacts
1 C/O
Contact material
AgSnO2
Switching voltage, min/max
12 / 300 V AC/DC
Switching capacity min/max (mA /VA) 100 / 1500
Coil characteristics
Average consumption, inrush
0.17 W
permissible voltage variation -10% / +15%
Socket connexion Screw connector Spring terminal
Socket supply voltage Coil supply voltage
References 12 V AC/DC 12 V DC RSL1PVJU RSL1PRJU
24 V AC/DC 24 V DC RSL1PVBU RSL1PRBU
48 V AC/DC 48 V DC RSL1PVEU RSL1PREU
110 V AC/DC 60 V DC RSL1PVFU RSL1PRFU
230 V AC/DC 60 V DC RSL1PVPU RSL1PRPU
5
6
7
8
9
10
10/12
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.

Zelio Relay
Associated offers
Electromechanical plug-in relays
RSL relays for customer assembly
1
Type of relay
Relay for customer assembly
Sold in lots of 10
Number of contacts
1 C/O
Coil supply voltage
References 12 V DC RSL1AB4JD
24 V DC RSL1AB4BD
48 V DC RSL1AB4ED
60 V DC RSL1AB4ND
Sockets
2
3
4
5
Type of socket
Sockets for customer assembly with LED and protection circuit
Sold in lots of 10
Socket connection Screw connector Spring terminal
Socket supply voltage
References 12 and 24 V AC/DC RSLZVA1 RSLZRA1
48 and 60 V AC/DC RSLZVA2 RSLZRA2
110 V AC/DC RSLZVA3 RSLZRA3
230 V AC/DC RSLZVA4 RSLZRA4
6
7
8
9
10
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.
10/13

Spacial
Spacial Steel
Associated offers
Cabinets
Panorama
1
Boxes
From 74 x 74 mm
To 720 x 540 mm
SDB Derivation boxes
S44 Industrial boxes IP 66
S57 Screw fixed cover boxes IP 66
S24 Safety boxes IP 55
2
3
Wall-mounting
enclosures
From 300 x 200 mm
To 1200 x 1000 mm
S3D Wall-mounting steel
S3DB Terminal enclosures
S3DBFL Terminal enclosures with FL21 cut-out
S3DM Distribution modular enclosures
VDM 19” enclosures
S3DEX Potentially explosive atmospheres
S3HF Electromagnetic compatibility
4
5
Floor-standing
enclosures
From 500 x 500 mm
To 2200 x 1600 mm
SM Floor-standing compact
SF Floor-standing suitable
• Compartimentalised application
• Electronic application
• Prisma Plus application
• Automobile application
6
7
Human-Machine
Interface
enclosures
PB500208
S3CM Control enclosures with
suspension system
SD Compact control desks
SDF Control desks with console
SF PC rack
8
9
ClimaSys
Thermal
management
CV-CA
Ventilation/Airing
CE Exchangers
CU Cooling
Units
10
Accessories
Mounting
Power
distribution
Cable
management
10/14
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.

Spacial
Thalassa
Spacial Stainless-steel
Associated offers
Cabinets
Panorama
Thalassa Insulating materials
PLS Insulating modular boxes
TBP Polycarbonate industrial boxes
TBS ABS industrial boxes
1
2
S3X Wall-mounting
S3XEX Potentially
explosive atmospheres
PLM Wall-mounting polyester
PLMEX Potentially explosive atmospheres
3
4
SMX Floor-standing
monobloc
SFX Floor-standing
suitable
PLA Floor-standing polyester enclosures
PLD Floor-standing DIN polyester enclosures
5
6
SDX Control desk
SMX PC rack
7
8
CR Resistance
Heaters
CC Thermal
Control
ProClima 5.0
Thermal software
9
Lighting & sockets Door accessories Earthing
10
Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Centre.
10/15

Index
Product reference index
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
490
490NTC0000ppp 4/11
490NTW000ppp 4/11
499NEH10410 4/11
499NES18100 4/11
499NMS25101 4/11
499NMS25102 4/11
499NSS25101 4/11
499NSS25102 4/11
499TWD01100 3/15
499TWD01100 4/13
9001
9001K2L7AH13 8/21
9001K2L7GH13 8/21
9001K2L7RH13 8/21
9001K3L35LGGH13 8/21
9001K3L35LRRH13 8/21
9001K3L35LYAH13 8/21
9001K3L36LGGH13 8/21
9001K3L36LRRH13 8/21
9001K3L36LYAH13 8/21
9001K3L38LGGH13 8/21
9001K3L38LRRH13 8/21
9001K3L38LYAH13 8/21
9001KAp 8/22
9001KN100WP 8/22
9001KN101WP 8/22
9001KN102RP 8/22
9001KN106WP 8/22
9001KN107WP 8/22
9001KN123WP 8/22
9001KN179WP 8/22
9001KN200 8/22
9001KN20p 8/22
9001KN223 8/22
9001KN379 8/22
9001KN8100 8/22
9001KN8330 8/22
9001KN8330F 8/22
9001KN8330S 8/22
9001KN9100 8/22
9001KN9330 8/22
9001KN9330F 8/22
9001KN9330S 8/22
9001KP35LGG9 8/21
9001KP35LRR9 8/21
9001KP35LYA9 8/21
9001KP36LGG9 8/21
9001KP36LRR9 8/21
9001KP36LYA9 8/21
9001KP38LGG9 8/21
9001KP38LRR9 8/21
9001KP38LYA9 8/21
9001KP7A9 8/21
9001KP7G9 8/21
9001KP7R9 8/21
9001KR16 8/20
9001KR16H13 8/20
9001KR16H2 8/20
9001KR1UH13 8/20
9001KR1UH5 8/20
9001KR2UH13 8/20
9001KR2UH5 8/20
9001KR3UH13 8/20
9001KR3UH5 8/20
9001KR8P35RH25 8/21
9001KR8P36RH25 8/21
9001KR8P38RH25 8/21
9001KR8P7RH25 8/21
9001KR9P35RH13 8/21
9001KR9P36RH13 8/21
9001KR9P38RH13 8/21
9001KR9P7RH13 8/21
9001KR9R20H13 8/20
9001KR9R20H6 8/20
9001KR9R94H13 8/20
9001KR9RH6 8/20
9001KS11FBH5 8/20
9001KS11K1RH1 8/20
9001KS34FBH5 8/20
9001KS43FBH1 8/20
9001KS53FBH1 8/20
9001KYp 8/22
9001KYSSp 8/22
ABL
ABL1REM12050 10/8
ABL1REM24025 10/8
ABL1REM24042 10/8
ABL1REM24062 10/8
ABL1REM24100 10/8
ABL1RPM12083 10/8
ABL1RPM24042 10/8
ABL1RPM24062 10/8
ABL1RPM24100 10/8
ABL4RSM24035 10/4
ABL4RSM24050 10/4
ABL4RSM24100 10/4
ABL4RSM24200 10/4
ABL4WSR24200 10/5
ABL4WSR24300 10/5
ABL4WSR24400 10/5
ABL6TSppp 10/9
ABL7RM24025 10/4
ABL7RP1205 10/5
ABL7RP4803 10/5
ABL8BBU24200 10/6
ABL8BBU24400 10/6
ABL8BPK24A03 10/6
ABL8BPK24A03 10/6
ABL8BPK24A07 10/6
ABL8BPK24A07 10/6
ABL8BPK24A12 10/6
ABL8BPK24A12 10/6
ABL8BUF24400 10/6
ABL8DCC05060 10/5
ABL8DCC12020 10/5
ABL8FEQ24005 10/8
ABL8FEQ24010 10/8
ABL8FEQ24020 10/8
ABL8FEQ24040 10/8
ABL8FEQ24060 10/8
ABL8FEQ24100 10/8
ABL8FEQ24150 10/8
ABL8FEQ24200 10/8
ABL8MEM05040 10/4
ABL8MEM12020 10/4
ABL8MEM24003 10/4
ABL8MEM24006 10/4
ABL8MEM24012 10/4
ABL8PRP24100 10/7
ABL8RED24400 10/7
ABL8REM24030 10/5
ABL8REM24050 10/5
ABL8RPM24200 10/5
ABL8RPS24030 10/4
ABL8RPS24050 10/4
ABL8RPS24100 10/4
ABL8TEQ24100 10/8
ABL8TEQ24200 10/8
ABL8TEQ24300 10/8
ABL8TEQ24400 10/8
ABL8TEQ24600 10/8
ABL8WPS24200 10/5
ABL8WPS24400 10/5
ABT
ABT7ESMppp 10/9
ABT7PDUppp 10/9
Acti
Acti9 DPN Vigi 10/3
Acti9 iC60HDC 10/3
Acti9 iC60N 10/3
Acti9 iC60N 10/3
Acti9 Vigii C60 10/3
ASI
ASILUFC51 5/7
ATV312
ATV312H018M2 6/10
ATV312H018M3 6/10
ATV312H037M2 6/10
ATV312H037M3 6/10
ATV312H037N4 6/10
ATV312H055M2 6/10
ATV312H055M3 6/10
ATV312H055N4 6/10
ATV312H075M2 6/10
ATV312H075M3 6/10
ATV312H075N4 6/10
ATV312H075S6 6/10
ATV312HD11M3 6/10
ATV312HD11N4 6/10
ATV312HD11S6 6/10
ATV312HD15M3 6/10
ATV312HD15N4 6/10
ATV312HD15S6 6/10
ATV312HU11M2 6/10
ATV312HU11M3 6/10
ATV312HU11N4 6/10
ATV312HU15M2 6/10
ATV312HU15M3 6/10
ATV312HU15N4 6/10
ATV312HU15S6 6/10
ATV312HU22M2 6/10
ATV312HU22M3 6/10
ATV312HU22N4 6/10
ATV312HU22S6 6/10
ATV312HU30M3 6/10
ATV312HU30N4 6/10
ATV312HU40M3 6/10
ATV312HU40N4 6/10
ATV312HU40S6 6/10
ATV312HU55M3 6/10
ATV312HU55N4 6/10
ATV312HU55S6 6/10
ATV312HU75M3 6/10
ATV312HU75N4 6/10
ATV312HU75S6 6/10
ATV32
ATV32H018M2 6/11
ATV32H037M2 6/11
ATV32H037N4 6/11
ATV32H055M2 6/11
ATV32H055N4 6/11
ATV32H075M2 6/11
ATV32H075N4 6/11
ATV32HD11N4 6/11
ATV32HD15N4 6/11
ATV32HU11M2 6/11
ATV32HU11N4 6/11
ATV32HU15M2 6/11
ATV32HU15N4 6/11
ATV32HU22M2 6/11
ATV32HU22N4 6/11
ATV32HU30N4 6/11
ATV32HU40N4 6/11
ATV32HU55N4 6/11
ATV32HU75N4 6/11
ATV71
ATV71H037M3 6/12
ATV71H075M3 6/12
ATV71H075M3 6/12
ATV71H075N4 6/12
ATV71HC11N4 6/12
ATV71HC11Y 6/13
ATV71HC13N4 6/12
ATV71HC13Y 6/13
ATV71HC16N4 6/12
ATV71HC16Y 6/13
ATV71HC20N4 6/12
ATV71HC20Y 6/13
ATV71HC25N4 6/12
ATV71HC25Y 6/13
ATV71HC28N4 6/12
ATV71HC31N4 6/12
ATV71HC31Y 6/13
ATV71HC40N4 6/12
ATV71HC40Y 6/13
ATV71HC50N4 6/12
ATV71HC50Y 6/13
ATV71HC63Y 6/13
ATV71HD11M3X 6/12
ATV71HD11N4 6/12
ATV71HD11Y 6/13
ATV71HD15M3X 6/12
ATV71HD15N4 6/12
ATV71HD15Y 6/13
ATV71HD18M3X 6/12
ATV71HD18N4 6/12
ATV71HD18Y 6/13
ATV71HD22M3X 6/12
ATV71HD22N4 6/12
ATV71HD22Y 6/13
ATV71HD30M3X 6/12
ATV71HD30N4 6/12
ATV71HD30Y 6/13
ATV71HD37M3X 6/12
ATV71HD37N4 6/12
ATV71HD37Y 6/13
ATV71HD45M3X 6/12
ATV71HD45N4 6/12
ATV71HD45Y 6/13
ATV71HD55M3X 6/12
ATV71HD55N4 6/12
ATV71HD55Y 6/13
ATV71HD75M3X 6/12
ATV71HD75N4 6/12
ATV71HD75Y 6/13
ATV71HD90N4 6/12
ATV71HD90Y 6/13
ATV71HU15M3 6/12
ATV71HU15M3 6/12
ATV71HU15N4 6/12
ATV71HU22M3 6/12
ATV71HU22M3 6/12
ATV71HU22N4 6/12
ATV71HU22Y 6/13
ATV71HU30M3 6/12
ATV71HU30M3 6/12
ATV71HU30N4 6/12
ATV71HU30Y 6/13
ATV71HU40M3 6/12
ATV71HU40M3 6/12
ATV71HU40N4 6/12
ATV71HU40Y 6/13
ATV71HU55M3 6/12
ATV71HU55M3 6/12
ATV71HU55N4 6/12
ATV71HU55Y 6/13
ATV71HU75M3 6/12
ATV71HU75M3 6/12
ATV71HU75N4 6/12
ATV71HU75Y 6/13
ATV71QC11N4 6/14
ATV71QC11Y 6/14
ATV71QC13N4 6/14
ATV71QC13Y 6/14
ATV71QC16N4 6/14
ATV71QC16Y 6/14
ATV71QC20N4 6/14
ATV71QC20Y 6/14
ATV71QC25N4 6/14
ATV71QC25Y 6/14
ATV71QC31N4 6/14
ATV71QC31Y 6/14
ATV71QC40N4 6/14
ATV71QC40Y 6/14
ATV71QC50N4 6/14
ATV71QC50Y 6/14
ATV71QC63Y 6/14
ATV71QD90N4 6/14
B
BMXXCAUSBH018 3/27
F
FTXCN12F5 4/6
FTXCN12M5 4/6
GK
GK2AXpp 5/25
GK3AV01 5/25
GK3EF80 5/25
GV
GV1G0p 5/21
GV1V02 5/24
GV2AP0p 5/21
GV2G245 5/21
GV2G254 5/21
GV2G272 5/21
GV2G345 5/21
GV2G354 5/21
GV2G445 5/21
GV2G454 5/21
GV2G472 5/21
GV2G554 5/21
GV2K031 7/31
GV2K04 7/31
GV2L0p 5/18
GV2L1p 5/19
GV2L2p 5/19
GV2L32 5/19
GV2LE0p 5/18,
5/19
GV2LE08 5/19
GV2LE08 5/19
GV2LE1p 5/19
GV2LE2p 5/19
GV2LE32 5/19
GV2ME0ppp 5/18
GV2P0ppp 5/18
GV3A0p 5/24,
5/25
GV3AP0p 5/21
GV3B11 5/24
GV3B22 5/24
GV3B38 5/24
GV3D11 5/24
GV3D22 5/24
GV3D38 5/24
GV3G264 5/20
GV3G364 5/20
GV3G66 5/20
GV3L25 5/20
GV3L32 5/20
GV3L40 5/20
GV3L50 5/20
GV3L65 5/20
GV3ME80 5/24
GV3P13 5/20
GV3P18 5/20
GV3P25 5/20
GV3P32 5/20
GV3P40 5/20
GV3P50 5/20
GV3P65 5/20
GV3S 5/20
GV7AC0p 5/23
GV7AD111 5/23
GV7AD112 5/23
GV7AP0p 5/23
GV7AS055 5/23
GV7AS107 5/23
GV7AS207 5/23
GV7AS387 5/23
GV7AS525 5/23
GV7AU055 5/23
GV7AU107 5/23
GV7AU207 5/23
GV7AU387 5/23
GV7AU525 5/23
GV7RE100 5/22
GV7RE150 5/22
GV7RE20 5/21
GV7RE220 5/22
GV7RE25 5/21
GV7RE40 5/22
GV7RE50 5/22
GV7RE80 5/22
GV7RS100 5/22
GV7RS150 5/22
GV7RS20 5/21
GV7RS220 5/22
GV7RS25 5/21
GV7RS40 5/22
GV7RS80 5/22
GV7V01 5/23
GVAD0101 5/21
GVAD0110 5/21
GVAD1001 5/21
GVAD1010 5/21
GVAEpp 5/21
GVAED101 5/20
GVAM11 5/21
GVAN11 5/21
10/16

Index
Product reference index
GVAN20 5/21
GVAp025 5/21
GVAp026 5/21
GVAp055 5/21
GVAp056 5/21
GVAp107 5/21
GVAp115 5/21
GVAp115 5/21
GVAp116 5/21
GVAp125 5/21
GVAp207 5/21
GVAp225 5/21
GVAp226 5/21
GVAp385 5/21
GVAp386 5/21
GVAp415 5/21
GVAp416 5/21
GZ
GZBY2130 7/29
HMI
HMISTO501 8/27
HMISTO511 8/27
HMISTO512 8/27
HMISTO531 8/27
HMISTO532 8/27
HMISTU655 8/27
HMISTU855 8/27
HMIZSUSBB 3/16
K
K10A001ACH 8/24
K10B002ACH 8/24
K10C003ACH 8/24
K10D002UCH 8/24
K10F003MCH 8/24
K10F003UCH 8/24
K10F027MCH 8/24
K1B002ACH 8/23
K1B002ALH 8/23
K1B1002HCH 8/23
K1B1002HLH 8/23
K1D002UCH 8/23
K1D002ULH 8/23
K1D002UZ2 8/23
K1D002UZ4 8/23
K1D012QCH 8/23
K1D012QLH 8/23
K1F003MCH 8/23
K1F003MLH 8/23
K1F022QZ2 8/23
K1F022QZ4 8/23
K1F027MCH 8/23
K1F027MLH 8/23
K1G043RZ2 8/23
K1G043RZ4 8/23
K2B002ACH 8/23
K2B002ALH 8/23
K2B1002HCH 8/23
K2B1002HLH 8/23
K2D002UCH 8/23
K2D002ULH 8/23
K2D012QCH 8/23
K2D012QLH 8/23
K30C003AP 8/24
K30C003HP 8/24
K30D004HP 8/24
K30E003WP 8/24
K30H001YP 8/24
K30H004PP 8/24
K30H004UP 8/24
LAD
LA1DX20 5/17
LA1DY20 5/17
LA1DZ31 5/17
LA1DZ40 5/17
LA1KNpp 5/11
LA2KT2E 5/11
LA2KT2U 5/11
LA4DA2E 5/15
LA4DA2G 5/15
LA4DA2N 5/15
LA4DA2U 5/15
LA4DB2B 5/15
LA4DB2S 5/15
LA4DB3B 5/15
LA4DB3S 5/15
LA4DE2E 5/15
LA4DE2G 5/15
LA4DE2U 5/15
LA4KA1U 5/11
LA4KC1B 5/11
LA4KC1E 5/11
LA4KE1B 5/11
LA4KE1E 5/11
LA4KE1FC 5/11
LA4KE1UG 5/11
LA6DK20p 5/13
LA7D03p 5/26
LA7D03p 5/28
LA7D1020 5/28
LA7D305 5/28
LA7D3058 5/26
LA7D3064 5/26
LA7K0064 5/26
LA99R1 5/13
LA9D11569 5/13
LA9D8069 5/13
LA9F103 5/28
LA9F15076 5/17
LA9F22576 5/17
LA9FF970 5/17
LA9FF976 5/17
LA9FG970 5/17
LA9FG970 5/17
LA9FG976 5/17
LA9FH976 5/17
LA9FJ970 5/17
LA9FJ976 5/17
LA9FK976 5/17
LA9FL970 5/17
LA9FL976 5/17
LAD4D3U 5/15
LAD4DC3U 5/15
LAD4DDL 5/15
LAD4DE3E 5/15
LAD4DE3G 5/15
LAD4DE3U 5/15
LAD4RC3E 5/15
LAD4RC3G 5/15
LAD4RC3N 5/15
LAD4RC3U 5/15
LAD4RCE 5/15
LAD4RCG 5/15
LAD4RCU 5/15
LAD4T3p 5/15
LAD4TB 5/15
LAD4TBDL 5/15
LAD4TGD 5/15
LAD4TS 5/15
LAD4TSDL 5/15
LAD4TUDL 5/15
LAD4TXDL 5/15
LAD4V3E 5/15
LAD4V3G 5/15
LAD4V3U 5/15
LAD4VE 5/15
LAD4VG 5/15
LAD4VU 5/15
LAD6K10p 5/13
LAD703p 5/26
LAD7B10 5/26
LAD7C1 5/26
LAD7C2 5/26
LAD96570 5/20
LAD96575 5/20
LAD9R1V 5/13
LAD9R3 5/13
LAD9R3 5/26
LADC22 5/17
LADNpp 5/14,
5/17
LADRp 5/14
LADTp 5/14
LC
LC1D09 5/12
LC1D115 5/13
LC1D12 5/12
LC1D150 5/13
LC1D18 5/12
LC1D25 5 /12
LC1D32 5/12
LC1D38 5/12
LC1D40A 5/13
LC1D50A 5/13
LC1D65A 5/13
LC1D80 5/13
LC1D95 5/13
LC1F1250 5/17
LC1F1400 5/17
LC1F185 5/16
LC1F225 5/16
LC1F265 5/16
LC1F400 5/17
LC1F500 5/17
LC1F630 5/17
LC1F780 5/17
LC1F800 5/17
LC2D09 5/12
LC2D115 5/13
LC2D12 5/12
LC2D150 5/13
LC2D18 5/12
LC2D25 5/12
LC2D32 5/12
LC2D38 5/12
LC2D40A 5/13
LC2D50A 5/13
LC2D65A 5/13
LC2D80 5/13
LC2D95 5/13
LC2F185 5/16
LC2F225 5/16
LC2F265 5/16
LC2K06 5/10
LC2K09 5/10
LC2K12 5/10
LP
LP2K06 5/10
LP2K09 5/10
LP2K12 5/10
LR
LR2D 3561 5/27
LR2D3563 5/27
LR2K0301 5/26
LR2K0302 5/26
LR2K0303 5/26
LR2K0304 5/26
LR2K0305 5/26
LR2K0306 5/26
LR2K0307 5/26
LR2K0308 5/26
LR2K0310 5/26
LR2K0312 5/26
LR2K0314 5/26
LR2K0316 5/26
LR97D015B 5/29
LR97D015E 5/29
LR97D015F7 5/29
LR97D015M7 5/29
LR97D025B 5/29
LR97D025E 5/29
LR97D025F7 5/29
LR97D025M7 5/29
LR97D038B 5/29
LR97D038E 5/29
LR97D038F7 5/29
LR97D038M7 5/29
LR97D07B 5/29
LR97D07E 5/29
LR97D07F7 5/29
LR97D07M7 5/29
LR9D5367 5/27
LR9D5369 5/28
LR9D5567 5/28
LR9F5357 5/28
LR9F5363 5/28
LR9F5367 5/28
LR9F5369 5/28
LR9F5371 5/28
LR9F5557 5/28
LR9F5563 5/28
LR9F5567 5/28
LR9F5569 5/28
LR9F5569 5/28
LR9F5571 5/28
LR9F57 5/28
LR9F63 5/28
LR9F67 5/28
LR9F69 5/28
LR9F71 5/28
LR9F7375 5/28
LR9F7379 5/28
LR9F7381 5/28
LR9F75 5/28
LR9F7575 5/28
LR9F7579 5/28
LR9F7581 5/28
LR9F79 5/28
LR9F81 5/28
LRD0p 5/27
LRD1p 5/27
LRD1508 5/27
LRD1510 5/27
LRD1512 5/27
LRD1514 5/27
LRD1516 5/27
LRD1521 5/27
LRD1522 5/27
LRD1530 5/27
LRD1532 5/27
LRD16 5/27
LRD21 5/27
LRD22 5/27
LRD313 5/27
LRD313L 5/27
LRD318 5/27
LRD318L 5/27
LRD32 5/27
LRD325 5/27
LRD325L 5/27
LRD332 5/27
LRD332L 5/27
LRD336p 5/25,
5/27
LRD336p6 5/27
LRD340 5/27
LRD340L 5/27
LRD35 5/27
LRD350 5/27
LRD350L 5/27
LRD365 5/27
LRD365L 5/27
LRD4365 5/27
LRD4367 5/27
LRD4369 5/27
LT
LT4706M7A 5/29
LT4706M7S 5/29
LT4760BA 5/29
LT4760BS 5/29
LT4760EA 5/28
LT4760ES 5/29
LT4760F7A 5/29
LT4760F7S 5/29
LT4760M7A 5/29
LT4760M7S 5/29
LT47D06BA 5/29
LT47D06BS 5/29
LT47D06EA 5/29
LT47D06ES 5/29
LT47D06F7A 5/29
LT47D06F7S 5/29
LT47D30BA 5/29
LT47D30BS 5/29
LT47D30EA 5/29
LT47D30ES 5/29
LT47D30F7A 5/29
LT47D30F7S 5/29
LT47D30M7A 5/29
LT47D30M7S 5/29
LU
LU9APN21 5/9
LU9APN22 5/9
LU9APN24 5/9
LU9GC3 4/8
LUA1C11 5/7
LUA1C110 5/7
LUA1C20 5/7
LUA1C200 5/7
LUB12 5/6
LUB120 5/6
LUB32 5/6
LUB320 5/6
LUCA05pp 5/6
LUCA12pp 5/6
LUCA18pp 5/6
LUCA1Xpp 5/6
LUCA32pp 5/6
LUCA6Xpp 5/6
LUCBT1BL 5/8
LUCBT1BL 5/9
LUCDT1BL 5/8
LUCDT1BL 5/9
LUCM05BL 5/6
LUCM12BL 5/6
LUCM18BL 5/6
LUCM1XBL 5/6
LUCM32BL 5/6
LUCM6XBL 5/6
LUCMT1BL 5/8
LUCMT1BL 5/9
LUFC00 5/9
LUFC033 5/7
LUFC033 5/9
LUFDA01 5/7
LUFDA10 5/7
LUFDH11 5/7
LUFN02 5/7
LUFN11 5/7
LUFN20 5/7
LUFP7 3/15
LUFP9 3/15
LUFV2 5/7
LUFV2 5/9
LUFW10 5/6
LUFW10 5/9
LULC0p 5/7
LULC15 5/7, 5/9
LUTC01001 5/8
LUTC02001 5/8
LUTC0301 5/8
LUTC04001 5/8
LUTC05001 58
LUTC0501 5/8
LUTM10BL 5/8
LUTM20BL 5/8
M
MSDCHLLMTV30S0 2/5
MSDCHLLMUV30S0 2/5
MSDCHNLMTA 2/5
MSDCHNLMUA 2/5
MSDCHNSFNV30 2/5
Multi9 C120N 10/3
Multi9 C60H DC 10/3
Multi9 C60N 10/3
Multi9 C60N 10/3
Q
Quick PRD20 10/3
RC
RCCBID 10/3
RP
RPF2AB7 10/11
RPF2ABD 10/11
RPF2AF7 10/11
RPF2AFD 10/11
RPF2AJD 10/11
RPF2AP7 10/11
RPF2BB7 10/11
RPF2BBD 10/11
RPF2BF7 10/11
RPF2BFD 10/11
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
10/17

Index
Product reference index
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
RPF2BJD 10/11
RPF2BP7 10/11
RPM12B7 10/11
RPM12BD 10/11
RPM12E7 10/11
RPM12ED 10/11
RPM12F7 10/11
RPM12FD 10/11
RPM12JD 10/11
RPM12P7 10/11
RPM22B7 10/11
RPM22BD 10/11
RPM22E7 10/11
RPM22ED 10/11
RPM22F7 10/11
RPM22FD 10/11
RPM22JD 10/11
RPM22P7 10/11
RPM32B7 10/11
RPM32BD 10/11
RPM32E7 10/11
RPM32ED 10/11
RPM32F7 10/11
RPM32FD 10/11
RPM32JD 10/11
RPM32P7 10/11
RPM42B7 10/11
RPM42BD 10/11
RPM42E7 10/11
RPM42ED 10/11
RPM42F7 10/11
RPM42FD 10/11
RPM42JD 10/11
RPM42P7 10/11
RPZ1DA 10/11
RPZ1FA 10/11
RPZ3DA 10/11
RPZ3FA 10/11
RPZ4DA 10/11
RPZ4FA 10/11
RPZFp 10/11
RS
RSB1A120B7 10/10
RSB1A120BD 10/10
RSB1A120E7 10/10
RSB1A120ED 10/10
RSB1A120F7 10/10
RSB1A120FD 10/10
RSB1A120JD 10/10
RSB1A120M7 10/10
RSB1A120ND 10/10
RSB1A120P7 10/10
RSB1A120RD 10/10
RSB1A120U7 10/10
RSB1A160B7 10/10
RSB1A160BD 10/10
RSB1A160E7 10/10
RSB1A160ED 10/10
RSB1A160F7 10/10
RSB1A160FD 10/10
RSB1A160JD 10/10
RSB1A160M7 10/10
RSB1A160ND 10/10
RSB1A160P7 10/10
RSB1A160RD 10/10
RSB1A160U7 10/10
RSB2A080B7 10/10
RSB2A080BD 10/10
RSB2A080E7 10/10
RSB2A080ED 10/10
RSB2A080F7 10/10
RSB2A080FD 10/10
RSB2A080JD 10/10
RSB2A080M7 10/10
RSB2A080ND 10/10
RSB2A080P7 10/10
RSB2A080RD 10/10
RSB2A080U7 10/10
RSL1AB4BD 10/13
RSL1AB4ED 10/13
RSL1AB4JD 10/13
RSL1AB4ND 10/13
RSL1PRBU 10/12
RSL1PREU 10/12
RSL1PRFU 10/12
RSL1PRJU 10/12
RSL1PRPU 10/12
RSL1PVBU 10/12
RSL1PVEU 10/12
RSL1PVFU 10/12
RSL1PVJU 10/12
RSL1PVPU 10/12
RSLZRA1 10/13
RSLZRA2 10/13
RSLZRA3 10/13
RSLZRA4 10/13
RSLZVA1 10/13
RSLZVA2 10/13
RSLZVA3 10/13
RSLZVA4 10/13
RSZE1S35M 10/10
RSZE1S48M 10/10
RSZE1S48M 10/10
RSZL300 10/10
RSZR215 10/10
RU
RUMC 2AB2B7 10/11
RUMC2AB2BD 10/11
RUMC2AB2E7 10/11
RUMC2AB2ED 10/11
RUMC2AB2F7 10/11
RUMC2AB2FD 10/11
RUMC2AB2JD 10/11
RUMC2AB2P7 10/11
RUMC3AB2B7 10/11
RUMC3AB2BD 10/11
RUMC3AB2E7 10/11
RUMC3AB2ED 10/11
RUMC3AB2F7 10/11
RUMC3AB2FD 10/11
RUMC3AB2JD 10/11
RUMC3AB2P7 10/11
RUMC3GB2B7 10/11
RUMC3GB2BD 10/11
RUMC3GB2E7 10/11
RUMC3GB2ED 10/11
RUMC3GB2F7 10/11
RUMC3GB2P7 10/11
RUMF2AB2B7 10/11
RUMF2AB2BD 10/11
RUMF2AB2E7 10/11
RUMF2AB2ED 10/11
RUMF2AB2F7 10/11
RUMF2AB2FD 10/11
RUMF2AB2JD 10/11
RUMF2AB2P7 10/11
RUMF3AB2B7 10/11
RUMF3AB2BD 10/11
RUMF3AB2E7 10/11
RUMF3AB2ED 10/11
RUMF3AB2F7 10/11
RUMF3AB2FD 10/11
RUMF3AB2JD 10/11
RUMF3AB2P7 10/11
RUW101MW 10/11
RUW101MW 10/11
RUW240BD 10/11
RUW240BD 10/11
RUW241P7 10/11
RUW241P7 10/11
RUW242B7 10/11
RUW242B7 10/11
RUW242P7 10/11
RUW242P7 10/11
RUZC200 10/11
RUZC2M 10/11
RUZC3M 10/11
RUZC3M 10/11
RUZL420 10/11
RUZS2 10/11
RUZSC2M 10/11
RUZSC3M 10/11
RUZSC3M 10/11
RUZSF3M 10/11
RUZSF3M 10/11
RX
RXM021 10/10
RXM040W 10/11
RXM041BN7 10/10
RXM041FU7 10/10
RXM041FU7 10/11
RXM2AB2B7 10/10
RXM2AB2BD 10/10
RXM2AB2E7 10/10
RXM2AB2ED 10/10
RXM2AB2F7 10/10
RXM2AB2FD 10/10
RXM2AB2JD 10/10
RXM2AB2P7 10/10
RXM3AB2B7 10/10
RXM3AB2BD 10/10
RXM3AB2E7 10/10
RXM3AB2ED 10/10
RXM3AB2ED 10/10
RXM3AB2F7 10/10
RXM3AB2JD 10/10
RXM3AB2P7 10/10
RXM4AB2B7 10/10
RXM4AB2BD 10/10
RXM4AB2E7 10/10
RXM4AB2ED 10/10
RXM4AB2ED 10/10
RXM4AB2F7 10/10
RXM4AB2JD 10/10
RXM4AB2P7 10/10
RXM4GB2B7 10/10
RXM4GB2BD 10/10
RXM4GB2E7 10/10
RXM4GB2ED 10/10
RXM4GB2ED 10/10
RXM4GB2F7 10/10
RXM4GB2JD 10/10
RXM4GB2P7 10/10
RXM4GB2U7 10/10
RXZ400 10/10
RXZE2DA 10/10
RXZE2DA 10/11
RXZE2FA 10/10
RXZE2FA 10/11
RXZE2M114 10/10
RXZE2M114 10/10
RXZE2M114 10/10
RXZE2M114M 10/10
RXZE2M114M 10/10
RXZE2M114M 10/10
RXZE2S108M 10/10
RXZE2S111M 10/10
RXZE2S114M 10/10
RXZE2S114M 10/10
RXZL420 10/10
RXZR335 10/10
RXZS2 10/10
RZ
RZM021BN 10/10
RZM021FP 10/10
RZM021RB 10/10
RZM040W 10/10
RZM041BN7 10/10
RZM041FU7 10/10
S
SR2MOD03 3/15
TCS
TCSCAR013M120 4/6
TCSCAR013M120 4/7
TCSCAR01NM120 4/6
TCSCCN4F3M05T 4/7
TCSCCN4F3M1T 4/7
TCSCCN4F3M3T 4/7
TCSCTN011M11F 4/7
TCSCTN023F13M03 4/6
TCSCTN023F13M03 4/7
TCSCTN026M16M 4/6
TCSECL1M3M10S2 4/11
TCSECL1M3M1S2 4/11
TCSECL1M3M25S2 4/11
TCSECL1M3M3S2 4/11
TCSECL1M3M40S2 4/11
TCSECL1M3M5S2 4/11
TCSECN300R2 4/10
TCSEK1MDRS 4/10
TCSEK3MDS 4/10
TCSESM043F1CS0 4/11
TCSESM043F1CU0 4/11
TCSESM043F2CS0 4/11
TCSESM043F2CU0 4/11
TCSESM083F1CS0 4/11
TCSESM083F1CU0 4/11
TCSESM083F23F0 4/11
TCSESM083F2CS0 4/11
TCSESM083F2CU0 4/11
TCSESU033FN0 4/11
TCSESU043FN0 4/11
TCSESU051F0 4/11
TCSESU053FN0 4/11
TCSMCN3M4F3C2 3/15
TCSMCN3M4F3C2 3/27
TCSMCN3M4F3C2 4/9
TCSMCN3M4M3S2 3/15
TCSMCN3M4M3S2 3/27
TCSMCN3M4M3S2 4/9
TCSXCNAMUM3P 3/15
TCSXCNAMUM3P 3/27
TLA
TLACDCBA005 4/7
TLACDCBA015 4/7
TLACDCBA030 4/7
TLACDCBA050 4/7
TM2
TM200RSRCEMC 3/15
TM238CNTLSCT 3/16
TM238LFAC24DRS0 3/15
TM238LFDC24DTS0 3/15
TM238RSSCT 3/16
TM238RSSPT 3/15
TM258LF42DRS0 3/26
TM258LF42DT4LS0 3/26
TM258LF42DTS0 3/26
TM258LF66DT4LS0 3/26
TM2USBABDEV1 3/16
TM5
TM5ACLITB1 3/27
TM5ACLITR1 3/27
TM5ACLITW1 3/27
TM5ACLT1 3/27
TM5ACTCH100 3/27
TM5ACTLC100 3/27
TM5ACTLS100 3/27
TSX
TSXCANCAp00 4/7
TSXCANCADDp 4/7
TSXCANCBp00 4/7
TSXCANCB50 4/7
TSXCANCBDD03 4/7
TSXCANCBDDp 4/7
TSXCANCDp00 4/7
TSXCANKCDF180T 4/6
TSXCANKCDF90Tp 4/6
TSXCANTDM4 4/6
TSXCSAp00 4/9
TSXCX100 4/9
TSXPLP01 3/15
TSXPLP101 3/15
TSXSCA50 4/8
TWD
TWDXCAFD010 4/9
TWDXCAFJ010 4/9
TWDXCAISO 4/8
TWDXCARJ003 4/9
TWDXCARJ010 4/9
TWDXCARJ030 4/9
TWDXCARJP03 4/9
TWDXCARJP03P 4/9
TWDXCAT3RJ 4/8
VC
VCCDp 7/30
VCCD0p
VCCD02
VCCDN12
VCCDN20 7/30
VCCFp
VCCF0p
VCD0p
VCDp
VCDNpp
VCFp
VCF0p
VCF0pGE
VCF0GE
VCFpGE
VCFNppGE
VW
VW3A3201 6/15
VW3A3202 6/15
VW3A340p 6/15
VW3A341p 6/15
VW3A3521S0 3/9
VW3A3608 4/7
VW3A3620 6/12
VW3A455p 6/18,
VW3A456p
6/19
VW3A457p
VW3A510p 6/21
VW3A58501 6/18
VW3A58502 6/18
VW3A725p 6/16
VW3A726p 6/16
VW3A727p 6/17
VW3A728p 6/16
VW3A770p 6/22
VW3A771p 6/22
VW3A780p 6/23
VW3A781p 6/23
VW3A8306D30 4/9,
VW3A8306R03
3/15
VW3A8306R10
VW3A8306R30 3/15
VW3A8306R30 4/9
VW3A8306R30 4/9
VW3A8306RC 4/9
VW3A8306TF03 4/8
VW3A8306TF10 4/8
VW3CANA71 4/7
VW3CANCARR03 4/7
VW3CANCARR1 4/7
VW3CANKCDF180T 4/7
VW3CANTAP2 4/6
VW3M3805R010 4/7
VW3M3805R030 4/7
XAC
XACA0p 8/5
XACA12 8/5
XACA201 8/5
XACA2014 8/5
XACA207 8/5
XACA2074 8/5
XACA271 8/5
XACA2714 8/5
XACA471 8/5
XACA4714 8/5
XACA671 8/5
XACA6714 8/5
XACA871 8/5
XAL
XALD01 8/17
XALD02 8/17
XALD102 8/19
XALD103 8/19
XALD112 8/19
XALD115 8/19
XALD134 8/19
XALD144 8/19
XALD213 8/19
XALD215 8/19
XALD222 8/19
XALD324 8/19
XALD328 8/19
XALD363B 8/19
XALD363M 8/19
XALK178 8/19
XALK178E 7/29
10/18

Index
Product reference index
XALK178E 8/19
XALK178F 7/29
XALK178F 8/19
XALK178G 8/19
XALK188 7/29
XALK188 8/19
XALK188E 7/29
XALK188E 8/19
XALK188F 7/29
XALK188F 8/19
XALK188G 8/19
XAP
XAPM1201 8/13
XAPM1202 8/13
XAPM2202 8/13
XAPM2203 8/13
XAPM2204 8/13
XAPM3203 8/13
XAPM3204 8/13
XAPM3206 8/13
XB4
XB4BA21 8/10
XB4BA31 8/10
XB4BA3311 8/10
XB4BA3341 8/10
XB4BA3351 8/10
XB4BA42 8/10
XB4BA4322 8/10
XB4BA51 8/10
XB4BA61 8/10
XB4BA711237 8/10
XB4BC21 8/10
XB4BD53 8/11
XB4BG33 8/11
XB4BG61 8/11
XB4BK123B5 8/12
XB4BK123G5 8/12
XB4BK123M5 8/12
XB4BK124B5 8/12
XB4BK124G5 8/12
XB4BK124M5 8/12
XB4BK125B5 8/12
XB4BK125G5 8/12
XB4BK125M5 8/12
XB4BL42 8/10
XB4BL73415 8/10
XB4BP21 8/10
XB4BP31 8/10
XB4BP42 8/10
XB4BP51 8/10
XB4BP61 8/10
XB4BS84441 7/29
XB4BS8445 7/29
XB4BS8445 8/10
XB4BS9445 7/29
XB4BS9445 8/10
XB4BT845 8/10
XB4BV6p 8/12
XB4BVBp 8/12
XB4BVGp 8/12
XB4BVMp 8/12
XB4BW3165 8/12
XB4BW31B5 8/12
XB4BW31G5 8/12
XB4BW31M5 8/12
XB4BW3365 8/12
XB4BW33B5 8/12
XB4BW33G5 8/12
XB4BW33M5 8/12
XB4BW3465 8/12
XB4BW34B5 8/12
XB4BW34G5 8/12
XB4BW34M5 8/12
XB4BW3565 8/12
XB4BW35B5 8/12
XB4BW35G5 8/12
XB4BW35M5 8/12
XB4BW36B5 8/12
XB4BW36G5 8/12
XB4BW36M5 8/12
XB4BW73731B5 8/12
XB4BW73731G5 8/12
XB4BW73731M5 8/12
XB4RFA02 8/16
XB4RFB01 8/16
XB5
XB5AA21 8/14
XB5AA31 8/14
XB5AA3311 8/14
XB5AA3341 8/14
XB5AA3351 8/14
XB5AA42 8/14
XB5AA4322 8/14
XB5AA51 8/14
XB5AA61 8/14
XB5AA711237 8/14
XB5AC21 8/14
XB5AD33 8/15
XB5AD53 8/15
XB5AG21 8/15
XB5AG 41 8/15
XB5AK123B5 8/18
XB5AK123G5 8/18
XB5AK123M5 8/18
XB5AK124B5 8/18
XB5AK124G5 8/18
XB5AK124M5 8/18
XB5AK125B5 8/18
XB5AK125G5 8/18
XB5AK125M5 8/18
XB5AL42 8/14
XB5AL73415 8/14
XB5AP21 8/14
XB5AP31 8/14
XB5AP42 8/14
XB5AP51 8/14
XB5AP61 8/14
XB5AS8445 7/29
XB5AS8445 8/14
XB5AS9445 7/29
XB5AS9445 8/14
XB5AT845 8/14
XB5AV6p 8/18
XB5AVBp 8/18
XB5AVGp 8/18
XB5AVMp 8/18
XB5AW3165 8/18
XB5AW31B5 8/18
XB5AW31G5 8/18
XB5AW31M5 8/18
XB5AW3365 8/18
XB5AW33B5 8/18
XB5AW33G5 8/18
XB5AW33M5 8/18
XB5AW3465 8/18
XB5AW34B5 8/18
XB5AW34G5 8/18
XB5AW34M5 8/18
XB5AW3565 8/18
XB5AW35B5 8/18
XB5AW35G5 8/18
XB5AW35M5 8/18
XB5AW36B5 8/18
XB5AW36G5 8/18
XB5AW36M5 8/18
XB5AW73731B5 8/18
XB5AW73731G5 8/18
XB5AW73731M5 8/18
XB5RFA02 8/16
XB5RFB01 8/16
XB5RMA04 8/16
XB5RMB03 8/16
XBT
XBT9980 3/27
XBTGT1105 8/28
XBTGT1135 8/28
XBTGT1335 8/28
XBTGT2110 8/28
XBTGT2120 8/28
XBTGT2130 8/28
XBTGT2220 8/28
XBTGT2330 8/28
XBTGT2430 8/28
XBTGT2930 8/28
XBTGT4230 8/29
XBTGT4330 8/29
XBTGT4340 8/29
XBTGT5230 8/29
XBTGT5330 8/29
XBTGT5340 8/29
XBTGT5430 8/29
XBTGT6330 8/29
XBTGT6340 8/29
XBTGT7340 8/29
XBTZ9008 4/9
XBTZ938 3/27
XBTZ938 4/9
XBTZ968 4/9
XBTZ9780 4/9
XBTZ9980 3/15
XBTZ9980 4/13
XBTZ9980 4/9
XG
XGSZ24 4/8
XJ
XJ9BA1 8/8
XJCDp 8/9
XJPAp 8/8
XK
XKDF 8/7
XKMA 8/7
XKMB 8/7
XKMCXD 8/7
XP
XPSABV11330P 7/28
XPSAC5121P 7/28
XPSAF5130P 7/28
XPSAK311144P 7/28
XPSAR311144P 7/28
XPSATE3710P 7/28
XPSATE5110P 7/28
XPSAV11113P 7/28
XPSAXE5120P 7/28
XPSMC32Z 7/28
XPSMC32ZC 7/28
XPSMC32ZP 7/28
XPSMP11123P 7/28
XV
XVBC07 8/26
XVBC21 8/26
XVBC2Bp 8/26
XVBC2Gp 8/26
XVBC2Mp 8/26
XVBC3p 8/26
XVBC5Bp 8/26
XVBC5Gp 8/26
XVBC5Mp 8/26
XVBC6Bp 8/26
XVBC6Gp 8/26
XVBC6Mp 8/26
XVBC9B 8/26
XVBC9M 8/26
XVBL0Bp 8/26
XVBL0Gp 8/26
XVBL0Mp 8/26
XVBL1Bp 8/26
XVBL1Gp 8/26
XVBL1Mp 8/26
XVBL3p 8/26
XVBL6Bp 8/26
XVBL6Gp 8/26
XVBL6Mp 8/26
XVR08B03 8/25
XVR08B04 8/25
XVR08B05 8/25
XVR08B06 8/25
XVR08J03 8/25
XVR08J04 8/25
XVR08J05 8/25
XVR08J06 8/25
XVR10B03 8/25
XVR10B04 8/25
XVR10B05 8/25
XVR10B06 8/25
XVR10J03 8/25
XVR10J04 8/25
XVR10J05 8/25
XVR10J06 8/25
XVR12B03 8/25
XVR12B03S 8/25
XVR12B04 8/25
XVR12B04S 8/25
XVR12B05 8/25
XVR12B05S 8/25
XVR12B06 8/25
XVR12B06S 8/25
XVR12J03 8/25
XVR12J03S 8/25
XVR12J04 8/25
XVR12J04S 8/25
XVR12J05 8/25
XVR12J05S 8/25
XVR12J06 8/25
XVR12J06S 8/25
XVR13B04 8/25
XVR13B04L 8/25
XVR13B05 8/25
XVR13B05L 8/25
XVR13G04L 8/25
XVR13G05L 8/25
XVR13J04 8/25
XVR13J05 8/25
XVR13M04L 8/25
XVR13M05L 8/25
ZA
ZA2BL432 5/28
ZA2BL639 5/28
ZA2BS834 8/5
ZA2BS844 8/5
ZA2BZ13 5/28
ZALVB4 8/19
ZALVM4 8/19
ZB
ZB4BA2 8/10
ZB4BA3 8/10
ZB4BA331 8/10
ZB4BA334 8/10
ZB4BA335 8/10
ZB4BA4 8/10
ZB4BA432 8/10
ZB4BA5 8/10
ZB4BA6 8/10
ZB4BA71123 8/10
ZB4BC2 8/10
ZB4BD3 8/11
ZB4BD5 8/11
ZB4BG3 8/11
ZB4BG6 8/11
ZB4BL4 8/10
ZB4BL7341 8/10
ZB4BP2 8/10
ZB4BP3 8/10
ZB4BP4 8/10
ZB4BP5 8/10
ZB4BP6 8/10
ZB4BS944 7/29
ZB4BV01 8/12
ZB4BV03 8/12
ZB4BV04 8/12
ZB4BV05 8/12
ZB4BV6 8/12
ZB4BV6 8/12
ZB4BV6 8/12
ZB4BV6 8/12
ZB4BW065 8/12
ZB4BW065 8/12
ZB4BW065 8/12
ZB4BW065 8/12
ZB4BW31 8/12
ZB4BW33 8/12
ZB4BW34 8/12
ZB4BW35 8/12
ZB4BZ10p 8/10
ZB4RTAp 8/16
ZB5AAp 8/14
ZB5AC2 8/14
ZB5AD3 8/15
ZB5AD5 8/15
ZB5AG2 8/15
ZB5AG4 8/15
ZB5AL4 8/14
ZB5AL7341 8/14
ZB5APp 8/14
ZB5AS844 7/29,
ZB5AS944
8/14
ZB5AT84 8/14
ZB5AV0p 8/18
ZB5AV6 8/18
ZB5AW065 8/18
ZB5AW31 8/18
ZB5AW33 8/18
ZB5AW34 8/18
ZB5AW35 8/18
ZB5AZ10p 8/14
ZB5RTA1 8/16
ZB5RTA2 8/16
ZB5RTA3 8/16
ZB5RTA331 8/16
ZB5RTA4 8/16
ZB5RTA432 8/16
ZB5RTA5 8/16
ZB5RTA6 8/16
ZBE1015 8/13
ZBE102 8/10
ZBE1025 8/13
ZBRA1 8/17
ZBRM01 8/17
ZBRRA 8/17
ZBRRC 8/17
ZBRT1 8/16
ZBVB1 8/13
ZBVB3 8/13
ZBVB4 8/13
ZBVB5 8/13
ZBVB6 8/13
ZBVG1 8/13
ZBVG3 8/13
ZBVG4 8/13
ZBVG5 8/13
ZBVG6 8/13
ZBVM1 8/13
ZBVM3 8/13
ZBVM4 8/13
ZBVM5 8/13
ZBVM6ZBE101 8/13
ZBY2230 7/29
ZBY2330 7/29
ZBY9130 7/29
ZBY9130 8/13
ZBY9140 8/13
ZBY9230 7/29
ZBY9230 8/13
ZBY9330 7/29
ZBY9330 8/13
ZBY9430 8/13
ZBZ28 7/29
ZBZ3605 7/29
ZBZ48 7/29
ZE
ZENL1111 8/19
ZENL1121 8/19
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
10/19

Schneider Electric Industries SAS
Head Office
35, rue Joseph Monier
F-92500 Rueil-Malmaison
France
www.schneider-electric.com/hoisting
The information provided in this documentation contains general descriptions and/or technical
characteristics of the performance of the products contained herein. This documentation is not
intended as a substitute for and is not to be used for determining suitability or reliability of these
products for specific user applications. It is the duty of any such user or integrator to perform the
appropriate and complete risk analysis, evaluation and testing of the products with respect to the
relevant specific application or use thereof. Neither Schneider Electric nor any of its affiliates or
subsidiaries shall be responsible or liable for misuse of the information contained herein.
Design: Schneider Electric
Photos: Schneider Electric
Printed by:
MKTED212032EN
ART. 960700 April 2012